ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
Founded - Tuesday 19th September 1902

HISTORY 1902 - 1930


HONORARY MEMBERS
1912 - 4th September  Mrs IRWIN


Founded as the
MALVERN PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB





The name was changed to the Adelaide Camera Club when meetings were transferred to the city in 1904.

Adelaide Camera Club  incorporates the South Australian Photographic Society, which was founded in 1885.



The following is from the Photohistory SA CAMERA CLUBS web site

Photohistory SA

The Adelaide Camera Club, originally the Malvern Photographic Club, is the oldest camera club in South Australia. On the first page of the club’s first minute book is the entry: On Tuesday 19th September 1902, about 8 gentlemen met together in the classroom at the back of the Malvern Wesleyan Church with the intention of forming a photographic society. The meeting had just begun when an interruption occurred in the form of an earthquake; but after the excitement had subsided they then got to business. The following officers were appointed: President, Mr. A Moyle; Hon.Secretary, S.G. Felstead; Treasurer, E. Pengelly; Librarian, R. Charlick. The name given to the society was that of the Malvern Photographic Club. After a good deal of discussion the subscriptions were fixed at 7/6 for gentlemen and 5/- for ladies.

A report in the Australasian Photo-Review for January 1904 said that the club had 24 members and that "interesting and helpful meetings" were being held fortnightly. At a recent exhibition over 100 competitive pictures had been exhibited. In February the club decided on a change of name and venue and on 15th March 1904 the members held their first meeting under the new name of Adelaide Camera Club in rooms at the Citizen’s Life Office Building in King William Street.

The high level of the club’s activity was revealed in the 1904 annual report. A fixed program has been carried out which included practical demonstrations on developing negatives, bromide printing, carbon, platinotype, double printing, mounting and framing, enlarging, bromide-toning and transparencies and papers were read on : The Camera and Appliances, History of Photography and Composition and Selection and Forest Photography. Competitions were held in bromide printing from the same negatives, lantern slides from the same negative, trimming and mounting. Much interest was manifest by members in these competitions especially in the lantern slides, when 32 slides were entered. Excursions were held at National Park Belair, Mount Lofty, Campbelltown and Fulham and a successful exhibition held in September.

In 1905 the name of the club appears to have been changed to Adelaide Amateur Camera Club, but the club eventually reverted to its original name without the word "Amateur".

By 1911 the Adelaide Camera Club was holding monthly meetings supplemented by a regular monthly outing. On the 1911-1912 program outings were scheduled for Eden Hills, Glen Osmond, Paradise, Blackwood, Along the Torrens, Campbelltown, Lockleys and the Port River.

The activities of the club slowed during World War I but did not stop. In September 1916 the Hon.Secretary reported that "although we are living through a very troublesome time, the members are working well and helping to show that there is still a little brightness left". Two months later he reported that the annual exhibition had been a success, but that "through some of the members being on active service and others busy with war work, the members entry was not as great as formerly". However, the smaller entry was "more than compensated for by the higher standard of the work shown".

The Adelaide Camera Club survived the great Depression and two World Wars and in the 1990s was offering a program of fortnightly meetings, workshop nights, field trips, regular competitions, guest speakers and judges, a program that was much more modern but in much the same format as that offered when the club was formed almost a century ago.





Saturday 19th September 1903  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The half-yearly exhibition of the Malvern Photographic Club was held in the Methodist Hall on Tuesday night. The gathering was a large one and the exhibits were interesting. Musical items were rendered by the Misses Felstead and Ronchetti. Miss Harris acting as accompanist. Recitations were given by Mrs Reeves and Mr. P. Hall. The gold medal offered for the champion picture was awarded to Mr. A. Moyle, president of the club.



21st May 1904  Page 191 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The Adelaide Camera Club held their first meeting in connection with their half-yearly program at their rooms on 12th April. The President occupied the chair. The business of the evening was a carbon demonstration by Mr. H.F. Holden. This gentleman, who is an ardent carbon worker, gave some very interesting examples of the different uses that carbon may be put to in the pursuits of photography, including transparencies, lantern slides, etc. In replying to a vote of thanks, Mr. Holden expressed the opinion that it would be greatly to the advancement of the club if members would make an effort to attend better.

The same club held their usual fortnightly meeting on Tuesday 26th April. The president occupied the chair. The subject for the evening was a paper on “The History of Photography” by Mr. G. Stace, which was appreciated by the members. Mr. Stace also exhibited a number of views, most of which were taken during a recent visit to Clare.




Friday 27th May 1904  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held their fortnightly meeting on Tuesday. The subject for the evening was a practical demonstration on "Mounting enlargements and framing", by Mr. T.B. Ragless, who gave a very interesting and detailed description of the subject. It was decided that an excursion be held on Saturday next at Campbelltown, to which visitors will be given a hearty welcome.



Saturday 28th May 1904  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
Camera Excursion to Campbelltown this afternoon. Car leaves North-terrace 1.15pm. All visitors welcome.



21st June 1904  Page 234 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The usual fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in their rooms, in the Citizens Offices, on Tuesday 24th May. The president, Mr. H.L. Marston, occupied the chair. There was a good muster of members and several visitors. The business of the evening was disposed of and then Mr. T.B. Ragless gave a very interesting and instructive demonstration on “Mounting Enlargements and Framing”. It was decided that on the following Saturday an excursion should be held at Campbelltown, to which visitors were accorded a hearty welcome.



Thursday 22nd July 1904  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club met in their rooms, Citizens Life Buildings, on Tuesday evening. The subject was a practical demonstration on bromide toning by Mr. A. Stephen, who dealt very ably with his subject, the very keenest interest being taken by those present. An excursion is to be held at Fulham on 6th August.



Saturday 6th August 1904  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club Excursion to Fulham, Saturday 6th August, Henley Beach Car leaves Hindley street 1.10pm. All visitors welcome.



22nd August 1904  Page 191 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The Adelaide Camera Club held their usual fortnightly meeting in their rooms, Citizen’s Life Office Buildings, on Tuesday evening the 19th ult. The President occupied the chair. There was a large gathering of members and visitors. The subject for the evening was a practical demonstration on bromide toning by Mr. A. Stephen. Mr. Stephen dealt very ably with his subject and the very keenest interest was manifested by those present. Members accorded Mr. Stephen a very hearty vote of thanks at the close of the evening, and expressed their great appreciation of the way in which Mr. Stephen handled his subject.



Wednesday 14th September 1904  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Wednesday 14th September 1904  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, South Australia)

The first annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened on Tuesday evening at the Rechabite Hall, Grote-street. Though yet in a very small way - it only boasts of 21 members the club shows promise of producing some good photographers and it is to be complimented upon its first effort at an exhibition. The pictures are neatly framed and displayed to advantage, some of the competitive entries being of high merit. In seascapes Mr. A. Flint was awarded first honors for a Port Adelaide shipping scene. Mr. T.B. Ragless showed successfully in the flower section, receiving first place for a picture of a spray of the shrub Dentzia Crenata. The apricot blossom of Mr. A. Stephen, however, was excellently worked and seemed even better than the print of Mr. Ragless. Mr. Stephen won in the cloud section. There were only three exhibits of hand camera work, these being by Mr. A. Flint. A landscape by Mr. H.L. Marston (president of the club) was placed first in order of merit in that class and was also given the championship honors. The print with which Mr. E. Dodwell won the copying contest was a reproduction of "Cousin Kate", the picture which received favorable comment at the recent exhibition of the S.A. Society of Arts. Mr. Ragless showed a copy of the address presented to Sir George Le Hunte on the occasion when he opened the Tennyson bridge over the Torrens, between St. Peters and Walkerville. Though much reduced it was perfect in regard to detail. In the genre section, the newspaper boy of Mr. Ragless occupied the premier position. Fourteen enlargements were sent in including some fine specimens. A snapshot of the unveiling ceremony in connection with the National Memorial, the work of Mr. H. Horton, annexed the first prize and Mr. R. Fisher's contribution was placed second. There was a large number of exhibits not for competition. Messrs. Baker and Rouse showed three fine pieces of work by Robinson and Mr. J. Smith seven productions by David Blount Other pictures were lent by Messrs. S.P. Bond & Kingsborough. Altogether the exhibition is well worth seeing. It will be continued this afternoon and this evening Mr. A.W. Dobbie will give a lantern lecture on "Rome".



Wednesday 14th September 1904  Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)


The second annual exhibition in connection with the Adelaide Camera Club was opened in the Rechabite Hall on Tuesday evening. The number of members has steadily increased and the club is in a highly prosperous condition. The exhibits show a large increase on last year's total and the standard of the works has much improved. The champion prize was awarded to Mr. H.L. Marston (the President of the club) for a view of Campbelltown. This evening a lantern lecture on Rome will be given by Mr. A.W. Dobbie and the pictures will also be on view.

The following is a list of the awards: Champion picture (landscape), H.L. Marston; seascape, A. Flint; flower studies, T.B. Ragless; landscape (commended), R.S. Fisher; copying, E. Dodwell; hand camera, A. Flint; genre, T.B. Ragless; clouds, A. Stephen; enlarging (commended) R.S. Fisher; enlarging. H. Horton. Messrs. A.H. Kingsborough and Belcher officiated as judges.




Thursday 15th September 1904  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Thursday 15th September 1904  Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)
Thursday 22nd September 1904  Page 20 - Table Talk (Melbourne, Victoria)

There was a good attendance throughout Wednesday at the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition in the Rechabite Hall and much interest was taken in the pictures shown. Naturally most attention was given to the beautiful work of the English master David Blount (which had been shown before in Adelaide), as its author is regarded as one of the world's best workers. Many of the local examples, however, were of a high order and the landscapes of Messrs. A.H. Kingsborough, S.P. Bond and H. Marston and the seascapes and flower studies by Mr. A. Flint set a particularly good standard. The general exhibits by the members indicated a striving after really artistic work and as the club is steadily progressing numerically under a live management another season should show a vast improvement even upon the creditable display on the walls at the exhibition which closed on Wednesday. In the evening a lecture was given by Mr. A.W. Dobbie on "Rome, Pompeii and Herculaneum" and a large number of beautiful pictures were shown. Mr. H.L. Marston (President of the club) presided. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, who with Mr. Dobbie, had indexed the lantern slide competition, exhibited the six sets of three slides, each of which had been entered and announced that the prize had been awarded to Mr. T.B. Ragless. The result met with general approval.



Thursday 15th September 1904  Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

LECTURE ON ROME
At the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which is being held at the Rechabite Hall, Mr. A.W. Dobbie delivered his popular lecture on Rome on Wednesday evening. He dealt also with Pompei and described the eruption of Vesuvius, as seen by the younger Pliny. A number of incidents in the history of Rome were brought under review and modern scenes were described. The lecture, which was illustrated by limelight views, was listened to by a large and appreciative audience, presided over by Mr. H.L. Marston. A number of lantern slides entered for competition were thrown on the screen during the evening and adjudicated on by Mr. Dobbie and Mr. A.H. Kingsborough. They consisted of sets of three trio of landscape views by Mr. T.B. Ragless.



21st September 1904  Page 358 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The second annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened in the Rechabite Hall on Tuesday 13th September. The number of members of the club has steadily increased and the club is in a highly prosperous condition. The exhibits show a large increase on last year’s total and the standard of work has much improved. The champion prize was awarded to Mr. H.L. Marston (the president of the club) for a view of Campbelltown. The exhibition was continued throughout the following day and in the evening a lecture was given by Mr. A.W. Dobbie on “Rome, Pompeii and Herculaneum” and a large number of beautiful pictures were shown. There was also a lantern slide competition by the members of the club, and Messrs. A.H. Kingsborough and A.W. Dobbie acted as judges. The judges for the photographic exhibits were Mr. Belcher and Mr. A.H. Kingsborough. A good attendance was accorded throughout and the exhibition was pronounced a thorough success. The following is a list of awards Champion picture (landscape), H.L. Marston. First: in seascapes, A. Flint; flower studies, T.B. Ragless; landscape, H.L. Marston; (commended) J. Smith; copying, E. Bodwell; hand camera, A. Flint; genre, T.B. Ragless; clouds, A. Stephen; lantern slides, T.B. Ragless; enlarging, H. Horton; enlarging (commended), R.S. Fisher.



Tuesday 18th October 1904  Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Tuesday 18th October 1904  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

On Saturday afternoon the members of the Adelaide Camera Club attended an excursion, by invitation of Mr. H.H. Wight. The drag left Rundle-street at 1.40pm, with 23 on board and proceeded to Morialta, where several pictures were secured. Afternoon tea was provided and was much appreciated after the climbing in the warm sun searching for pictures.



21st October 1904  Page 400 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The second annual meeting and election of officers of the Adelaide Camera Club was held at the club room, Citizens Buildings, on 27th September 1904. Mr. H.L. Marston (president) presided.

The resignation of Mr. A. Moyle as a member of the club was received and accepted. Mr. Moyle held the position of president of the club for the first year of its existence and to him is due the thanks of the club for the untiring energy displayed by him during his term of office and during his membership. Mr. Moyle resigns because of business arrangements and the distance at which he resides from Adelaide.

The secretary (Mr. W.G. Reid) read the committee’s report, which was as follows ;
In presenting our second annual report and balance sheet, the committee do so with a great deal of pleasure and feel well satisfied with the progress of the club, notwithstanding the rather chequered career which it has passed through the last twelve months. The club started under the name of The Malvern Photographic Club and held its meetings at Malvern until March 1904, when it changed its name to Adelaide Camera Club and removed its meeting place to the Citizens Buildings, Adelaide, where it now carries on its meetings.

On 22nd December, Mr. A. Moyle resigned the position of Hon. Treasurer and Mr. A.C.R. Stephen was elected in his stead and Mr. T.E.D. Fox was elected as lay member of the committee in place of Mr. Stephen.

On 1st March, Mr. E.J. Fischer resigned as librarian on account of leaving the State on a visit to Europe and Mr. A.H. Dryden was elected and held the position until July 19th, when he resigned on account of business preventing him from attending the meetings and Mr. A.H. Oakley was elected in his place.

On 12th April, Mr. V.F. Hall, resigned his position as Hon.Secretary and Mr. W.G. Reid was elected in his stead.

On 21st June, Mr. H.F. Holden resigned the position of vice-president on account of leaving for England on business and Mr. T.B. Ragless was elected in his stead.

The fortnightly meetings held during the year have been well attended and the demonstrations and competitions held at various times have been the means of creating a considerable interest and imparting an immense amount of photographic knowledge.

A fixed program has been carried out which included practical demonstrations on developing negatives, bromide printing, carbon, platinotype, double printing, mount making, mounting and framing, enlarging, bromide toning and transparencies and papers were read on “The Camera and Appliances”, “History of Photography", “Composition and Selection”, and “Forest Photography”. Competitions were held in bromide printing from same negative, lantern slides from same negatives and trimming and mounting. Much interest was manifested by members in these competitions, especially in the lantern slides, when 32 slides were entered.

Excursions were held at the following places National Park, Belair, Mount Lofty, Campbelltown and Fulham, which were all well attended and some good work was done by members, the champion picture at our recent exhibition being one that was secured at Campbelltown.

The annual exhibition, held on 13th and 14th September, proved a success. There was an increase in the number of exhibits as compared with last year and the standard of the work was much higher. Messrs. A.H. Kingsborough and E.W. Belcher acted as judges. On the second evening Mr. A.W. Dobbie gave a splendid lantern lecture on “Rome”.

The thanks of the club are due to the following gentlemen, who have very ably assisted the club in the educational part of their work: Messrs A.H. Kingsborough, J. White, W. Gill, H.H. Wight, E.W. Belcher and the late Mr. G. Stace.

Mr. A.H. Kingsborough in particular has rendered valuable assistance to the club by giving an illustrated paper on mounting and framing, acting as judge in the trimming and mounting competition, giving a practical demonstration in platinotype printing and acting in conjunction with Mr. E.W. Belcher as judge at the recent exhibition.

The committee now leaving office have almost completed the program for the ensuing half-year, which includes demonstrations on various subjects, three excursions and four competitions. They also hope that members will do their best to assist the incoming officers, that the coming year may be a more successful and prosperous one than the last.

The report was adopted. Mr. H.L. Marston, the retiring president, spoke on the position of the club and thanked the members of the committee for the support they had given him during the past year. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to all office bearers for the manner in which they had carried out their duties. Mr. H.L. Marston suitably replied on behalf of the officers.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year President, Mr. T.B. Ragless; vice-president, Mr. H.F. Holden; Hon.Secretary and Hon. Treasurer, Mr. A.C.R. Stephen; assistant-secretary, Mr. T.E.D. Fox; librarian, Mr. A.H. Oakley; library committee, Messrs. H. Horton and C.H. Simm; auditors, Messrs. J. Smith and A. Flint; committeeman, Mr. M. Caseley.

Mr. T.B. Ragless, who was unanimously elected president, thanked the members for the honor they had done him and hoped they would do their best to support him.

The subject for next meeting, 11th October, is “Criticism of Exhibition Work” by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough and on Saturday 15th October, the members of the club have been invited by Mr. H.H. Wight to a dray outing to Morialto.




Saturday 26th November 1904  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in the club room, Citizens Buildings, on Tuesday evening. The president (Mr. T.B. Ragless) presided over a good attendance. The subject for the evening was entitled "Trifles", by Mr. E.W. Belcher, who showed how pictures were made perfect by attention to trifles. He also gave a demonstration in the mounting of enlargements.



21st January 1905  Page 33 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The usual fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in the club rooms, Citizens Buildings, on Tuesday, when Mr. E.W. Belcher gave a very instructive and interesting lecture entitled “Trifles” and showed how the trifles went to make a picture perfect. He also gave a practical demonstration on “Artistic Mounting of Enlargements”. A very hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Belcher for the able manner in which he had dealt with the subject.

On Saturday 26th November, an excursion was held at Campbelltown, which was not well attended owing to the weather being very unsuitable for photography.

The usual fortnightly meeting was held on Tuesday 6th December 1904. The president, Mr. T.B. Ragless, presided, with affair attendance of members, among whom was the vice-president (Mr. H.T. Holden), who had been absent for about six months on a trip to England. The president gave him a very hearty welcome. Mr. Holden responded and also exhibited a flat film daylight loading hand camera, which is a very compact and effective little instrument.

It was resolved to alter the name of the club to “Adelaide Amateur Camera Club”.

The work done at the excursion was exhibited and criticized. Members were supplied with prints from two negatives, which they toned and exhibited for competition, resulting in Mr. J. Smith securing first place. The subject for next meeting is to be a practical demonstration on “Lantern-Slide Making” by the president (Mr. T.B. Ragless).




21st February 1905  Page 72 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
The usual fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on 20th December 1904, when the president (Mr. T.B. Ragless) gave a practical demonstration on the making of lantern slides, which proved very interesting and instructive. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Ragless for the able manner in which he dealt with the subject. On 17th January 1905, a competition in lantern slides from the same negatives took place. Twenty-five slides were entered and the result was as follows: Best slide slide from negative No. 1, A.C.R. Stephen; second, H.F. Cox. Best slide from negative No. 2, A.C.R. Stephen; second, T.E.D. Fox. Best slide from negative No. 3, T.E.D. Fox; second, T.E.D. Fox. Several members exhibited slides, among which were several by Mr. E.W. Belcher and also by the president, which had been taken by him at Second Valley and Cape Jervis. On 31st January 1905, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough gave, in his usual interesting manner, a very instructive lecture entitled “finishing the Negative”, which was illustrated by the aid of a lantern kindly lent and operated by Mr. T.B. Ragless (president). A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Kingsborough.



25th April 1905  Page 157 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
The usual fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on 14th March, when Mr. H.L. Marston gave a practical demonstration on “Platinotype”, which proved exceedingly interesting and instructive. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Marston for the able manner in which he had dealt with his subject. It was resolved that the evening of meeting be altered from Tuesday to Wednesday, from the 12th of April. On March 28th, the last meeting for the half-year was held and consisted of a General Competition.

The pictures having been sent in previous to the day of meeting, were judged by Mr. E.W. Belcher and resulted as follows:

Landscapes: 1st, Mr. T.B Ragless; 2nd, Mr. E.W. Richard.
Seascapes: 1st, Mr. T.E.D. Fox; 2nd, Mr. A. Flint.
Flowers: 1st and 2nd, Mr. T.E.D. Fox.
Portraiture: 1st, Mr. H.A. Behrns; 2nd, Mr. T.B. Ragless.
Animal: 2nd, Mr. A.C.R Stephen.
Enlargements: 1st, Mr. T.B. Ragless.
Copying: 2nd, Mr. J. Smith.

The judge attended the meeting and criticized the pictures, which added very much to the instructiveness of the meeting. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Belcher.




22nd May 1905  Page 191 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
The usual fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held on Wednesday 12th April 1905, when Mr. H.F. Holden (vice-president) read a paper on developing negatives and exhibited several negatives which he had developed by the factorial method. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Holden for the extremely interesting and educational paper.

On May 10th Mr. J.C. Rawlings gave a practical demonstration of the “Carbon” process and also “Crossed Swords Pigment" process. The manner in which Mr. Rawlings carried out the demonstration, showed plainly that he had gone to a good deal of trouble to make it beneficial and interesting to all present for which a hearty vote of thanks was tendered to him.




Saturday 3rd June 1905  Page 4 - Barrier Miner (Broken Hill, NSW)

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
A CREDITABLE DISPLAY

What a shock poor Niepce and Daguerre would get were these reimbodied spirits to wander into a modern photographic exhibition. Those pioneers of photographic action little dreamt that their almost aimless groping in the, dark after the possibilities of the effect of solar radiation would lead to such marvelous developments as have been witnessed in photographic processes during the past 25 years. Daguerre required from seven to eight hours to make a photographic picture of a landscape and considered himself well-served by old Sol if he obtained a copy of a strongly lighted single object in three hours. Now even an amateur in the art can secure a picture in so small a fraction of a second that the mind fails to grasp the meaning of it. Everywhere photography as an art seems to be making headway and every day the effect of solar radiation is disclosing more wonderful possibilities. Twenty-five years ago the sun artist rarely succeeded in qualifying for anything but a violent death, the more speedy the better, because of his rare gift of brutalizing nature and rendering everything that in the original was most lovely hideous and demoralizing to look upon. To-day the enthusiastic amateur who takes a professional interest in the tiresome detail of his work, besides being gifted with the artistic temperament, produces pictures which have most, if not all, of the charm and grace which distinguish the dream children born of the artist's brain and brush.

Some idea of the advancement made of late years in photography may be gained by a visit to the first exhibition of the Broken Hill Amateur Photographic Society, opened in the New Masonic Hall yesterday afternoon. The exhibition is, on the whole, a most creditable one and contains some of the very highest products of photographic art. A wide range of subject is illustrated and the display affords a comprehensive object lesson of what can be done with the aid of a camera and a little technical knowledge. The exhibition contains over 530 pictures, comprising examples of almost every form of photographic art and much that is interesting from a sentimental point of view.

The exhibition was declared open at 3pm by Mr. G.D. Delprat (introduced by the president, Mr. L.H.M. Avery), in the presence of a fair sprinkling of visitors. Mr. Delprat confined himself to a few brief but apt words of encouragement to the members of the society who were responsible for the display and to amateurs in photography generally. The Broken Hill Amateur Photographic Society was very young, being only in the third year of its existence and the present was its first attempt at an exhibition. They had only to look round the room to see that the society had done well, but it nevertheless required a great deal of assistance and he hoped to see a good many amateurs join its ranks. The old members would, no doubt, be only too willing to afford the newcomers every assistance in their power and give them the benefit of past experience. He hoped that those in the room who were not now amateurs in photography would speedily allow the spell to fall upon them and become active members of the society. Perhaps they would be able to teach the old members a lot about photography, but if not - well, they could at least pay their subscriptions.

In looking round the walls, one of the most strikingly beautiful bits of work to attract the eye was a carbon print entitled "The King", by J. Kauffmann. This picture depicted a young woman, seated, gazing pensively at a ring on her finger. The gradations of light and shade, the pose and the lines of the composition were exceptionally well carried out, while there was that peculiar melting and mystery about the whole design which Ruskin held to be inseparable from true art. It is, perhaps, true that the average photographer is not very keen on the particular form of artistic excellence which characterizes the picture in question, his scientific training leading him rather to seek for clear and well-defined outline, infinite detail and somewhat sharply-cut lights and shadows. Speaking of painting (and the remark applies equally to all pictorial art), Ruskin says, "Excellence of the highest kind, without obscurity cannot exist". All of Mr. Kauffmann's pictures in the loan collection and he has several, evidence a just appreciation of the principles of art as applied to photography. Besides Mr. Kauffmann's work, the loan collection contains many excellent examples by F.A. Joyner, A.H. Kingsborough (of Adelaide) and J.S. Stening (of Sydney) and it has been of great assistance to the local society that those gentlemen have seen fit to send to Broken Hill their best exhibition work. Mr. Kingsborough's "Evening on the River" is an effective bit of work, the dark sails of shipping standing out in bold outline against the last dazzling gleam of the dying day. "A Field of Memories", by F.A. Joyner, is a soft effect in half-tones, evidently taken from a painting, while "An Old Pioneer" is a figure study in which the lighting is so skilfully managed as to make the picture appear more like the studied work of a clever artist. Another striking picture in the loan collection is a large carbon print, entitled "Near Gladstone, New Zealand", by C. Reid, its main feature being the dramatic massing of the shadows so as to throw up the strong light which is centered on a winding mountain path, along which sheep are making their way. This picture is one of those lent by Mr. Avery, another gem being a view on the Hindmarsh River, by Mr. E.A. Whitehead. The picture contains all the essentials for an effective painting and is skilfully treated. Mr. Whitehead, has another capital piece of work, "The Park", a prize taker at a recent exhibition. His small cloud effects are gems. Mr. Stening displays fine artistic conception in a small picture of a gray mare and her foal, while his "Broughton Vale", is a rare specimen of landscape work. "Across the Creek", by W.C. Fisher, claims attention for its quiet charm and feeling and the beauty of its half-tones. "Cloud Studies" by C.L. Witham, although diminutive, conveys a convincing idea of vastness and majesty and might well be used to illustrate Shelley's noble poem. In "Raking out the Ashes", Mr. Kingsborough has achieved remarkable success in selecting a subject full of human interest and his "Watching the Fairies" is also an interesting picture. Several pictures have been lent by Mr. T. Rollaston, of Melbourne and among them are a perfectly artistic landscape, entitled "Evening", strikingly like a composition by the English landscape artist, W. B. Leader, "Winter" and a sky effect over water, which might have done credit to the brush of a Turner.

The Kapunda Photographic Club has sent along a capital lot of pictures, as has also the Adelaide Camera Club.

The views of Old Broken Hill, which date from 1884, are both numerous and interesting and include a curiosity in the shape of a photograph of the original receipt for £25 paid for a one third share in the Central mine on August 19, 1884.

The photographic work exhibited for competition was judged by Mr. H.H. Wight, of the firm of Baker and Rouse, in Adelaide. In Class A the president's prize was carried off by Mr. N.H. Case, with a portrait of a child with natural background. The judge described this exhibit as showing great artistic merit, the lighting being treated with great care. The second prize was won by "Listening", a charming little oval by J. Bristowe, showing a child standing on a chair and looking upward, a very effective picture, but somewhat marred by the mounting. Mr. E.A. Whitehead gained third prize with a "Portrait of Miss Allen". In Class B (Messrs Baker and Rouse's prize) Dr. McKay won first prize and champion with a well-executed view near Tasman Heads, in which the distinguishing feature was the even and soft distribution of light. The second prize went to Mr. E.A. Whitehead, with "The Forge", a very pleasing picture of a difficult subject, rendered with great clearness. Mr. E.J. Horwood was awarded third prize for a striking little seascape depicting the coming of a storm, which was worthy of being mounted in better style. The second prize in Class C went to "The Forge" and the third to Mr. Case's portrait in Class A. Amongst the unsuccessful work were artistic portraits by Messrs. L.H.M. Avery and G.D. Delprat and many beautiful little views by Messrs. Justin McCarthy, J.A. Lindsay, E.A. Whitehead and J.R. Godfrey. Messrs. Baker and Rouse exhibit a nice collection of large carbon and colored prints, which add greatly to the interest of the exhibition.

Last night there was a good attendance and an interesting series of photographic lantern slides by Victorian and South Australian amateurs was shown by Mr. Avery. To-night there will be a concert, in which several well-known local amateurs will take part.




Friday 7th July 1905  Page 6 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The Australian Photo Review, Messrs. Baker & Rouse, publishers, for June is to hand. It has an excellent paper, read by Mr. H.H. Wight - the manager of the firm's Adelaide branch — before the Adelaide Camera Club, on toning bromide paper and lantern plates. The article on controlling development of bromide enlargements is continued and there is a practical description of the carbon process. The number is a useful one for amateurs.



21st September 1905  Page 346 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
The usual fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held on Wednesday 19th July. The President presided, with a good attendance of members and several visitors. It was decided to go to Noarlunga for the Field-day, set down for the 1st September (holiday). The special feature of the evening was Lantern-slide Competition and Exhibition. Forty-two (42) slides which had been made from three negatives, that had been supplied by the President, were entered for competition. The slides were passed through the lantern and members voted as to which were the best. The results were as follows:

Best slide from negative No. 1, Mr. H.F. Holden; Second Best slide from negative No. 1, Mr. H.F. Holden;
Best slide from negative No. 2, Mr. A.H. Behrns; Second Best slide from negative No. 2, Mr. T.E.D. Fox;
Best slide from negative No. 3, Mr. A. Flint; Second Best slide from negative No. 3, Mr. A.C.R. Stephen.

After the competition several members exhibited slides, among which were a number showing Niagara Falls from various points and in winter, by Mr. T.B. Ragless and Mr. H.T. Holden exhibited several illustrative of Irish Life. Mr. A. Flint showed a large number of slides of Yachting. The whole of which made a very enjoyable and interesting evening. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Martin for the loan of his lantern and also to Mr. Flint, for the able manner in which he operated it.

On Wednesday 2nd August, the ordinary fortnightly meeting was held. There was a good attendance of members. A Post Card Competition and a demonstration of Enlarging by Mr. A. Flint, were the subjects for the evening. Twenty-four Post Cards had been received and were judged by Mr. Atterton, the result of which was as follows:

Best set of three, Mr. H.F. Holden;
Best Individual Card, Mr. T.E.D. Fox; Second Best Individual Card, Mr. H.F. Holden.

After the Post Cards had been exhibited, Mr. A. Flint gave a very interesting paper and demonstration on “Daylight Enlarging”; he also exhibited a fixed focus enlarging box, which he had made of American Duck. This was very closely examined by many of the members who had not a room in which they could do enlarging. Mr. Flint had gone to a lot of trouble in preparing his paper and he carried out the demonstration in a very able manner, for which a very hearty vote of thanks was tendered to him.

On Wednesday 16th August 1905, at the usual fortnightly meeting, we had a good attendance, of members and several visitors.

The President (Mr. T.B. Ragless) occupied the chair. Two members were elected and one(nominated. Several prints were exhibited and criticized by members. Mr. E.W. Belcher gave a lecture entitled “The Picturesque”, illustrated by the lantern, in which he dealt with the laws governing picture-making, by the aid of the lantern illustrated the various points as he proceeded. He also criticized several pictures which had been made by various photographers. The lecture proved exceedingly instructive and interesting to every one present. Mr. Belcher was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks for the very able lecture.

On August 30th, the usual meeting was held, when a good attendance of members met in the club room, Citizens Buildings. The Hon.Secretary reported that the Committee had arranged for a room at 20 Maymouth Street, and that the next meeting would be held there. A large number of prints were exhibited by the members which were criticized. The special work of the evening was a Bromide Competition from two (2) negatives supplied and to be mounted on mounts uniform in color and size, supplied by the club. Nine pairs of prints were received and were judged by Mr. E.W. Belcher, the result of which was as follows:

Best pair of prints, Mr. A.C.R. Stephen;
Second Best pair of prints, Mr. T.B. Ragless.

The prints were exhibited and the merits of various ones were discussed. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. E.W. Belcher, who acted as judge. Mr. H.F. Holden then brought forward his motion to reconstruct the general rules, which was fully discussed and resulted in a new set of rules being formed.




Friday 6th October 1905  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA ART, INDUSTRIAL, LITERARY and MUSICAL COMPETITIVE EXHIBITION
Some years ago Kapunda held several industrial and art exhibitions, which were a success. A few months back a proposal was made for the revival of the exhibition, but on rather broader lines and in keeping with what are being held in the other states and also in some of the larger towns of South Australia. The project was taken up with some enthusiasm and a prize list amounting to about £100 was arranged. Prizes were offered for art, industrial work and vocal and instrumental, elocutionary, dramatic and literary competitions. This gave scope for a large variety of competitive efforts and on the whole the response was satisfactory, notwithstanding that in some sections in what should have been the principal portion of the exhibition, there was a regrettable lack of interest taken. But to this further reference will me made later on.

His Worship the Mayor (Mr. D. James M.P.), as president of the society, declared the exhibition open on Wednesday afternoon before a large attendance. A pianoforte overture having been rendered by Miss Newbury. His Worship said it gave him great pleasure to open an exhibition such as that they had assembled to witness. It was a pleasure to look around the hall where there were so many specimens of the handiwork of industrious persons of Kapunda and district. The photographic display was especially good and he was glad to observe that the members of the Kapunda Photographic Club had been so successful. The exhibition was highly creditable and he hoped the public would support the promoters liberally so that it might be a financial success and that it might be made an annual affair. His Worship expressed regret at the serious illness of the Rev. A.G. Fry, who had taken a great and active interest in the arrangements for the exhibition. He wished the exhibition every success and declared it open.

The Rev. G. Williams (a vice-president) thanked the Mayor for his presence and in doing so, endorsed His Worships remarks. The display in the hall was very creditable and it must be very satisfactory to its promoters that so far it had been so successful. They now look to the public to take an interest in it to make it a financial success. In viewing the fine show of photographic work, it was very gratifying to know that, notwithstanding the competition was an open one, the local club had figured so conspicuously among the prize winners. It showed that there were amateur photographers in Kapunda who had to be reckoned with even by workers from Adelaide. The exhibition was an education for young and old and successful and unsuccessful exhibitors. With the Mayor, he hoped it would be a financial success.

PHOTOGRAPHY
By far the largest and most attractive exhibit was the photographic section, which occupied one side of the hall. It was a really fine display. Some of the work was mediocre, but the bulk was good and not a few excellent. The pictures were examples of the work of amateurs at Broken Hill, Mount Gambier, Gawler, Port Adelaide and the Adelaide Camera Club and the Kapunda Photographic Club. In all there were 265 pictures — 125 local and 140 from outside. The judge (Mr. J. Kauffmann) expressed surprise at the all-round excellence of the pictures and the large display, which would in certain classes hold its own against city work, whilst some others showed much promise and his remarks applied to the junior work as well as to the senior. Mr. Thomas Warner, the Hon.Secretary of the Kapunda Photographic Club, was the chief prize-taker, with well executed work. His composition was good, the motif of the picture being well pronounced. He took first and second for landscape, first for studio portraits and still life and second for enlargements and genre and the prize for the best picture in the collection. Mr. E.A. Whitehead, of Broken Hill, was another prominent exhibitor.




21st October 1905  Page 389 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
Notwithstanding the unpleasant weather on 1st September, the Club spent a very enjoyable outing at Noarlunga. Soon after 8am, two drag loads of members and friends left the G.P.O., intent on a long day’s photography among the pleasant surroundings of the Horse Shoe and Noarlunga township. Considering the disadvantages of the wind, dust and the dull weather, the quantity and quality of the work done that day was distinctly above the average. A picnic dinner on the banks of the river was thoroughly enjoyed by all who took part and the knife and fork spread at one of the hotels in the evening also received full justice and members reached the city at 9pm, unanimously agreeing that they had had a good time.

On September 27th, the Annual Meeting was held in the new Club Rooms when the reports of the chairman, Hon.Secretary and the library committee, showed the Club to be in a satisfactory condition in all respects. The chairman, Mr. T.B. Ragless, expressed himself delighted with the way in which members had carried out the year’s programs and took the opportunity of presenting to the Hon.Secretary, Mr. A.C.R. Stephen, an autograph album of views contributed by the members of the Club, as a slight recognition of the able way in which he had performed the duties of his office and the esteem which he was held by the members. The following officers were elected for the ensuing twelve months:

Past President: Mr. T.B. Ragless; President: Mr. A.C.R. Stephen; Vice-President: Mr. J. Smith; Hon.Secretary: Mr. W.E. Hill; Treasurer: Mr. A.H. Oakley; Librarian: Mr. T.E.D. Fox; Committee: Officers and Mr. J.W. Henderson; Library Committee: Messrs A. Flint and E.W. Pritchard; Auditors: Messrs. A. Flint and W.F.J. Pearce.

On October 11th, the program was "An Exhibition and Criticism on the Field Day Work". Most of the work was shown by lantern slides under the management of Mr. T.B. Ragless. The work was freely criticized, and a very enjoyable evening was spent.




Thursday 28th December 1905  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A capital collection of illustrations is published in this week's issue of The Observer. The number is largely devoted to views of beauty spots and places of interest in this state, all of which have been faithfully and realistically reproduced. The first page shows half a dozen plates from photographs taken by members of the Adelaide Camera Club. These comprise scenes "In the Botanic Gardens", "In the Botanic Park", "A Summer's Day on the Banks of the Torrens", "A Path near Adelaide", "A Woodland Path" and "Mannum, on the Murray". Six excellent pictures taken by the Engineer-in-Chief (Mr. A.B. Moncrieff) illustrate the wild, rockbound southern coast of Kangaroo Island, among which is one of the south side of West Bay, where the rocks and beach are littered with wreckage from the Loch Vennachar. Illustrations are also given depicting the bridge in Botanic Park which caught fire last week; a view of Victor Harbour; Mount Gambier, with one of the crater lakes; groups at the seaside on Christmas Day; and snapshots taken in the city on the occasion of the street collection for charities on Thursday last. The portraits include those of Professor J.W. Salmond, who has resigned the chair of law at the University to accept an appointment in New Zealand and of Mr. Fred M. Bradshaw, who, it is believed, has been killed with members of his party by blacks in the Northern Territory.



Friday 12th January 1906  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The fortnightly meeting of this club was resumed on Tuesday evening, when Mr A. Berrett (president), presided. The secretary (Mr T. Warner), read communications from the Photographic Society of New South Wales, from the Adelaide Camera Club and from the Mount Gambier Photographic Club, announcing their approaching exhibitions and asking for exhibits. It was resolved that the patronage of the club be given. The chairman stated that at the next meeting of the club, on January 23, Mr Rawlings (of Messrs. Baker and Rouse) would attend and give a demonstration in the working of "Cross Swords" and ordinary carbon papers. The Rev. A.G. Fry (an honorary member) was present, and the meeting expressed its pleasure at his recovery from his severe illness, aud also condoled with him in his late bereavement. Mr J. Packer, and the Revs. G. Williams and G. Griffiths voiced the feelings of the meeting. Mr Fry thanked the club for its kindly expressions. It afforded him very much pleasure to be again able to attend the club meetings. The practical work of the evening was bromide toning by the Rev. G. Griffiths and Mr R.S. Hawke. The former used the hypo-alum bath, and the latter the uranium, sodium sulphide, and ferrous oxalate and cyanide baths. The demonstrations were very interesting, some very fine tones being obtained.



Friday 9th February 1906  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The meeting of this club was held on Tuesday evening. The Rev. G. Williams presided in the absence of the president. The secretary (Mr. T. Warner) reminded members of the approaching exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club. Several promised to enter. The work of the evening was the development of " kodoid" films, by "Mr. B.R. Banyer. Mr. Banyer described the nature of the films and their advantage to the carbon process workers, who did not favor the double transfer, the film being reversible. He explained the method of development, which was as easy as developing a glass plate. Two films were developed in demonstration of the working of the film.



Wednesday 14th March 1906  Page 1 - Evening Journal (Adelaide South Australia)

7th March - Rechabite Hall - Adelaide Camera Club exhibition.



Wednesday 14th March 1906  Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION, MARCH 14th, 15th, 16th

RECHABITE HALL, GROTE STREET

Lantern Lectures, Thursday and Friday

Doors open 7pm. Admission 6d.




Thursday 15th March 1906  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide South Australia)


In an upstairs room of the Rechabite Hall the Adelaide Camera Club has arranged a neat and attractive display of the choicest works which its members and other enthusiasts have produced. Three walls of the large compartment are covered with pictures, varying in merit from a good, general standard to a high degree of excellence. The two gold-medal winners in the competitive sections were found in the landscape and still-life divisions. For daintiness and beauty Mr. T. Warner's "Daffodils", which secured one of the treasured awards, stood out from all else, while the representation of the River Torrens at Paradise, which won for Mr. T.B. Ragless the other championship, was a glorious piece of work. There were three sections one for members of the club only, which naturally attracted the large proportion of entries; another open to members of any photographic society and a third, which was non-competitive, for all photographers. Section 1 comprised 11 divisions, in two of which, for failure to comply with the rules, no prizes were given. The judges Messrs. S. Smeaton, E.W. Belcher and T. Duryea — had in several instances a hard task, as many of the photographs were practically on the same level as the ultimate winners. In the animal and bird life "Feeding Time" won pride of place with "Jack", the portrait of a collie dog and "Watching the Sparrows", two cats intent on the birds in the roof, were strongly in the running. "A Good Smoke" in portraiture, was greatly admired and much praise was bestowed upon the winner of the cloud studies. Seven out of eight of the pictures 'non-competitive' were sent by Mr. A. Flint, of Port Adelaide and represented the sport of yachting.

Awards: Section 1: Landscape, T.B. Ragless, "On the River Torrens", gold medal; seascape, T.B. Ragless, "Cape Jervis" silver medal; genre work, E. Dodwell, "Playmates" s.m.; still life, T.B. Ragless, "Anemone japonica" s.m.; animal and bird life, E.W. Pritchard, "Feeding time" s.m.; portraiture, H.A. Behrens, "A Good Smoke" s.m.; lantern slides (set of three), A. Flint, s.m.; cloud studies, A.C.R. Stephen, s.m.; copying, E. Dodwell, "All in a garden fair" s.m. Section 2 — Landscape, T. Warner (Kapunda), "The flocks were busy at their feed" s.m.; still life, T. Warner, "Daffodils", gold medal; portraiture and figure studies, T. Warner, "Child study — Hush!" s.m.; animal studies, Miss Agnes Thomson (Victoria), "A proud mother", s.m.

The exhibition will be continued on this and to-morrow evenings.




Thursday 15th March 1906  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)


The Adelaide Amateur Camera Club opened a three-days exhibition at the Rechabite Hall, Grote-street, on Wednesday evening. There was a large attendance and during the evening a number of lantern slides were shown by Mr. C. Sims, from photographs taken by the amateurs. Many of these were of exceptional merit and the beautiful scenes thrown on the screen frequently elicited deserved applause. The exhibition consists of about 230 pictures, divided into two sections, one for club members and the other an inter-State section. No. 1 section has eleven classes, while there are eight in the other section. Seven pictures were submitted from the other States, but the champion medal in section II, was won by Mr. T. Warner, of Kapunda, who was also successful in securing other prizes. The club's champion gold medal was taken by Mr. T.B. Ragless. Landscape is particularly well represented, while the exhibits in the other classes; genre, still life, figure, seascape, indicate an exceedingly high state of proficiency. The winners in the sections and classes were:

Section I - Class 1, T.B. Ragless (champion gold medal); class 2, T.B. Ragless; class 3, K. Dodwell; class 4, T.B. Ragless; class 5, E.W. Pritchard; class 7, H.A. Behrens; class 8, A. Flint; class 10, A.C.R. Stephen; class 11, E. Dodwell;

Section II - Class 12, T. Warner; class 14, no award; class 15, T. Warner; class 18, T. Warner; class 19, Miss Agnes Thomson.

Much of the credit for the fine arrangement of the pictures is due to the Hon.Secretary (Mr. W.E. Hill). The president is Mr. A.C.R. Stephen and the judges were Messrs. E.W. Belcher, S. Smeaton and T. Duryea. To-night a lecture on "India" will be delivered by Mr. Dobbie.




Friday 16th March 1906  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)


The second evening's exhibition of photographs by the Adelaide Camera Club at the Rechabite Hall on Thursday attracted an overflowing attendance. Mr. A.W. Dobbie repeated his interesting lecture on "India". It was profusely illustrated by lantern slides. The last exhibition will be given this evening.



Wednesday 6th June 1906  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 Waymouth-street - To-night, at 8pm.
Lantern Evening and Competition
Friends cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateurs should join the Club.



Thursday 7th June 1906  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

At the rooms of the Adelaide Camera Club in Waymouth-street on Wednesday evening a competition for sets of three slides took place and it was won by Mr. T.B. Ragless. A prize for the best individual slide was won by Mr. P.H. Williams. The competition was under the management of Mr. Ragless and Mr. J.C. Rawlings acted as judge. Mr. Ragless also manipulated the lantern. Subsequently an exhibition of pictures, taken by Mr. Ragless during a trip to Second Valley, Port Elliot and Inman Valley, was given. The various slides proved conclusively that the photographers had a taste for the picturesque and were skilled in the art of producing good positives. Mr. G. Laughton, the president, occupied the chair.



Wednesday 20th June 1906  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

Thursday 21st June 1906  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held in their rooms, Waymouth street, on Wednesday evening. There was a fair attendance of members and Mr. G. Lawton presided. Mr. W.G. Read delivered an interesting and instructive lecture on the art pictorial composition. Several new photographs were submitted for inspection.



Thursday 21st June 1906  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Amateur Camera Club held a meeting at the rooms in Waymouth-street on Wednesday evening, the attendance being good. A paper on "Pictorial composition" was read by Mr. W.G. Reid, in which the main ideals which should influence and guide the amateur operator were outlined. Mr. Reid dealt with the subject in a clear and concise manner and received the thanks of the meeting.



Wednesday 18th July 1906  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 and 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 Waymouth-street - To-night, at 8pm.
Enlarging by Mr. S. Smeaton B.A.
Friends cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateurs should join the Club.




Thursday 19th July 1906  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


The fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held on Wednesday, evening. Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., gave an interesting lecture on enlarging to a large number of members and visitors. The lecturer handled his subject in a clear and able manner. He gave his audience a good idea of the merits and methods of doing this fascinating work and the comparative cheapness of the apparatus required. A general discussion of the subject followed.



Friday 27th July 1906  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

Saturday 4th August 1906  Page 15 - Chronicle (Adelaide South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The fifth annual meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on Tuesday evening. Mr. A. Bennett, (president) presided over a good attendance of members. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. Thomas Warner) presented the club's fifth annual report. It stated that the year had been a busy one. Members had taken great interest in the world, which had been of a varied description, though it was regretted that the junior members had not shown the enthusiasm that was desired. The principal feature of the year's work was the engagement of Mr. J. Kauffmann, of North Adelaide, to give instruction in the after-treatment of negatives and the result had been a great improvement in the standard of members' work. The club was indebted to Mr. Kauffmann for the keen interest be had taken in it. Mention was also, made of the valuable service rendered by the Rev. George Williams, who was always ready to place his powerful lantern apparatus at the use of the club for the display of slides. The club had been very successful at exhibitions, prizes having been won at Mount Gambier and Broken Hill and the Adelaide Camera Club. The report was considered highly satisfactory. The balance-sheet, which was not quite completed, showed a probable credit balance of £7, notwithstanding that extraordinary expenditure had been incurred during the year. The election of officers was as follows: President, Rev. G. Williams; vice-president, Dr. E. McM. Glynn; Hon.Secretary and treasurer, Mr. Thomas Warner (re-elected). Reference was made to the indebtedness of the club to Mr. Warner for his enthusiasm and organizing ability. Committee, Messrs. R.H. Hawke, B.R. Banyer and T. Packer; librarian, Mr. M. Thomson; auditor, Mr. A. Berrett. The officers were thanked for their services during the year. The Hon.Secretary said Mr. Kauffmann had offered one of his fine carbon enlargements, entitled "Burning Autumn Leaves", for competition among members of the club. The conditions were that there must be six competitors and the prize would be awarded for the best pictorial effort and taste in mounting and general effect would also be considered. The pictures are to be taken within four weeks from the date of the meeting (July 24). Mr. Kauffmann was heartily thanked for his generosity. It was resolved to offer prizes in two classes (for members of the Kapunda Photographic Club) in the prize list of the Kapunda Industrial and Art Exhibition. The details were left with the committee of the club. In recognition of the valuable service which Mr. J. Kauffmann had rendered the club as a body and the members individually, it was resolved to make him a life member. The program for the next meetings of the club will be selected articles, to be read by members.




Wednesday 1st August 1906  Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Thursday 2nd August 1906  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The members of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club, a useful and growing institution, met at 17 Waymouth street on Wednesday evening, when Mr. E.W. Belcher gave them a lantern lecture on "A Trip to the Moon". Mr. G. Laughton presided. Many interesting photographs of the surface of the moon, from slides made by Mr. Belcher, were shown and the explanatory remarks were equally acceptable.



Thursday 16th August 1906  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


A meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held at the rooms in Waymouth-street, on Wednesday evening. After the reception of two new members, Mr. P.H. Williams read a paper on "Masking and printing postcards". Mr. Williams gave a clear statement of his method of working and showed by many beautiful examples the wonderful variety and useful effects that could be got by the use of a little thought and patience.



Wednesday 29th August 1906  Page 2 and 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 and 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 WAYMOUTH-STREET - TO-NIGHT, at 8pm.
Collotype Printing by Mr. W.E. Hill.
Friends cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateurs should join the Club.



Thursday 30th August 1906  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held at the rooms, Waymouth street, on Wednesday evening. The President (Mr. George Laughton) occupied the chair. The final arrangements for a field day at Mylor on Monday next were made. Mr. Hill read a paper on "collotype printing". This is a process little known, but it is particularly suitable to amateurs. At the close of the paper a general discussion took place and several members expressed their intention to try the process.



Thursday 13th September 1906  Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Friday 14th September 1906  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

On Eight Hours Day a dozen of the members of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club and their friends journeyed per drag to Mylor to spend the day with their cameras amongst the beauties of the hills. A very enjoyable day passed all too quickly, but the exhibition of pictures on Wednesday evening at the clubrooms, Waymouth-street, proved that the time had been well spent. Over 50 pictures, from the modest quarter-plate up to 15 x 12 enlargements were shown and proved that members had taken notice of the instruction given at the rooms from time to time. It was really hard to pick the best amongst such a variety of good work. The club is to be congratulated on the quality exhibited.



Wednesday 7th November 1906  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Thursday 8th November 1906  Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held at the rooms, Waymouth-street, on Wednesday evening. A large number of members and friends assembled to watch the competition in lantern slides. Twelve sets of slides, 36 in all, were handed in. Mr. J.C. Rawlings awarded first prize to Mr. P.H. Williams, with Mr. Laughton and Mr. Henderson second and third respectively. The judge remarked that the quality of the work showed a great deal of improvement and he congratulated members on the progress they had made.



Friday 23rd November 1906  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held at the rooms, Waymouth street, on Wednesday evening. The President (Mr. G. Laughton) occupied the chair. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. W.E. Hill) gave a paper on "The kallitype process". This is a printing process closely allied to the platinotype. The paper is prepared at home and gives every opportunity for individual taste in selection of the class of surface and also makes it possible to obtain good prints from negatives that are too thin or too hard for the usual printing processes. At the conclusion of the paper the Hon.Secretary answered various questions relating to the working of the process and a discussion followed. The thanks of the club were tendered to Mr. Hill for the trouble he had taken to provide an interesting evening.



Wednesday 5th December 1906  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 WAYMOUTH-STREET - TO-NIGHT, at 8pm.
Kodak Daylight Machine Development, Gaslight, Printing and Aristo Toning, by Mr. J.C. Rawling.
Friends cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateurs should join the Club.



Thursday 6th December 1906  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held a meeting on Wednesday evening, Mr. Ragless presiding. Mr. J.C. Rawling gave an address on "Kodak daylight photography and gaslight printing". His illustrations of the processes involved were followed with much interest by the members present.



Saturday 5th January 1907  Page 34 - Observer (Adelaide, South Australia)

AN OLD GUM TREE AT MORPHETTVILLE
by Mr. A. Flint, Adelaide Camera Club.




Wednesday 16th January 1907  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 Waymouth-street - TO-NIGHT at 8pm
Lantern Evening and competition
Friends cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateur Photographers should join this club.



Thursday 17th January 1907  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

The fortnightly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Wednesday evening. The president mentioned the death of Mr. K.W. Pritchard, who was a useful member of the club and was highly esteemed by all his fellow members. A letter of condolence had been sent to the family. The business of the evening was a lantern slide competition. A fair number of slides were entered and the quality was good. The judge (Mr. E.W. Belcher) placed Mr. P.H. Williams first and best individual slide and Mr. T.B. Ragless second. After the competition a large number of non-competitive slides were shown and were thoroughly appreciated, Mr. T.B. Ragless acted as lanternist.



Wednesday 30th January 1907  Page 2 and 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 Waymouth-street - TO-NIGHT at 8pm
Bromide Enlarging Competition
Friends cordially invited
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateur Photographers should join this club.



Thursday 31st January 1907  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

At a meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club, held on Wednesday evening, bromide enlarging wag discussed by the members. A competition in enlargements, one from a negative supplied and one from the member's own negative, was held. An interesting discussion on this fascinating subject led to several of the members expressing a determination to try enlarging for themselves. Enlargements from half-plate negatives up to 15 x 12 were shown. The Hon.Secretary handed round for inspection a fine collection of 50 lantern slides, lent by Messrs. Borroughs, Wellcome and Co., for exhibition and it was decided to exhibit these slides through the lantern at the next meeting of the club.



Wednesday 13th February 1907  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 Waymouth-street - To-night, at 8pm
Lantern Lecture, with Slides Developed by Tabloids and others.
Visitors cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateurs should join this Club.



Thursday 14th February 1907  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

The room of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was comfortably filled last evening by an audience that thoroughly appreciated the beautiful lantern slides, lent by Burroughs, Wellcome, & Co., of tabloid fame. The slides were prepared for the purpose of showing the work done by tabloid developers and toners. The lecture accompanying these slides was read by the Hon.Secretary and at the conclusion a general discussion on the merits and otherwise of tabloid products took place. Several slides by members were put through by Mr. Sims.



Thursday 14th February 1907  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

Mr. W.E. Hill, Hon.Secretary of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club, delivered an interesting lecture at the meeting of the club on Wednesday evening, at its rooms, 17 Waymouth street. The subject was "Tabloid development and toning" and the lecture was illustrated by 50 lantern slides. A discussion followed on the merits and demerits of tabloid chemicals as against liquid compounds and several members exhibited lantern slides made from their own negatives. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. C.H. Sim.



Wednesday 27th February 1907  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE AMATEUR CAMERA CLUB
17 Waymouth-street - To-night, at 8pm.
Cyanotype, by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough.
Friends cordially invited.
All Lady and Gentlemen Amateurs should join the Club.



Saturday 3rd August 1907  Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club was held at the room, Waymouth-street, on Wednesday. Over 20 members and friends assembled to see the lantern slides, a competition being the program for the evening. Thirty-eight sets, totaling 114 slides, were entered, so that Mr. E.W. Belcher, who acted as judge, had a good evening's work. First place for the best set of three was awarded to Mr. P.H. Williams for a fine set, showing the sun breaking through the mist in the park and the president, Mr. Geo. Laughton, came second, also scoring a first for the best individual slide. The judge, in his remarks, complimented the members on the fine quality of the work shown.



Monday 5th August 1907  Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)


The Adelaide Amateur Camera Club held its fortnightly meeting on Wednesday when a lantern slide competition for members was decided. Thirty-eight sales, totaling 114 slides, were entered, so that the judge (Mr. E.W. Belcher) had no light task. He awarded first place to Mr. P.H. Williams. Mr. G. Laughton (President) was second. Mr. Laughton was given first place for the best individual slide. The judge complimented the club upon the all round excellence of the exhibits and expressed his pleasure at seeing such a good quality of work.



Tuesday 7th July 1908  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Saturday 11th July 1908  Page 43 - Chronicle (Adelaide South Australia)

Mr. George Laughton, whose death is announced this week, on arrival in South Australia joined the staff of the Union Bank. He afterwards became manager of the Kapunda branch of the National Bank, which he conducted for several years. Later he entered the employ of the then well-known firm of Dean and Laughton, stock and station agents, which was established in 1859 by Mr. Edward Laughton and the late Mr. William Dean. He subsequently left the employ of the firm and started a business of his own, which he carried on to the time of his death. Being passionately fond of flowers, he took a prominent part in the work of societies for promoting their culture and not only offered prizes in various sections, but personally aided the arrangements at various shows and was frequently called upon to act as a judge. During recent years he made a specialty of growing cyclamens, of which he annually produced an extensive and varied collection, which probably was unequaled in the State. Another of his hobbies was photography, which he first took up over 50 years ago. He was president of the Adelaide Amateur Camera Club and was out with his camera on the day of his death. He left two sons, Messrs. George and Robert Laughton and one daughter, Mrs E.C. Muecke.



21st August 1908  Page 314 - The Australasian Photographic Review

RUGGED AND BARE
T.B. Ragless




Wednesday 7th October 1908  Page 2 - The Kadina and Wallaroo Times (Adelaide, South Australia)

WALLAROO CAMERA CLUB
The weekly meeting of the Wallaroo Camera Club was held in the club room on Friday evening last. Mr. Henderson, president was in the chair. It was resolved to have the club room lit with electric light by Friday night next. Each member brought an exposed plate and developed it in the room. The plates were then judged by Mr. Ragless, of the Adelaide Camera Club, Messrs Young and Sedgley tying for 1st prize; Mr. Sedgley 2nd prize. A good deal of interest was taken in the work and some very good negatives were developed. There are now 26 members in the club.



Wednesday 25th November 1908  Page 2 - The Kadina and Wallaroo Times (Adelaide, South Australia)

WALLAROO CAMERA CLUB
The weekly meeting of the Wallaroo Camera Club was held in the Club rooms on Friday evening. The President occupied the chair. It was decided to arrange a competition with the Adelaide Camera Club at an early date and much interest is being manifested in it. Mr. Mat Mitchell, of Wallaroo Mines, gave a very interesting lecture on "Life Among the Miners of Cornwall, near England" and also some views of local miners and works and prospecting in Western Australia. Everyone present was delighted and at the close of the meeting a hearty vote of thanks was conveyed to Mr. Mitchell by the President on behalf of the club.



Wednesday 24th March 1909  Page 2 - The Kadina and Wallaroo Times (Adelaide, South Australia)

WALLAROO CAMERA CLUB
The Wallaroo Camera Club held their weekly meeting at the club rooms on Friday evening last, Mr. Martin presiding. Mr. T.B. Ragless, of the Adelaide Camera Club, gave an interesting lecture on cloud photography and combination printing. The subject was dealt with clearly and it was very instructive to all. Mr. Sedgley moved a hearty of thanks to Mr. Ragless for his continued support to the club, touching on past instructive lectures and demonstrations that were given by him, also the mover pointed out the advantage the younger members were deriving by belonging to the club, as they had the benefit of experience of such men as Mr. Ragless. Mr. Martin seconded and voiced the sentiments of the previous speaker. Mr. Ragless responded and said it was always a pleasure for him to assist the Wallaroo Camera Club in any way and he was pleased if any point he had explained had been helpful to any member. He looked upon camera clubs as mutual societies and anything he was able to do to help any member would be a pleasure to him. Master Victor Steer exhibited an optical lantern of his own manufacture and though rough in appearance, showed views to advantage when thrown on the screen. Master Steer was complimented by all members present on his efforts. It shows that what he saw in the club room was not wasted, as before the formation of the club Master Steer knew nothing of photography and in less than six months he turns out an optical lantern and slides of his own manufacture. Next Friday evening evening Mr. Mat Mitchell, of Wallaroo Mines, will demonstrate flashlight photography.



Saturday 5th June 1909  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 8 - Evening Journal (Adelaide South Australia)


The Adelaide Camera Club held a meeting at the Y.M.C.A. on Thursday evening, when 26 members and past members assembled to bid goodbye to H.F. Holden, one of the oldest members. The President (Mr. T.B. Ragless) was in the chair and extended a welcome to nine new members. The names of six more were proposed for election at the next meeting. Mr. Ragless then gave a short address on the trimming and mounting of prints, which was thoroughly appreciated. The President and several of the members spoke in appreciation of the benefits the club had derived from the earnest work of Mr. Holden, Mr. Moyle and Mr. Smith, two of the past members, who were now too far away to attend regularly, were cordially received and spoke highly of the departing member.



Friday 18th June 1909  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The program for the meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club on Tuesday evening was lantern slide making by Messrs. Thomas Warner and B.R. Banyer the former demonstrating the reduction method and the latter the contact. Several slides were made and the method of masking and binding explained, by example. The president (Mr. B.R. Banyer) and Messrs. Thomas Warner and A. Berrett were appointed to adjudicate in the competition between the Wallaroo Camera Club and Adelaide Camera Club. Mr. J. Kauffmann, of Adelaide, wrote consenting to act as judge in the Senior landscape competition of the Kapunda Photographic Club.



Friday 25th June 1909  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club on Tuesday evening was well attended. Mr. B.R. Banyer (president) presided. The pictures in the competition between the Adelaide Camera Club and Wallaroo Camera Clubs were on view. The adjudicators are the president and Messrs. Thomas Warner (secretary) and A. Berrett. It was reported that the photographic section of the Kapunda Show prize-list had been revised and members were urged to compete. Mr. Berrett stated that recently he had an opportunity of attending a meeting of the Semaphore Camera Club, where he was cordially welcomed as a member of the Kapunda Photographic Club. A letter was received from Mr. J. Kauffmann, of Adelaide, re the prints in the club's landscape competition. The action of the Hon.Secretary in, allowing the prints to be forwarded to Dr. Pooler, of Stirling, for inspection was approved. The work of the evening was the carbon process, demonstrated by Mr. R.S. Hawke. Mr. Hawke explained the single transfer process and worked with several colors of pigment and with varying strengths of sensitization.



Friday 23rd July 1909  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
There was a good attendance at the meeting of this club on Tuesday evening, July 20. The president (Mr B.R. Banyer) presided. Letters were received from the Adelaide Camera Club and the Wallaroo Camera club, thanking the Kapunda club for judging the pictures in the competition between the two clubs and for criticisms of the prints. The work of the evening was the improvement of negatives with knife and pencil under the direction of the secretary (Mr T. Warner). The negatives had been purposely taken with objectionable features, which were to be removed in the demonstration.



23rd August 1909  Page 435 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The last meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was its annual meeting.

The balance sheet was received and adopted. The Secretary’s report, which was as follows, was also received:

As the Annual Meeting of 1908 was held on 31st July of that year, my report will date from then, a time when the Club was trying hard to shake itself free from what had been a very bad time. That meeting was the first held in the Y.M.C.A. buildings and great things were hoped for from the change of rooms. Those hopes were destined to be realized, although not so quickly as we expected, for, up to May of this year our average attendance was nine, with a few visitors added occasionally. Through all the bad time though, I am pleased to record that the resolution adopted by the few members left to carry on the Club, as a tribute to the memory of our late President and good friend, Mr. George Laughton, was courageously persisted in and strong endeavors were made to re-awaken interest in Club work, because it was felt that there was a need for such a Club as we were and its benefits would be appreciated if we could only get hold of the many amateurs about town. The meeting of 6th May 1909, proved to be the turning point for us as a Club. Mr. Patchett, of Burroughs, Wellcome’s, gave us a demonstration of their Sepia Toner and other chemical preparations and the influence of that gentleman and that of our fellow member, Mr. Caseley, brought a good audience of young fellows. The demonstration was good and as a result the names of nine young men were handed in for membership and since then we have further augmented our total by eight others. The present membership is 33. Since that meeting our attendances have very largely improved and the meetings have been very much better in every way.

On 3rd June, we bade good-bye to our staunch member, Mr. H.F. Holden, who has gone to the Old Country for a holiday.

In conclusion, I would urge upon members not to stop here, but by every means in their power to get hold of other amateurs, bring them to the meetings and let them see for themselves the benefits to be gained.

We have a good program arranged for the next half-year and if our members will enter heartily into it, as I think they will, we ought to be able to get together one of the biggest and best clubs in the Commonwealth. W.H. HILL, Hon.Secretary”.

The other business of the meeting was the election of the officers for the ensuing year, which resulted as follows: President, Mr. P.H. Williams; Vice-President, Mr. W.H. Hill; Hon.Secretary, Mr. P. Topperwein (Commonwealth Audit Office, General Post Office, Adelaide); Treasurer, Mr. W.E. Grosvenor; Press Correspondent, Mr. H.S. Golding; Auditors, Messrs. E.S. Caseley and G.T. Harber; Committeemen, Executive Officers and Mr. C.C. Neale.

P. TOPPERWEIN
Hon.Secretary.




ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
OUTING AT NOARLUNGA - 1st SEPTEMBER 1909




23rd September 1909  Page 495 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The President, Mr. P.H. Williams, gave a demonstration of lantern slide making at the monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club on Thursday 2nd September. In Mr. Williams the Club has a member who thoroughly understands slide making and he gave his hearers the full benefit of his experience in that department of photography.

As a result of the lecturer’s appeal, several members have intimated their intention of taking up the making of slides and it is partly for their benefit that a lantern evening will be held on Thursday 7th October.

The Club’s outing on 1st September, was a success. The journey to Noarluuga was made per drag and though showers fell at intervals during the day, the fitful gleams of sunshine were taken advantage of and some good work was the result.

HENRI S. GOLDING
Press Correspondent.




Friday 22nd October 1909  Page 2 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The fortnightly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on Tuesday evening. The president (Mr. J.E.A. Klose) occupied the chair. A communication from the Adelaide Camera Club re exchange of portfolios of club photography was discussed and it was resolved to write the Clifton Hill (Vic.) Camera Club for full particulars of their proposed interstate exchange of club work.

The President reported that the council of the School of Mines recognizing the educational value of the Camera Club had consented to grant the free use of the School of Mines rooms to the club for the future. Resolved that the council be heartily thanked for the concession.

The work of the evening consisted of a highly interesting lecture on "lenses" by the President. The subject has been divided up into two parts, and during the first evening Mr. Klose ably dwelt upon the different variations of the simple lens, illustrated by diagrams, showing their convex and converging concave and diverging properties. The "perfect lens", which has yet to be discovered, was indicated in a concise list of requirements. Other points referred to included the properties of class used in the manufacture of lenses, spherical, observation, chromatic observation, astigmatism, curvature of field, distortion, and mechanical and optical flare. Mr. Klose made free use of the blackboard in illustrating his subject, and succeeded in holding close attention throughout.




Saturday 30th October 1909  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

From Harrington's Ltd., Sydney. The Australian Photographic Journal for October. This magazine, which has greatly improved during recent years, is a veritable guide to amateur photographers and a philosopher and friend to the professional camera-user. Among other beautiful, illustrations in this number is a reproduction of a photo by W.J. Henderson, of Adelaide, "A Club Outing of the Adelaide Camera Club". The feature of the issue, however, is the display of five specimens of the work of Stanly Dickson Wynn, a deaf and dumb operator.



March 1910  The Australian Photographic Journal - Page 93

"It appears that the bird has at last come home to roost". That was the phrase heard at the last meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club. The club has been in existence for about seven and a half year's and during that time it has changed its name three times, its place of meeting four times and has met at different times on every day of the week but Saturday and Sunday. This nomadic and chequered career has now ended. The club, through its officers, has effected an affiliation, incurring the right to meet in rooms at the Institute (Reading Rooms), North Terrace, Adelaide. One speaker characterized our previous meeting places as lodgings, but the new rooms will now be our home (that is, so long as the conditions of affiliation remain satisfactory) and "the bird", it is said, "has now come home to roost", not to roost to sleep, it is hoped, but to "crow" and let the amateur photographers of our Queen City of the South know that, now we are at ease in good rooms, quiet rooms (quite unlike the previous one at the Y.M.C.A.) and that now our subscriptions will not be all spent in rent. The trade, too, it is observed is beginning to recognize the clubs and it would not surprise us to hear that in the near future they offer special discounts to club members.

The club met for the first time in the new rooms on Friday evening, the 11th February, when the following important motions were unanimously carried:
(a) That ladies be now admitted as members of the Adelaide Camera Club on the payment of the same subscription as gentlemen, 5s. per annum and the entrance fee of one shilling.
(b) That the regular date of the club meetings in future be the second Friday in each month.

Mr. T.B. Ragless delivered an interesting lecture on Flower Photography. He spoke not of how other people set to work to take photographs of flowers, but as he does, the result of many years of personal study of the subject. He always photographs with daylight and indoors. A transparent substance, such as muslin, is first covered over the window to soften and diffuse the light and control of lighting is effected by the aid of the ordinary spring roller blind and by dark curtains. His backgrounds are either the ordinary mount board or suitably tinted plain wall paper. He believes in giving a generous exposure and invariably uses a hydroquinone developer. The lecturer advocated the use of orthochromatic plates and color screens. Although Mr. Ragless methods may appear very simple, the pictures obtained by him in an ordinary room with window treated as above leave little to be desired.

The club extends a cordial welcome to all visitors, but advises them to enquire from the Hon.Secretary of the date of each meeting, as they may be varied occasionally from the regular night to meet the convenience of lecturers.




Friday 18th March 1909  Page 6 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The fortnightly meeting was held on March 15, in the club rooms, Mr. Krose presided, and welcomed Mr. C.C. Neale, a member of the Adelaide Camera Club, who was present. It was resolved to formerly thank the ladies and other friends who had so considerably helped to make the recent social to Mr. Banyer such a success. The program of the evening, "Working Bromide Papers", in the hands of Messrs. R.S. Hawke and J. King, was proceeded with, and for over an hour the demonstrators interested members present with bromide enlargements and contact prints from negatives supplied. Mr. T.W. Kimber was unanimously elected a member.



22nd March 1910  Page 148 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
"It appears that the bird has at last come home to roost”. That was the phrase heard at the last meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club. The Club has been in existence for about seven and a half years and during that time it has changed its name three times, its place of meeting four times and has met at different times on every day of the week but Saturday and Sunday.

This nomadic and chequered career has now ended. The Club through its officers has effected an affiliation giving, it the right to meet in rooms at the Institute (Reading Rooms), North Terrace, Adelaide. One speaker characterized our previous meeting places as lodgings, but the new rooms will now be our home (that is so long as the conditions of affiliation remain satisfactory) and “the bird” it is said “has now come home to roost” — not to roost to sleep, it is hoped, but to “crow” and let the amateur photographers of Our Queen City of the South know that we are now at our ease in good rooms (quite unlike the previous one at the Y.M.C.A.) and that now our subscriptions will, not be all spent in rent.

The Club met for the first time in the new rooms on Friday 11th February, when the following important motions were unanimously carried:
(a) That ladies be now admitted as members of the Adelaide Camera Club on the payment of the same subscription as gentlemen, viz., 5s. per annum and the entrance fee of 1s. (b) That the regular date of the Club Meetings in future be the second Friday in each month.

Mr. T.B. Ragless delivered an interesting lecture on flower photography. He spoke not of how other people set to work to take photographs of flowers, but as he does, the result of many years of personal study of the subject. He always photographs with daylight and indoors. A transparent substance, such as muslin, is first covered over the window to soften and diffuse the light and control of lighting is effected by the aid of the ordinary spring roller blind and by dark curtains. His backgrounds are either the ordinary mount board or suitably tinted plain wall paper. He believes in giving a generous exposure and invariably uses a hydro quinone developer. The lecturer advocated the use of orthochromatic plates and color screens.

Although Mr. Ragless methods may appear very simple the pictures obtained by him in an ordinary room with a window treated as above leave little to be desired.

The Club extends a cordial welcome to all visitors, but advises them to enquire from the Hon.Secretary of the date of each meeting as they may be varied occasionally from the regular night to meet the convenience of lecturers. (Hon.Secretary’s address, Commonwealth Audit Office, G.P.O., Adelaide).

At the March meeting the President, Mr. P.H. Williams, will demonstrate “Multiple and Passe-partout Mounting”.

PHILIP TOPPERWEIN
HON.SECRETARY




April 1910  The Australian Photographic Journal - Page 126

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
Meeting held 11th March. Three new members elected. The President, Mr. P.H. Williams, did, as he said, his best to demonstrate multiple mounting and passe partout framing and his efforts were much appreciated, not for their eloquence, but for their worth. Mr. Williams lacks but one thing, the gift of eloquence. If he were able to talk like a cheap-jack on a racecourse he would undoubtedly hold an audience in rapt attention from the moment he began to speak to when he ended. Nevertheless, to say that he did maintain the interest of the club without having to paralyze it with mere verbosity is saying a great deal and the simplicity of the methods demonstrated were enough to make one vow to mount and passe partout frame a11 their pictures henceforth.

The improvement attained by mounting a commonplace picture on several plain tinted or art papers was manifested by comparison with a companion print on a commercial mount or on a plain mount. The golden rule for multiple mounting is to begin from the center and work outwards, trimming each successive paper after the mounting of its predecessor. Once mounted it was simplicity itself to cut a sheet of glass and a piece of cardboard to the same size as the mounted picture. Should a beveled edge be desired the cardboard backing should be cut somewhat larger than the mounted print and glass. Then bind the two together (with the mounted print between) either with the binding specially made for the purpose or with strips of suitably colored strong paper, linen, leatherette, or such like. Fish glue, otherwise known as liquid glue, was mentioned as a suitable, powerful adhesive for binding. Provision should be made either before or after binding for loops or rings for hanging the picture. One loop or ring is considered sufficient for mounts up to whole-plate size; above that it is advisable to provide two and affix a string between.

Although the process is entirely straight forward and plain, it takes such a large amount of English to explain it on paper, that for fear of the Editor's blue pencil I have to leave my remarks so brief as above, but I learnt enough from Mr. Williams demonstration, apart from what I have learned otherwise, to fill the page.




April 1910  The Australian Photographic Journal - Page 126

ADELAIDE 1910 EXHIBITION
Judges - Messrs. F. Joyner, A. Vaughan and E. Radcliffe.

Landscape was one of the largest divisions, with 20 competitors and 40 views altogether. Mr. Robert Fraser secured a bronze medal for "The Sentinel", a pleasing study of a wayside tree that had weathered many a gale. The cloud effects, suggestive of an oncoming storm, are striking. Mr. P.H. Williams entered eight subjects and was awarded a certificate for "River Mists", a charming glimpse of the Torrens close to the city. In portraiture Mr. T.H. Stoward was successful in gaining silver medal honors, with an excellent picture of a curly-headed little boy and bronze medal for the portrait of an elderly man. Among scenes of everyday life the same exhibitor's "Washing Bottles" thoroughly deserved the bronze medal for its beautifully rounded tones and absence of anything to clash with artistic treatment of a humble subject. Mr. R. Fraser's tasteful reproduction of a hayfield's scene was rewarded with a certificate. Mr. G.W. Williams gained a bronze medal for plain enlargement, with the picture of a fair damsel seated on a swing in a setting of spring blossoms and a certificate was allotted Mr. P.H. Williams, who showed a capital snapshot of an Adelaide street scene, with organ grinder, monkey, a group of children and disinterested pedestrians. Mr. G.W. Arthur's portrait of a little girl secured bronze medal for colored enlargement and a similar honor befell Mr. P.H. Williams for collection of lantern slides, for which prize five competed. In hand camera work Mr. T.H. Stoward was again triumphant and another bronze medal was awarded him. Eleven had entered one or more seascapes. Mr. R. Fraser took a bronze medal for his beautifully finished glimpse of river shipping through haze, appropriately styled "Mystic Morn" and certificate as well for a somewhat similar glimpse, treated differently. No award was made for cloud photography, although there were a number of aspirants. A grouping of five views (including two each of oranges and roses and one of chrysanthemums), the work of Mr. J. Eccles, received the still-life bronze medal and Mr. T.B. Ragless took a certificate for a study of poppies. In photography of architecture, bronze medals went to Messrs. T. McGann and W.J. Henderson for interior and exterior work respectively.




Tuesday 12th April 1910  Page 7 - Daily Herald (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Friday evening, April 8. It was observed that out of over 20 invitations issued to amateur photographers in Adelaide and suburbs who are not members of the club only two attended as visitors. Mr. P.J. Williams, assisted by another member, demonstrated in an elementary manner printing on bromide papers. Mr. Williams stated that bromide prints were not susceptible to the sulphuretted hydrogen in the air of towns and they resisted atmospheric conditions perfectly. They were not affected by moisture nor by slightly acid mountant. If prints could be well fixed and thoroughly washed they were absolutely permanent under all ordinary conditions. Bromide papers might be toned practically to any color either by direct development or by subsequent toning. Prints developed with any representative formula do not, in most cases, show any appreciable differences when compared with those developed with the makers formula. The popular developers are motol-quinol and amidol. On Saturday afternoon, April 9, the club met for an outing in the Botanic Park and proofs to hand of the afternoon's work show that the time was not wasted. It is a pity that this portion of the social element of the club is not more popular.



Friday 15th April 1910  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

The fortnightly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held at the Club rooms on Tuesday evening. Mr. J.A.E. Klose presided. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. Thomas Warner) reported the death of Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, of the Adelaide Camera Club. Messages of condolence were sent to Mrs. Kingsborough and to Mr. Joyner, of the South Australian Photographic Society and Mr. Packer had been asked to represent the of the Kapunda Photographic Club at the funeral. The evening's work was devoted to lantern slides. The Rev. A.G. Fry was in charge of the lantern, which was lent by Mr. A. Mueller, headmaster of the Kapunda School. A number of interesting views, including member's slides, were exhibited.



22nd April 1910  Page 200 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the meeting held 11th March, three new members were elected. The President, Mr. F.H. Williams, did his best to demonstrate multiple mounting and passe partout framing. His efforts were much appreciated and the simplicity of the methods demonstrated were enough to make one vow to mount and passe partout frame all their pictures henceforth.

The improvement attained by mounting a commonplace picture on several plain tinted or art papers was manifested by comparison with a companion print on a commercial mount or on a plain mount. The golden rule for multiple mounting is to begin from the center and work outwards, trimming each successive paper after the mounting of its predecessor. Once mounted it was simplicity itself to cut a sheet of glass and a piece of cardboard to the same size as the mounted picture. Should a beveled edge be desired, the cardboard backing should be cut somewhat larger than the mounted print and the glass. Then bind the two together (with the mounted print between), either with the binding specially made for the purpose or with strips of suitably colored strong paper, linen, leatherette, or such like. Fish glue was mentioned as a suitable powerful adhesive for binding. Provision should be made either before or after binding for loops or rings for hanging the picture. One loop or ring is considered sufficient for mounts up to whole-plate size, above that it is advisable to provide two and affix a string between.

At the next meeting of the Club it is intended to give a demonstration in bromide and gaslight printing and other printing by means of artificial light. Visitors, it is unnecessary to say, are invited to attend.

At the meeting held on the 8th April 1910, Mr. P.J. Williams, assisted by another member, demonstrated in an elementary manner printing on bromide papers. It is pleasing to note that all of those members for whose benefit this demonstration was specially given express the determination to “try their fist at it”.

The following extracts from the lecturers remarks may be interesting: Bromide prints are not susceptible to the sulphuretted hydrogen in the air of towns and resist atmospheric conditions perfectly. They are not effected by moisture nor by slightly acid mountant. If prints be well fixed and thoroughly washed they are absolutely permanent under all ordinary conditions.

Bromide papers can be toned to practically any color, either by direct development of by subsequent toning.

Prints developed with any representative formula do not, in most cases, show any appreciable differences when compared with those developed with the makers formula. The popular developers are Metol-Quinol and Amidol.

Acid hypo is to be preferred. Add some crystals of potassium metabisulphite to the plain hypo bath, Notwithstanding the paper makers recommendations re strength of hypo bath, it is advisable to use a bath up to as strong as that usually employed for plates, viz., 4ozs. hypo to l0ozs. water. This is advisable for three reasons
(1) No ill effects, such as bleaching of image, take place unless prints are left immersed for several hours.
(2) Fixation is more reliable. It has been experimentally proved that a weak hypo bath does not always fix completely, even after long immersion of prints.
(3) Prints do not require to be kept on the move, as the hypo, being strong, is not weakened to such an extent that the portion of the bath, say between two prints, is not beyond usefulness.

On Saturday 9th April, the Club met for an outing in the Botanic Park and proofs to hand of the afternoon’s work show that the time was not wasted. It is a pity that this portion of the social element of the Club is more popular.

PHILIP TOPPERWEIN
HON.SECRETARY




22nd April 1910  Page 201 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE EXHIBITION
The “Register” has the following report on the Photographic Section of the Exhibition:

The judges were: Messrs. F. Joyner, A. Vaughan and E. Radcliffe.

The photographic section has a somewhat secluded nook on the eastern side of the lower hall, not to be located without a little searching, which, however is well worth while to all who handle a camera, big or small, for many suggestions may be picked up in seeing what other enthusiasts with plate or film have done. Landscape was one of the largest divisions, with 20 competitors and 40 views altogether.

Mr. Robert Fraser secured a bronze medal for “The Sentinel”, a pleasing study of a way side tree that had weathered many a gale. Mr. P.H. Williams entered eight subjects and was awarded a certificate for “River Mists”, a charming glimpse of the Torrens close to the city. In portraiture Mr. T.H. Steward was successful in gaining silver medal honors with an excellent picture of a little boy and bronze medal for the portrait of an elderly man. Among scenes of every day life the same exhibitor’s “Washing Bottles” thoroughly deserved the bronze Medal. Mr. R. Fraser’s tasteful reproduction of a hayfield scene was rewarded with a certificate.

Mr. G.W. Williams gained a bronze medal for plain enlargement and a certificate was allotted Mr. P.H. Williams, who showed a capital snapshot of an Adelaide street scene, with organ-grinder, monkey, a group of children and disinterested pedestrians. Mr. G.W. Arthur’s portrait of a little girl secured bronze medal for colored enlargement and a similar honor befell Mr. P.H. Williams for collection of lantern slides for which prize five competed. In hand camera work Mr. T.H. Stoward was again triumphant and another bronze medal was awarded him. Mr. R. Fraser took a bronze medal for his beautifully finished glimpse of river shipping through haze, styled “Mystic Morn”, and certificate as well for a somewhat similar glimpse treated differently.

No award was made for cloud photography, although there were a number of aspirants. A grouping of five views (Including two each of oranges and roses, and one of chrysanthemums), the work of Mr. J. Eccles, received the still-life bronze medal and Mr. T.B. Ragless took a certificate for a study of poppies. In photography of architecture, bronze medals went to Messrs. T. McGann and W.J. Henderson for interior and exterior work respectively.

Other awards were Stereoscopic Paper Prints: Bronze medal and certificate, R. Short.

Tinted Photos: Bronze medal, Miss D.E. Tolley; certificate, Miss G.Q. Adamson.




Friday 13th May 1910  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

The fortnightly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on 10th May at the Club Rooms. Mr. J.E.A. Klose presided over a good attendance. Correspondence was read from Adelaide Camera Club in reference to a proposed exhibit of lantern slides to be exchanged with the Clifton Hill (Victoria) Photographic Club. It was decided to ascertain the latest date upon which the Kapunda Photographic Club's exhibit could be forwarded. A draft photographic section and prize test in connection with the forthcoming annual local show was read for information and considerable discussion ensued upon the proposal that the Club should be fully represented by exhibits for competition. The discussion disclosed the fact that although there were 98 exhibits displayed at last year's show, the work was practically confined to some half dozen members and the desire was expressed that in future it would be more satisfactory if all the members would compete in one or more of the various classes. The proposal was unanimously passed and every member present undertook to prepare work for show competition. The prints from the negatives developed at last meeting were produced and handed for judgment to Mr. Oats, who awarded Mr. Warner first, Mr. R. Hawke second and Mr. Neale third. Most of the prints were on self toning papers and excellent results were obtained. The work of the evening, "Toning Bromides" by Mr. and Miss Cobb, was then proceeded with. Mr. Cobb read a short paper on the subject matter. As the time was limited, the practical demonstration was confined to sepia and blue and green tones. Mr. Schulz was elected a member.



Wednesday 1st June 1910  Page 6 - Daily Herald (Adelaide South Australia)

KAPUNDA, 30th May — The fortnightly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held in the club rooms on Tuesday evening last, when the president (Mr. J.A.E. Klose) presided over a full attendance of members. Correspondence was received from the Adelaide Camera Club containing full particulars with reference to the exchange of lantern slides with the Clifton Hill (V.) Club and also from the Hon.Secretary of the Victorian Affiliated Photographic Societies, notifying that clubs in other States could compete in the inter-club competitions to be held in Melbourne early in July. It was unanimously resolved that the club should forward an entry and compete. The work of the evening was Transparencies, by Mr. J.A.E. Klose. The first of the winter dances in connection with the Kapunda Dance Class took place in the Institute Hall on Wednesday evening.



Friday 3rd June 1910  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)
22nd June 1910  Page 191 - The Australian Photographic Journal

The ordinary meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held at the club rooms on 24th May, Mr. J.E.A. Klose presiding. Correspondence was read from the Adelaide Camera Club containing full particulars in reference to the exchange of lantern slides with Clifton Hill club. The Hon.Secretary of the Victorian Affiliated Photographic Society notified that photographic clubs in other States were eligible to compete in the inter-club competition to be held in Melbourne early in July for the William Smith silver plaque valued at £15/15s. It was unanimously resolved that the club should forward an entry and compete.

The Hon.Secretary reported that the new dark room was now completely fitted up and available to members. Mr. King had volunteered to take charge of it and see that everything was kept in order.

Mr. Klose took the work of the evening — "Transparencies" — in hand and before demonstrating, read a short introductory article. Several large prints were exhibited which were obtained by two methods.
(1) Making a direct positive and then getting a negative from it.
(2) Making a direct positive and then getting an enlarged negative.
The first method was recommended for paper positives and negatives for landscape work. The practical demonstration was confined to the dry plate process of making a transparency the same size as the negative. For the second method a trial plate was taken in 4 strips of exposure — developed and fixed — the results noted and timed and then good transparencies were produced with certainty. Attention was directed to the fact that the transparency differed from a lantern plate in that there must be no clear glass, or intense shadows. Backed plates were recommended and Rodinol was preferred as a developer.

Members were reminded that next meeting was set down for "street scenes" and it was hoped that there would be good competition on that subject.




Saturday 4th June 1910  Page 15 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

At the fortnightly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club correspondence was read from the Adelaide Camera Club, giving particulars in reference to the exchange of lantern slides with Clifton Hill (Victoria). In reply to the invitation of the Victorian Affiliated Photographic Society it was resolved to enter the inter-club competition for the William Smith silver plaque. The President (Mr. J.E.A. Klose) had charge of the evening subject, "Transparencies".



July 1910  The Australian Photographic Journal - Page 224

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
Meeting held 8th July. Mr. P.H. Williams in the chair. Two new members were elected. The Club has been extremely fortunate in having the privilege of hearing a lecture and seeing a demonstration by Mr. John Sterry, Fellow of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain and Progress Medalist for 1908. Mr. Sterry explained his process for the control of gradation in bromide printing in a perfect manner and a short resume of the lecture is below.

The outing to Paradise on the 27th June was well attended considering the very unsuitable weather. The next regular meeting of the Club will be held on the 12th August and will be the annual business meeting for the election of officers. Notice of this meeting and also of any emergency meetings will be forwarded to all members by post in due course.




July 1910  The Australian Photographic Journal - Page 235

STERRY'S PROCESS FOR THE CONTROL OF GRADATION IN BROMIDE PRINTING
The following is a short resume of an educative and highly interesting address by Mr. John Sterry FRPS, before the members of the Adelaide Camera Club on the 8th July 1910.

The peculiar action of chromic acid bichromate of potassium, etc., on the latest image was observed by Mr. Sterry during experiments relative to the latent image. He noted that if an exposed plate or sheet of bromide paper were rinsed in a very dilute solution of chromic add, or bichromate of potassium, etc., for a few minutes and then developed that the range of gradation was considerable lengthened and "soft" prints therefore were obtainable from "hard" negatives or a "hard" paper was practically converted into a "soft" one.

The process is particularly applicable to the making of enlargements and there is absolutely no occasion for anyone to turn out that class of enlargement commonly known as "soot and whitewash".

Mr. Sterry recommends the use of bichromate of potassium, of which he makes a ten per cent, stock solution as follows: Bichromate of Potassium 1 ounce; Water to make up to 10 ounces; Strongest ammonia (0.880) 1 dram.

For working purposes it is found that the following strengths of the bichromate solution are the best working limits for.

BROMIDE PAPERS
1 part of the bichromate of potassium in 1000 parts of water to 1 part of the bichromate of potassium in 500 parts of water, to make which add from 50 to 100 minims of the 10 per cent. bichromate stock solution to 10 ounces of water.

GASLIGHT PAPERS
1 part of bichromate of potassium in 5000 parts of water to 1 part of bichromate of potassium in 1000 parts of water, to which add from 10 to 50 minims of the 10 per cent. bichromate stock solution to 10 ounces of water.

The first thing to be done is to ascertain the exposure which will bring out the detail in the highest lights (neglecting all else) when developed in the usual manner. Then make a dilute solution of the bichromate as above, the actual strength required for any particular negative or grade of paper being quickly learnt after a few trials and thenceforth may be judged without trial.

Make the full exposure as above indicated and immerse for three minutes in the diluted bichromate bath, preliminary rinsing with clean water being necessary only in large sizes of paper to keep them flat.

Wash for half a minute and then develop in the ordinary developer in the usual manner. It will now be found that, although development is somewhat slower than usual, the density is held back and the resultant print has a full range of tone values. It is not recommended to use the same developer again and again, as with each sheet of paper a small portion of the bichromate bath is transferred thereto.

It should be observed that it is important that an acid fixing bath should be used, as there is then less liability to staining as there is most assuredly when a strong bath of bichromate is used. Should such stains arise they may be removed by soaking in a saturated solution of alum after thorough fixing and washing and then again washing.

The above process is also applicable to the making of lantern slides and there appears to be no reason why it should not be used to obtain "soft" negatives of contrasty subjects.




22nd July 1910  Page 387 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The club has been extremely fortunate in having the privilege of hearing a lecture and seeing a demonstration by Mr. John Sterry, Fellow of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britian, and Progress Medalist for 1908. Mr. Sterry explained his process for the Control of Gradation in Bromide Printing in a perfect manner.

The outing to Paradise on the 27th June was well attended, considering the very unsuitable weather.

The next regular meeting of the Club will be held on the 12th August and will be the Annual Business Meeting for the Election of Officers. Notice of this meeting and also of any emergency meetings will be forwarded to all members by post in due course.

P. TOPPERWIEN
HON.SECRETARY




Friday 12th August 1910  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

The annual report of the Kapunda Photographic Club, presented to the annual meeting recently, congratulated the members on the sound condition of the club. The interest and good feeling of previous years had been maintained, but the membership was somewhat smaller owing to some members having left the town. A fixed program of fortnightly demonstrations, embracing almost every branch of photography, had been carried out and three competitions had been held. So far the efforts to do something to bring the various clubs in the State whereby a large folio containing a certain number of prints from each club could be circulated and exhibited had not been successful. The only step taken in this direction was in joining with the Adelaide Camera Club in sending 80 slides of the Clifton Hill (Victoria) Club for the purposes of exchange. Kapunda contributed 40 slides and the Clifton Hill set was expected shortly in return. Kapunda was the only South Australian Club that competed for the Ravenswood trophy in Melbourne. It was sixth out of eight, only three points behind the Photographic Association of Victoria. Considering the short time available for preparing the work the result was satisfactory.



Friday 30th September 1910  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)
22nd October 1910  Page 319 - The Australian Photographic Journal

The Kapunda Photographic Club held their usual meeting on Tuesday evening, when Mr. H. Cobb presided. Correspondence was read from Hon.Secretary Adelaide Camera Club in reference to the set of lantern slides sent by Clifton Hall (Victoria) Club, which will be exhibited at Kapunda on 11th October. The Hon.Secretary Port Pirie Show wrote giving full particulars of the photographic section and inviting the co-operation of the Kapunda Photographic Club. It was resolved that Messrs. Warner, Klose and Hawke act as a committee to examine and criticize upon the lantern slides. The work of the evening, "Carbon - Lantern slides" in the hands of Mr. Bennett, was then proceeded with. The carbon process was fully described by a short article prepared by Mr. Oats and read by Mr. Bennett, followed by the practical demonstration, when several lantern slides of flower studies, landscape work and portrait studies were produced in sepia, carmine green and blue. As it is some years since there was a demonstration of this branch of photography at the club rooms good interest was maintained throughout.



Thursday 13th October 1910  Page 1 - Geelong Advertiser (Victoria)

NEXT SATURDAY NIGHT
Grand concert and limelight picture entertainment.

130 BEAUTIFUL LANTERN SLIDES

From Royal Photographic Society, Great Britain: Adelaide Camera Club, Kapunda Photographic Club.

First-class Musical program by Leading Local Artists.
GORDON COLLEGE HALL.
SATURDAY EVENING NEXT, at 8pm.
Tickets, 1/- each.

H.L.S. POTTER
HON.SECRETARY




Monday 17th October 1910  Page 4 - Geelong Advertiser (Victoria)

PICTURE ENTERTAINMENT AND CONCERT in GEELONG
A concert and limelight picture entertainment took place in the Gordon College Hall on Saturday evening under the auspices of the Amateur Photographic Association. There was a moderate attendance. Some of the finest lantern views ever seen in Geelong were presented. They were from slides lent by the Kapunda Photographic Club (S.A.) and the Adelaide Camera Club. The pictures dealt with a great variety of interesting subjects. The lantern was manipulated by Messrs. H. Leckie and H. Denmead.



Wednesday 9th November 1910  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


Thursday, 8pm, Lecture, ON PAPUA, by R. Dubois Esq., Institute North-terrace (front entrance, upstairs). Gentlemen only invited by Adelaide Camera Club.



March 1911  The Australian Photographic Journal - Page 164

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the monthly meeting of the above club, held on the 10th February, the President (Mr. P.H. Williams) had a very unpleasant task in informing the members that their popular Hon.Secretary, Mr. P. Topperwein, was forced on account of ill health, to take a prolonged holiday. A resolution was passed that Mr. Toperwein be written to, conveying to him the sympathy of the Club and trusting that he would soon be well enough to take an active part in the progress of the Club.

Mr. R.R. Neale was appointed Acting Hon.Secretary for the time being.

The members were kept very interested by Mr. Fripp, who clearly showed the improvement of negatives by the "Matte Varnishing Process". The lecturer explained the method of putting the varnish on either the film * or glass side of the negative (not down one's arm like some amateurs found the varnish would go), then working on it with retouching pencils or stumps. Mr. Fripp handed round some negatives upon which he had worked, also the original and finished prints, showing more clearly than words the advantages to be derived from this process. Mr. Fripp was cordially thanked for his instructive paper.

* Note - This is printed as received, but we hardly think matte varnish would be put on the film of the negative. It is very commonly and successfully used on the back. Ed. A.P.R.




Saturday 11th March 1911  Page 17 - The Register (South Australia)

At the last meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club the portfolio of Mr. F. Joyner, of the Adelaide Camera Club, with 55 prints, was exhibited for the inspection and comment of members. The fine collection was much admired.



Friday 19th May 1911  Page 2 - The Advertiser (South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
LANTERN LECTURE on Manufacture of and work done by Cocra Lenses.
TO-NIGHT 8 pm (Friday), Institute Building, North terrace upstairs, Public invited




Friday 9th June 1911  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The usual meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on Tuesday evening, Mr. Klose presiding. Correspondence from the Adelaide Camera Club and the editor of the Photo Review was read and discussed. The latter invited selections of prints from members to be sent to Sydney not later than June 26, "for inclusion with a selection of Australian photography, to appear in "Photograms of the Year", a work published in London. It was resolved that some prints should be submitted at the next meeting for this purpose. Mr. T. Warner took up the practical work of the evening, "Lantern slides" and after reading some instructive notes of the process, gave an interesting demonstration of lantern slide making by reduction. At the next meeting Mr. Klose will deal with the subject of camera construction.



Friday 1st September 1911  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

The usual fortnightly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held, in the club rooms on Tuesday 29th August. The evening was devoted to criticizing lantern slides, the work of members of the Adelaide Camera Club. These slides, in conjunction with a set prepared by members of the Kapunda Photographic Club, have recently been loaned to clubs of the eastern States. After considerable discussion the criticisms concerning each slide were recorded and will be forwarded to the Adelaide Camera Club. A most enjoyable and instructive evening was spent. Owing to an alteration of program the subject "selected articles and discussion", which was set down for last meeting, will be dealt with on 12th September.



Saturday 2nd September 1911  Page 5 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Kapunda Photographic Club, at its meeting this week, dealt with lantern slides, the work of the Adelaide Camera Club. All criticisms were recorded and will be forwarded to the Adelaide Camera Club.



Saturday 10th February 1912  Page 17 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

Mr. T.B. Ragless (president) occupied the chair at a meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club last night at the Society of Arts rooms, North-terrace, when it was announced that the judge (Mr. E.W. Belcher) had awarded the first prize in the half-plate competition (a Klimax camera, presented by Messrs. Butcher and Sons) to Mr. W.J. Henderson, for a photograph of a scene in the Botanic Gardens.




Friday 21st June 1912  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)
Page 3 - Daily Herald (Adelaide, South Australia)


The monthly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held in the club's rooms on Tuesday evening. The President (Mr. E.K. Jeffs) was in the chair. A letter enclosing criticisms of the club's lantern slides was received from the Adelaide Camera Club. A communication was read from the editor of "Photography and Focus" concerning the circulation of that paper and asking for the opinions of the club members as to how the paper can best cater for its Australian readers. The work of the evening was a demonstration of "Noctona" gaslight paper, which was carefully carried out by Mr. Thomas Warner. A short paper was read on the subject, after which some prints were produced by exposing to ordinary gaslight and developing in the usual way. It was found that by shortening the time of exposure and prolonging development soft results may be obtained from strong negatives. A characteristic of the paper is its beautiful rich tone and the absence of stain, even on forcing development, was commented upon. Various toning baths may be used on "Noctona" with good results, but as time would not permit of their use Mr. Warner exhibited some toned prints in sepia, which were much admired. The next meeting of the club on July 16 will take the form of a carbon demonstration, of which Mr. R. Schultz is in charge.



Saturday 13th July 1912  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its annual exhibition on Friday evening in the South Australian Institute. A large number of visitors attended, among whom were Messrs. T.B. Ragless (President), G.T. Harder (Secretary) and W.E. Hill (Treasurer). The members exhibited 100 examples of their work for the year. A high standard was reached. Many of the subjects were views of delightful beauty spots within a few miles of the city. There were seven classes represented and Mr. J.C. Rawling, who adjudicated, had a fine choice from which to select. The championship was won by Mr. W.J. Henderson with a sepia-toned enlargement of a figure study and landscape. Prize-winners: Landscape, Messrs. W.J. Henderson and P.H. Williams; seascape, Messrs. R. Short and W.J. Henderson; portraiture and figure studies, Mr. W.J. Henderson; objects in motion, Mr. W.J. Henderson; enlargements, Messrs. W.J. Hendserson and P.H. Williams; pictorial landscape or seascape, Messrs. W.J. Henderson and H.F. Holden; postcards, Messrs. R. Short and W.J. Henderson.



Saturday 13th July 1912  Page 17 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held an attractive exhibition of photographs in the Society of Art Rooms, Institute, North-terrace, on Friday evening. Previously the club had not had an exhibition for about six years and the success of this fixture gave fresh energy to the members. Competition was limited to members of the club, but not so the attendance. Other clubs had been invited to join in the project, but had declined to do so. There were only 10 competitors, but they presented a fine array of 99 pictures of varying merits in the seven sections, which were as follow: Landscapes, seascapes, portraiture, objects in motion, pictorial photography and postcards. The competition in all classes was good and apparently close; but the judge (Mr. J.C. Rawling) supplied no comment with the notification of the awards. Mr. W.J. Henderson was conspicuously successful and won five first prizes, four seconds and the champion. The champion picture also secured first honors in the pictorial section and was a figure study with landscape, sepia toned, in which the figures were a trifle stiff. The camera work and developing were good. The winning picture in the portrait class was a fine photograph of a young girl well posed and correctly taken. The seascape which caught the judge's eye was beyond doubt the best in the section and was a beautifully soft green carbon. The enlargement, which was given first place was similar to the champion in a different tone, which rather emphasized the stiffness of the figures, but taken all round it was a fine picture.

The officials of the club are: T.B. Ragless (President), H.F. Holden (Vice-President), G.T. Harber (Hon.Secretary), W.E. Hill (Hon.Treasurer), C.A. Hutchison (Librarian) and W.J. Henderson (members representative).

The prizewinners were: Landscape; W.J. Henderson, T.B. Ragless. Seascape; R. Short, W.J. Henderson. Portraiture and figure studies; W.J. Henderson (1 and 2). Objects in motion; W.J. Henderson (1 and 2). Enlargements; W.J. Henderson, P.H. Williams. Pictorial land or seascape; W.J. Henderson, H.K. Holden. Postcards; R. Short, W.J. Henderson. Champion picture; W.J. Henderson (enlargement).




Friday 19th July 1912  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

The usual monthly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on Tuesday evening. The President (Mr. E.K. Jeffs) was in the chair. Two new members were admitted. Attention was drawn to a report in the daily press of an exhibition which was held in connection with the Adelaide Camera Club in which it was said that other clubs in the State had declined to exhibit. The Hon.Secretary was instructed to write asking for an explanation seeing that the Kapunda Photographic Club had written to the Adelaide Camera Club asking for full particulars of the exhibition, but no reply was received and at no time did the local club signify its intention of refusing to take part in the exhibition. The work of the evening was a demonstration of carbon printing. Mr. R. Schultz and the President conducted the practical work and an interesting paper was written by Mr. Sidney Albert Boriston Oats. Pieces of the sensitized carbon tissue, which had been printed during the day, were placed in contact with the transfer paper and afterwards developed. The advantages derived from the use of various strengths of sensitizing baths were forcibly demonstrated by the results obtained. The double transfer was fully explained and prints were produced by both single and double transfer which proved the superior qualities of the carbon process. The annual meeting of the club will be held on Tuesday, August 13.



August 1912  Harringtons Photographic Journal - Page 260

The Adelaide Camera Club held an attractive exhibition of photographs in the Society of Art Rooms, Institute, North­terrace, recently. Previously the club had not had an exhibition for about six years and the success of this fixture gave fresh energy to the members. Competition was limited to members of the club, but not so the attendance. Other clubs had been invited to join in the project, but had declined to do so. There were only 10 competitors, but they presented a fine array of 99 pictures of varying merits in the seven sections, which were as follow: Landscapes, seascapes, portraiture, objects in motion, pictorial photography and postcards. The competition in all classes was good and apparently close; but the judge (Mr. J.C. Rawling) supplied no comment with the notification of the awards. Mr. W.J. Henderson was conspicuously successful and won five first prizes, four seconds and the champion. The champion picture also secured first honors in the pictorial section and was a figure study with landscape, sepia toned, in which the figures were a trifle stiff. The camera work and developing were good. The winning picture in the portrait class was a fine photograph of a young girl well posed and correctly taken. The seascape which caught the judge's eye was beyond doubt the best in the section and was a beautifully soft green carbon. The enlargement, which was given first place, was similar to the champion in a different tone, which rather emphasized the stiffness of the figures, but taken all round it was a fine picture. The officials of the club are: Messrs. T.B. Ragless (president), H.F. Holden (vice­president), G.P. Harper (Hon.Secretary), W.E. Hill (Hon.Treasurer), C.A. Hutchison (librarian) and W.J. Henderson (members representative). The prize-winners were: Landscape: W.J. Henderson, T.B. Ragless. Seascape: R. Short, W.J. Henderson. Portraiture and figure studies: W.J. Henderson (1 and 2). Objects in motion: W.J. Henderson (1 and 2). Enlargements: W.J. Henderson, P.H. Williams. Pictorial land or seascape: W.J. Henderson, H.F. Holden. Postcards: R. Short, W.J. Henderson. Champion picture: W.J. Henderson (enlargement).



Tuesday 6th August 1912  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)


SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INAUGURAL EXHIBITION
The inaugural exhibition of the Semaphore Photographic Society was held at the residence of Captain T. Creer, Esplanade, Semaphore, on Monday evening. Formed four years ago, the society has been doing a quiet work among amateur photographers of the district and although comparatively, small in numbers, the collection of between 60 and 70 framed pictures shown on Monday evening evidenced considerable skill in the art. Notwithstanding the inclemency of the weather, there was an encouraging attendance.

Among those present were several members of the Adelaide Camera Club.




Wednesday 4th September 1912  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Tuesday evening, Mr. J. White presided. An application by the Adelaide Camera Club to use the rooms was granted. Mrs Irwin was admitted as an honorary member, Mrs Barringer, Misses Cleland, Rudkin and Bosworth and Mr. J.F. Scott were admitted as Fellows and Misses Irwin and Fenton as Associates. About 60 Lantern slides lent by Messrs S.P. Bond & Co. and H.W. Marshall and the Tourist Bureau, showing views of early Adelaide, were screened and Mr. Marshall explained the subject depicted in each.



STILL LIFE STUDY
by Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON
awarded First prize in the A.P-R. competition in November 1912




Monday 9th December 1912  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

ONE AND ALL

COME AND SEE
CORNISH PICTURES

at the
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
(Society of Arts Rooms)
Institute, NORTH-TERRACE
(West Entrance),
TO-NIGHT at 8pm



Saturday 12th July 1913  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, South Australia)
Monday 14th July 1913  Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

To be held in the SOCIETY OF ARTS PICTURE
GALLERY, INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE (west
side entrance), on MONDAY and TUESDAY, 14th and 15th July
Open, 1pm to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm.
Public cordially invited. Admission free.

REGINALD SHORT
HON.SECRETARY




Tuesday 15th July 1913  Page 13 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened in the Society of Arts Gallery at the Institute, North-terrace, on Monday and will be continued to-day. There was an admirable display of photographic works of art. In all there were 103 pictures exhibited in addition to loan pictures from Miss Dorothy Warner, Kapunda; the Kapunda Photographic Club; the Semaphore Photographic Society and Mr. T.B. Ragless, of the Adelaide Camera Club. Seventeen pictures, specially selected by the judges (Messrs. H.P. Gill and T. Stoward occupied the west wall. In addition to the champion picture, "Moored", a Port River subject, shown by "Mr. P.H. Williams, there were the following: "University porch" (Mr. R. Short); "Breakfast" (Mr. P.H. Williams); "A study" (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson); "Travellers" (Mr. P.H. Williams); "A study" and "Sunset" (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson); "The castle of the McCarty More" (Mr. H.P. Holden); "Majestic gums" (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson); "Mystic moer" and "Sunshine and shadow" (Mr. P.H. Williams); "Shades of evening" (Mr. J. Smith); "A study" (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson); "Unfolding morn" (Mr. P.H. Williams); "Innesfallen" (Mr. H.P. Holden); "Autumn" (Mr. N.S. Fry) and "A sunlit cottage" (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson).



Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Tuesday 15th July 1913
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)


ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Adelaide Camera Club which is affiliated with the Society of Arts, opened its annual exhibition of photographs in the Society of Arts Gallery, at the Institute, North terrace on Monday. The club formerly known as the Malvern Camera Club; has owned its present appellation for about nine years and has done good work in educating and raising the artistic taste of its members. It has a present roll of 35 and these have hung 103 specimens of their skill. The society does not work for the sake of award and the highest recognition accorded is the choice of a championship picture from the work of the year.

The judges, Messrs. H.P. Gill and T.H. Stoward, selected 17 photographs as being of exhibition standard and these were separately hung on the western wall. The championship was given to Mr. P.H. Williams for a charming view of fishing vessels moored in the stream at Port Adelaide. The work is a bromide 12 x 8 enlargement from a postcard negative and possesses considerable pictorial quality. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. Reginald Short) shows a good architectural composition, "The Adelaide University Portico". Other choice studies by Mr. Williams include "Unfolding Morn", with light effects through autumnal trees: "Mystic Morn", in which the sun's rays contrast with dark pine trunks; and "When Leaves Fall". Mr. Alfred Wilkinson shows versatility in his "Portrait Study" and "Sunlit Cottage" and other good landscapes are a cloud effect by Mr. J. Smith and an autumn view by Mr. N.S. Fry, whose "Fallen Leaves" on the eastern wall, is also a creditable production. Mr. William's has on exhibition excellent examples of pinhole photography, a simple process capable of good effects, but one that is perhaps too much neglected. Other prominent exhibitors are Messrs. H.F. Holden, E.C. Grigson, J. Cain, H.C. Malpas and W.E. Hill. A number of the photos that have made creditable compositions just miss the boundary line of art work by the want of sufficient attention to small details of lighting, the selection of an inopportune moment for exposure, or an error in the choice of printing depth and media. In other cases, again, there has been an endeavor to crowd too much into the picture. The work on view, however, is on the whole instructive and amateur photographers can learn much that is of value from the exhibition, which will remain open today. Four loan exhibits are also hung. That from the Kapunda Photographic Club includes a good daffodil study by T. Warner and "Billiard Player" and a rose study by M. Thompson. Miss Dorothy Warner, of Kapunda, has a separate and worthy collection of portraiture. The chief contributions in the Semaphore Photographic Society's display are coppice and cloud scenery by R. Fraser and a fine view of a Port Adelaide wharf and mills, by an unnamed exhibitor. Mr. T.B. Ragless, of the Adelaide Camera Club, shows a dainty gem in his picture of a wattle sprig.

The executive officers of the club are: President, Mr. P.J. Williams; Past President, Mr. T.B. Ragless; Vice-President, Mr. W.E. Hill; Hon.Treasurer, Mr. C.A. Hutchison; Librarian and Lanternist, Mr. H.G. Malpas; Members Representative, Mr. H.F. Holden and Hon.Secretary, Mr. Reginald Short.




Friday 18th July 1913  Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHS
Special mention was made in the daily newspapers this week of the display made by the Kapunda Photographic Club at the exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club. Laudatory reference was also made to Miss Dorothy Warner's separate collection of photographs.



Saturday 19th July 1913  Page 6 - The Mail (Adelaide, South Australia)

Photography as a hobby has forged ahead by leaps and bounds during the past decade and nowadays the man with the camera — and the woman, too — is to be seen at every important outdoor event, snapping up a picture. There is no more fascinating recreation than taking and developing photo pictures and unlike all others, it has this great advantage, that you have the result of your work always with you in the shape of a picture. Amateur photographers gathered in large numbers in the gallery of the Society of Arts, at the Institute, North terrace, on Monday and Tuesday, when the Adelaide Camera Club opened its annual exhibition. Originally known as the Malvern Camera Club, the name was changed to one of wide significance — the Adelaide Camera Club — nine years ago. Since its inception the club has done much good work in educating members and raising their artistic taste. Every amateur who delights in camera work should belong to such a club and therefore it is surprising that the membership only numbers 35 — it should be nearer 350.

The executive officers of the club are: President, Mr. P.J. Williams; past president, Mr. T.B. Ragless; vice-president, Mr. W.E. Hill; treasurer, Mr. C.A. Hutchison; librarian and lanternist, Mr. H.G. Malpas; members representative, Mr. H.F. Holden; and Hon.Secretary, Mr. Reginald Short.

This year members sent in 103 photo studies. A word here about the gallery in which they were hung. The walls are of plaster covered over with deep red or maroon kalsomine coloring. The result is that whenever a nail hammered into the plaster on which to hang a picture has been pulled out, a small patch of plaster has come away, leaving an ugly white spot. The whole of the four walls are pitted with hundreds of these unsightly spots and they spoil the whole effect and must give the very best display of pictures, no matter how artistically arranged, a dirty, untidy appearance. If the walls were covered with red malthoid it would overcome this trouble. The Judges were Messrs. H.P. Gill and T.H. Stoward, who after some trouble selected 17 photographs as being up to exhibition standard. Of these six were by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson (who sent in 24) and five were by Mr. P.H. Williams, who hung 20. Of the pride of place was given to Mr. Williams, his "Moored" being considered by the judges the champion picture of the year. Members of this society do not work for reward, but are content to receive recognition of skill by the judges naming what they regard the best picture shown annually and dubbing it "champion". Mr. Williams's successful contribution was a bromide enlargement of a bit of the Port River, with some fishing boats in the middle distance, the background being occupied by warehouses. The photographer had snapped his picture at early dawn and the effect of peacefulness was well shown. The same student showed an artistic gem entitled "Travellers", showing four men in topcoats and with luggage in hand, standing on the wharf at the port watching the incoming of a big interstate steamer. It was almost a better bit of work than the artist's champion. Mr. Williams's other photos included "Mystic Morn", "Unfolding Morn", with pretty light effects through trees, in the autumn, just shedding their leaves; "When Leaves Fall" and "Sunshine and Shadow". His "Breakfast", showing a girl feeding a cat. was very natural and found many admirers. Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's best bit of work was a charming morceau entitled "A Sunlit Cottage", in ozobrome, which looks more like a painting than a photograph. Mr. R. Short's "University Porch" was among the 17 and shows careful treatment. Among the 86 unplaced "Towards the Close of Day" by R. Short, attracted special attention. It is a picture of a pretty corner in the parkland's late on an autumn afternoon. "Blackwood" by Mr. W.E. Hill is a good landscape photo, showing a country road lined with quaint trees, the shadows from which are thrown across the roadway. A number of photos showing pretty cloud effects were admired and praised. Four loan exhibits were the centers of attraction for visitors. That of Miss Dorothy Warner, of the Kapunda Photographic Club, contained a really praiseworthy collection of art photography. Miss Warner is a young worker and was a first prize winner at the Women's Work Exhibition in Adelaide in 1907, being then in her teens. She is also a champion prize winner, silver medalist and holds a diploma from the Women's Work Exhibition held also in 1907. Unfortunately, Miss Dorothy Warner has used a wash to shade in the white spaces in some of her figure studies and while in one or two the effect is good, in others the wash has been too freely used and the photos have a smudged appearance. This is especially noticeable in a study of four girls heads, which has been practically spoiled. She showed an excellent carbon of a clergyman in his study, which was highly spoken of and her photo of the Cabinet of the Kapunda Model Parliament was good. Her collection is now on view in the establishment of Kodak Limited, Rundle street. Other loans exhibited were sent in by Kapunda Photographic Club, the Semaphore Photographic Club and by Mr. T.B. Ragless, of the Adelaide Camera Club. Taken as a whole, the collection was an exceedingly interesting one and full of merit and educational value.




Friday 15th August 1913  Page 2 - Port Adelaide News (South Australia)

SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
We have the gift of the annual report of the above society from Mr. Chas. W. Mart, the Hon.Secretary. The committee congratulate the members on the very satisfactory condition in which the society stands at present. The following review of the past year's work will probably prove interesting: The average attendance at the monthly meetings has been eight members. The committee deplore the loss of three valued members who have resigned during, the past session, namely, Mr. Geo. Anderson (through ill-health) and Dr. and Mrs Gething. Two lady members have been welcomed.

At the monthly meeting last August the Society held the Inaugural Exhibition and the committee were delighted at the response that the members made and thanks are also due to the members friends. The collection of between 60 and 70 framed pictures was a pleasing display and evidenced considerable skill in the art.

Notwithstanding the inclemency of the weather, there was an encouraging attendance of members and friends, among those present being several members of the Adelaide Camera Club. The following members and friends gave demonstrations and lectures during the session: Messrs. R. Fraser, T.B. Ragless, J.T. Cain, H.H. Wright, R. Fraser, C.W. Mart, Turner, S.P. Bond, T.C. Callow. In concluding thanks were expressed to Captain T.E. Creer for past kindnesses.

The President (Mr. J. Smith) expresses a desire that the members will continue to take an active interest in the welfare of the Society and reminds the members that the next members exhibition will take place in the Old Council Chamber, Semaphore Town Hall, on the first Monday in September, which he requests them to support by sending along their work.




22nd August 1913  Page 444 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
On the 14th and 15th of July last Adelaide Camera Club held its annual exhibition in the Society of Arts large picture gallery. During the past year the club has been made a section of the South Australian Society of Arts and is now on a good footing.

The exhibition was open on the Monday and Tuesday from 1pm to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm and was very well attended.

Eleven members only sent in 103 pictures comprising all subjects. It was unanimously agreed at the May meeting of the club to dispense with classes for the different subjects and all pictures were submitted to the judges (Messrs. H.P. Gill A.R.C.A., and T. Steward) to select those that they considered up to exhibition standard. A very high standard was set, as only 17 pictures out of the 103 submitted to the judges reached the standard.

Satisfaction was freely expressed by the members with the judging, as it has given them a standard to aim for in future work.

The most prominent exhibitors were Messrs. P.H. Williams and A. Wilkinson. The former secured the only prize (awarded by the president) for the champion picture. This was an early-morning study of fishing boats on the Port River and a fine piece of work. Another delightful study by Mr. Williams was entitled “Travellers”. Other members who had their work among the selected 17 were: Messrs. H.F. Holden, J. Smith, N.S. Fry, and Reg. Short.

A feature of the exhibition was loan sets from the Kapunda Photographic Club and from Miss Dorothy Warner, a member of the Kapunda Photographic Club. This young lady showed some excellent portrait studies and is to be highly congratulated on her work. Mr. T. Warner, Hon.Secretary of the Kapunda Photographic Club, was a very prominent exhibitor in the loan set from Kapunda and showed some excellent studies. The Semaphore Society also contributed a loan set, which added greatly to the success of the exhibition. Mr. T.B. Ragless, past president of the Adelaide Camera Club, sent in a non competitive exhibit of a dozen pictures, comprising landscapes and flower studies, which were much admired.




Friday 29th August 1913
Page 3 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)
Page 5 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Tuesday 2nd September 1913  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Saturday 6th September 1913  Page 16 - Chronicle (Adelaide, South Australia)

The annual meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held at the School of Mines Buildings on Tuesday. The President (Mr. E.K. Jeffs), was in the chair. The twelfth annual report presented by the Hon.Secretary (Mr. Thomas Warner) congratulated the members on the sound financial position of the club, but regretted again to report a slight falling off in membership. Considering their numbers they had had a successful year. Their demonstrations had embraced the principal branches of photography, including development of plates, bromide and gaslight papers, intensification and reduction, trimming and mounting, lantern-slide making, transparencies, floral photography and ozobrome process. The ozobrome evening by Mr. R. Schultz was looked forward to with a great amount of interest, as it was the first time the process had been demonstrated in the club and they found that it was really the first time it had been demonstrated in South Australia. The committee reported also that 35 framed pictures, the work of the members, were forwarded to the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition. They compared favorably with those by city workers. At the local agricultural show the members again made a creditable display of work and the committee was hopeful that a similar exhibition would be forth coming this year. No competition had been held during the year, but there was a feeling that something of the kind was necessary and it was recommended that a competition be held next club year. The credit balance had increased from £3/10/ to £6/8/. The report and balance sheet were adopted. Officers elected: President Mr. R. Schultz; Vice-President, Mr. Sidney Albert Boriston Oats; Hon.Secretary and Treasurer, Mr. Thomas Warner; Committee, the executive officers and Messrs. E.K. Jeffs, F. Meincke and J.E.A. Klose; Darkroom Steward, Mr. R. Schultz; Librarian, Mr. Oats; Auditor, Mr. C.B. O'Reilly; Press Correspondent, Mr. E.K. Jeffs.



Wednesday 3rd September 1913  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 17 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

Friday 5th September 1913  Page 2 - Port Adelaide News (South Australia)

SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The second exhibition of the Semaphore Photographic Society was held at the local Town hall on Monday evening. An encouraging attendance of visitors congregated to view a collection of about 120 framed pictures, which had been artistically arranged by the committee. A high standard of work was maintained and admiration was freely expressed. A feature which gave a tone to the exhibition was a loan exhibit from the President (Mr. Smith) of pictures by David Blount, England, including some excellent landscapes and portrait studies by the gum-bichromatic process. Mr. Smith was also represented by a number of his own pictures on carbon, self-toning and sepia-toned bromide. Mr. Fraser, who is widely known in photographic circles, hung some excellent landscape and genre pictures on carbon. There were also striking enlargements by Messrs. Mart, Horswill, Turner and Clements, Captain Creer and others. The society was indebted to the Adelaide Camera Club for assistance in the form of a loan exhibit of 25 pictures. Prominent among them was an early morning study of fishing boats on the Port River, by Mr. P.H. Williams. There were also excellent pictures by their Hon.Secretary (Mr. R. Short). These merited praise, approaching as they did pictorial and technical excellence.



22nd September 1913  Page 490 - The Australasian Photographic Review

GREAT ALL-AUSTRALIAN EXHIBITION
Following is a list of awards in the photographic section of the “Great All Australian Exhibition”, which opened on the 13th September.

Twelve club sets were entered in the Inter-Club Competition, sets coming from the Auckland Camera Club, Adelaide Camera Club, Northern Tasmanian Camera Club, besides the Victorian clubs and two sets from the Photographic Society of New South Wales.

There were over 450 entries in the photographic section and the work is of an exceedingly high-class nature, being the largest photographic exhibition held in Victoria since the Victorian Photographic Affiliation Exhibition in 1909.

We congratulate the winners on their success, particularly mentioning Mr. Norman C. Deck, of Sydney, who must have sent an extremely strong exhibit to have secured three medals.

AWARDS
SECTION A: CLASS I: GOLD MEDAL: “A Bend in the Road” by Norman C. Deck (Sydney); GOLD MEDAL: “Rippling River Reflections” by C.J. Merfield; SILVER MEDAL: “Pearly Morn” by A. Wilkinson (Adelaide); BRONZE MEDAL: “A Babbling Brook, Berry” by Norman C. Deck (Sydney).
SECTION A: CLASS II: SILVER MEDAL: “Wintry Sunset” by Miss C. De Blaquiere; BRONZE MEDAL: “Off Wilson’s Promontory” by J.T. Hamilton; DIPLOMA: “The Pool” by H. Brown; DIPLOMA: “Old Folks at Home” by H.B. Hammond.

“ONE MAN SHOW” SET, GOLD MEDAL: Norman C. Deck.

Inter-Club Competition: First place, Clifton Hill Amateur Photographic Club, No. 1 set; second place, Amateur Photographic Association of Victoria, No. 1 set; third place, Amateur Photographic Association of Victoria, No. 2 set; fourth place, Photographic Society of New South Wales, No. 1 set.

The judges in Classes I and II, were Messrs. C.D. Richardson, C.E. Harvey and A. Barrie; Classes III, IV, and V. will be judged next week.




Thursday 16th October 1913  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Wednesday 22nd October 1913  Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
THE ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of the South Australian Society of Arts was held at the institute, North-terrace, on Tuesday 21st October 1913.

The South Australian Photographic Society, which was an affiliated branch, having disbanded, the council had been able to admit the Adelaide Camera Club as a branch and the club now held its meetings in the society's rooms.




Wednesday 22nd October 1913  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
THE ANNUAL MEETING

Members of the South Australian Society of Arts met for the annual meeting on Tuesday. The chair was occupied by Mr. Edward Davies (a Vice-President).

ANNUAL REPORT
The report of the Hon.Secretary (Mr. H.E. Powell), particulars of which have already been published in The Register, indicated satisfactory progress in regard to the year's work. It showed that the subscribers included 41 hon. members, 39 fellows and 133 associates.

CHAIRMAN'S REMARKS
The Chairman, in moving the adoption of the report expressed regret that the President (Mr. White) was absent through his recent bereavement in the death of a daughter. That bereavement had rendered a change to another State desirable for a while. They also regretted that Mr. H.P. Gill was absent, having severed his connection as a fellow of the society. Ill health had caused the absence of the Hon.Secretary (Mr. Powell), but they were glad to know, that he was speedily regaining his strength and they hoped, to have his admirable services available again in the near future. Mr. Will Ashton was away prosecuting his studies in Europe and they trusted that the society would be benefited as the result of his trip. During the year the Adelaide Camera Club had been joined as a branch of the society. Mr. A. Collins seconded the motion, which was adopted.




Saturday 22nd November 1913
Page 23 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 1 - Daily Herald (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)


PUBLIC LIBRARY BOARD - meeting 21st November 1913
The fine arts committee reported having received a letter from the Adelaide Camera Club suggesting that a department of photography be established in connection with the Art Museum and appointed representatives to meet representatives of the Adelaide Camera Club to discuss the matter.



Friday 6th March 1914  Page 1 - Port Adelaide News (South Australia)

SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Semaphore Photographic Society was held at the Club rooms on Monday evening, March 2. The President (Mr. J. Smith) occupied the chair, and there was a good attendance of members. Captain Creer was heartily welcomed back after his month's trip to Tasmania, the land of apples and cool breezes.

Mr. Raglass, ex-President of the Adelaide Camera Club, gave an interesting chat and a practical demonstration on the right way to trim, mount, and frame photographic pictures.

Following up Mr. R. Fraser's demonstration of the carbon process at the February meeting, several members experimented with this beautiful and alluring process during the month's interval, and brought their work up for criticism at this meeting. The technical work proved in each case to be more or less successful, whilst that of Messrs. Caire and McGrouther was particularly good. The carbon demonstrator, who acted as critic of the carbon work expressed his pleasure at the aptness of his pupils and his pride in their initial success.

A very hearty vote of thanks was carried by acclamation to Mr. Raglass for his fine demonstration in the earlier part of the evening, and reference was made to his previous useful and unselfish services to the Society. In acknowledging the compliment, Mr. Raglass said it was always a pleasure to him to appear before the Semaphore Society and to give them the benefit of his experience and training, because he realized that it was not time wasted. The best reward to a demonstrator is the knowledge that the members do profit by the object lessons given and use and apply them to their own personal experience.




Friday 19th June 1914  Page 2 - Port Adelaide News (South Australia)

SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Semaphore Photographic Society held its usual monthly meeting at the society's rooms, Esplanade, Semaphore, on Monday 1st June. There was a good attendance of members and Mr. J. Smith (the President) occupied the chair. In the absence of Mr. C. Mart (the Hon.Secretary) owing to indisposition, Mr. Whitcombe acted as Hon.Secretary for the evening. After considerable discussion it was decided to send a loan collection of pictures to the Adelaide Camera Club's Exhibition to be held in Adelaide during July and not to have a local exhibition this year.

Mr. Simms, of the Kodak Company, gave a paper on radio, on X-ray, photography, illustrated by lantern slides showing the apparatus used and also pictures showing its wonderful usefulness where applied to dental surgery in discovering the causes of abnormal effects in the jaws of patients. The paper demonstrated Mr. Simms' grip of this very interesting, but very technical, subject and the lantern slides were a great assistance to the members in following the reader in his descriptions of the apparatus, whilst those slides showing X ray photographs of dental troubles and their causes, made by an Adelaide dentist, assisted by the demonstrator (Mr. Simms) were highly educational and especially interesting because the patients as treated by X ray photography were residents of this State and the hidden causes of pain and trouble in the various cases were clearly revealed by the X ray photograph in each and every case.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Simms on the proposition of Mr. Robert Fraser, seconded by Mr. J. Smith. In responding Mr. Simms remarked that his pleasure in giving the paper before the society was the greater because of the presence of lady members and stated that he had attended various photographic societies in South Australia and in Broken Hill, but the Semaphore Society was the first in which he had noticed lady members, he accordingly congratulated both the society and the ladies present.

The best thanks of the society is due to Mr. H.H. Wight (manager Kodak Co.) for his generous loan of the lantern used on this occasion and his kindness in operating same. At the close of Mr. Simm's demonstration, the members present had the pleasure of seeing some of their own lantern slides screened and Mr. Horswell and Mr. Fraser criticized the pictures, by request, from the technical and pictorial aspect respectively. Before dispersing, the Chairman reminded the members that the next meeting on 6th July, will be the annual meeting and asked for a full attendance.




Wednesday 15th July 1914  Page 26 - Critic (Adelaide, South Australia)

A CHAT WITH A LADY PHOTOGRAPHER
Last week a very charming little lady, Miss Dorothy Warner, of Kapunda—called to see us, bringing with her such excellent examples of high-class portraiture that we published three as studies in our last issue.

"What caused me to become interested in photography ?" said Miss Warner. "Well, for years my father has been enthusiastic over camera work and often has his photographic friends to stay with him. I was soon imbued with the same ideas and often joined in the photographic expeditions. Mr. Kauffmann, one of Australia's leading pictorial workers, encouraged me to use a small camera won by my father at a photographic exhibition. With this camera I did some good landscape work and in 1906 secured champion prize at a local exhibition".

And since then ?
"Still improving in 1907, I exhibited in the Adelaide Woman's Work Exhibition and secured first prizes in every section for which I entered. These same pictures were then forwarded to the Melbourne Woman's Work Exhibition, where there was keen competition".

Were there many competing ?
"Something like three hundred and sixty ; but I won first prize silver medal, two special prizes and a diploma. Also the sum of £5 awarded me for the best picture exhibited. This encouraged me to secure a larger camera, which enabled me to take up home portraiture and in 1910 exhibited at a local exhibition and secured first prize in portraiture section, Mr. F.A. Joyner being the judge, who, in his remarks, said the work in this section was much above the average".

By that time you must have realized that photography was vour forte.
"Yes; I decided then to make it my profession and I entered one of the leading city firms for practical experience and the longer I worked at it the more fascinating I found the work and on returning to my home in Kapunda some two years later I started a private studio of my own".

As a photographer ?
"Yes, my specialty being ladies and children's portraits".

Do you find it easy ?
"Well, the lot of professional photographers would be less difficult if people suffered less from self-consciousness", replied Miss Warner. We have to make them forget they are before a camera and the only way to do it is to act and talk in a matter-of-fact way with them. I have spent as much as two hours taking the photograph of one child, as often they are very shy and that has to be overcome".

Do you object to relations and friends being present as well as the subject ?
"Yes", said Miss Warner very emphatically, "I do ! their company is seldom helpful. I give great attention to every sitter to make it distinctive in regard to style and printing".

Which is your favorite process ?
"Carbon, it being most permanent and artistic. In no other process can you get the wonderful rendering of draperies and half tones. Special attention to the trimming and selection of suitable mounts is essential to make each one a picture as well as a faithful portrait".

Do you find the public ready to pay for good work ?
"They are undoubtedly looking for and expecting something more artistic in portraiture, be it in style of printing, size, or design of mounts and they are prepared to pay well for anything that pleases them. At least, that has been my experience; and it is satisfactory to know one's clients are pleased. It is quite surprising, too, the number of city patrons that have visited my Kapunda studio for sitting and I am always kept busy, as the work, finishing, has my personal supervision in each department".

Are you making any show of these, beautiful studies while in town ?
"Yes", concluded Miss Warner, "the Adelaide public will have the opportunity of seeing my work at the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition, in Society of Arts Rooms, North-terrace, on the 20th to 22nd July, from 1pm to 5pm and 8pm to 10pm, where I shall have my collection on view".



MISS DOROTHY WARNER




Friday 17th July 1914  Page 2 - Kapunda Herald (South Australia)

The President, Mr. R. Schultz, presided at the monthly meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club on Tuesday evening. The Hon.Secretary stated that he had received invitations from the Adelaide Camera Club to attend the opening of its forthcoming exhibition. Several members signified their intention of attending the function. The work of the evening was a demonstration of the Ozobrome process by the President. In a short address Mr. Schultz explained the working and the advantages of the process, which consists of obtaining permanent pigment pictures by contact with bromide prints. A piece of paper coated with gelatine containing pigment which may be of any color, after it has been given a bath in pigmenting solution, is brought into contact with the bromide print from which a reproduction is desired. After remaining for a few minutes under slight pressure, the pigmented paper is then transferred to ordinary carbon transfer paper, upon which it is developed with clean water. Several prints were then produced by the process and the working of it was shown to be very similar and quite as simple as the carbon process. Mr. Schultz claimed that chief among, its advantages was that enlarged prints could be obtained by the pigment process without the necessity of an enlarged negative. At the next meeting of the club on August 11 the Hon.Secretary, Mr. Thomas Warner, will demonstrate the oil process.



Saturday 18th July 1914  Page 2 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

AUTOTYPES. PLATINOTYPES, ARISTOTYPES
LADIES CHILD STUDIES A SPECIALITY.

Dorothy Warner

Art Photographer


ENLARGEMENTS IN RED CHALK, SEPIA, BLACK AND WHITE.

KAPUNDA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

A LARGE COLLECTION OF PORTRAITURE WILL BE ON VIEW AT THE ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION

SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, NORTH TERRACE.

MONDAY. TUESDAY, AND WEDNESDAY, JULY 20th, 21st, 22nd

FROM 1pm to 5pm, 8pm to 10pm. ADMISSION FREE




Monday 20th July 1914
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 3 - The Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 and 10 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

Tuesday 21st July 1914  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building,
North-terrace (west side entrance).
Official Opening by William J. Sowden Esq., J.P., Monday 20th July, at 8pm.
Also open Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday,
20th, 21st and 22nd July
1pm to 5pm and 8pm to 10pm.
ADMISSION FREE
REGINALD SHORT, Hon.Secretary




Monday 20th July 1914  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

A PHOTOGRAPHIC SHOW
An important new departure, will be inaugurated by the Adelaide Camera Club in the Society of Arts Rooms, North terrace, tonight, when an exhibition will be formally opened by Mr. William J. Sowden (President of the Public Library Board). Originally the Malvern Camera Club started about 12 years ago and has undergone various changes, but is now firmly established as a section of the South Australian Society of Arts, affiliated with the Public Library Board. The present exhibition is the best yet held by the club and shows marked improvement in pictorial photography. Members of the club do not work for a prize in each class of photography, but are content to abide by the judge's decision for the champion picture irrespective of class.

The judges are Messrs. Edward Davies, F.A. Joyner and Ernest Gall. Mr. Kauffmann's Victorian loan exhibit is probably the finest example of pictorial photography yet shown in the State. The six pictures by the Clifton Hill Club (Victoria) comprise the set at the Interclub competition for 1914 of the Victorian Photographic Affiliation and this is the fourth year in succession in which this club has achieved this honor. The Pictorial Workers Society of Victoria is limited to 12 members and its exhibit includes, most of the work submitted by its members for its recent (and first) exhibition. Miss Dorothy Warner and Messrs. T. Warner and A.E.J. Klose, of the Kapunda Photographic Club and the Semaphore Photographic Society has sent loan exhibits. The show is highly interesting and instructive. The Adelaide Camera Club has been for some, time negotiating with the fine arts committee of the Public Library Board for the purpose of arranging an historical photographic exhibit in the board's new building and general approval has been given to the scheme.



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 - Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 - Victor Harbor, South Australia




Tuesday 21st July 1914  Page 12 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

A FINE EXHIBITION
THE ART OF PHOTOGRAPHY

The possibilities of the photographic art are pleasingly and strikingly illustrated in the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute, North-terrace, which was officially opened on Monday evening. The large attendance was ample evidence of the public interest in the exhibition, to which admittance is free. About 200 pictures are arranged round the walls and are mostly the work of amateurs. The interest in the exhibition is not confined to photographers. Anyone who can appreciate art in any form will find a visit well repaid. So excellent are some of the examples that it is difficult to realize that they were obtained through the usual photographic media. Many are singularly graceful and dainty pencil sketches, to all appearance and others are like drawings of paintings.

The Adelaide Camera Club, originally the Malvern Camera Club, started about 12 years ago and is now a section of the S.A. Society of Arts. The present exhibition is the best yet held by the club and shows marked improvement in pictorial photography. Members of the club do not work for a prize in each class of photography, but are content to abide by the judges decision for the champion Picture, irrespective of class. The judges, Messrs. Edward Davies, F.A. Joyner and Ernest Gall, have selected Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's picture, entitled "The Cathedral Font", as being the champion and 19 other pictures have been adjudged to be up to exhibition standard. Mr. Kauffmann's Victorian loan exhibit is a fine example of pictorial photography. The six pictures by the Clifton Hill Club (Victoria) comprise the set at the interclub competition for 1914 of the Victorian Photographic Affiliation and this is the fourth year in succession that this club have achieved this honor. The Pictorial Workers Society of Victoria is limited to 12 members and their exhibit includes most of the work submitted by their members for their recent (and first) exhibition. Miss Dorothy Warner and Messrs. T. Warner and A.E.J. Klose, of the Kapunda Photographic Club and the Semaphore Photographic Society have loaned exhibits.

The exhibit of the Adelaide Camera Club comprises (63 pictures, of which 20 a larger proportion than last year have been deemed to be up to exhibition standard. This is not to say there are not some excellent efforts among the remaining 43, all of which contain features of more than ordinary merit. The champion picture is naturally the central point of interest. It was a difficult subject to attempt and the picture reflects great credit on the exhibitor. He photographed the font at a time when a fugitive ray of light, evidently from some small crevice had thrown a soft shaft of sunshine on the side of the object, causing a patch of light and shade on the otherwise even toned tiled floor. The delicately veined marble and decorated stonework have been well brought out and the whole conception is fittingly subdued without any suggestion of flatness. The background was not the least difficult part of the picture. Unfortunately there is not enough distance in it to convoy the idea of the "dim religious light" which is generally the keynote of an ecclesiastical interior. In No. 1, "Sunrise" by Mr. H.F. Holden, the president of the club, some beautiful effects are noticeable. No, 4, "The Castle of the McCarty More" also by Mr. Holden is an old-world scene and has been skilfully treated, the stones blending harmoniously. No. 6, "Sunlit Trees" by Mr. P.H. Williams, shows how the artistic mind can compose a picture in any ramble in the hills. The "atmosphere" is particularly fine. No. 8, "Miss M." by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, is a clever portrait study and full of expression. No. 15, "Early Morning at Port Adelaide", by, Mr. P.H. Williams, is a decidedly good effort, the effect being exquisitely soft and vapory Mr. Holden was responsible for No. 19, "Coffinswell Village" and No. 20, "Sunset" and both are splendidly executed. Other exhibitors or selected pictures are Mr. H.G. Malpes, who entered "Pines" and "Morning Mists" and Mr. P.J. Williams, who was responsible for "Porch of Stow Church" an excellent pinhole photograph, "A Glimpse of Melbourne" and "Playing at Horses". Among the other exhibits of the Adelaide Camera Club are many good ones. No. 22, "Still Water" by Mr. A.E. Young, is a photograph of the Torrens in a peaceful mood. His "Reflections" contains possibilities, but it is a trifle flat. No. 38. "A Cottage in the Hills" by Mr. P.H. Williams, might well have gone with the selected pictures. The suggestion of distance is splendidly carried out. No. 44, "The Bank Entrance" by Mr. R. Short, is a capital architectural study. There are many others that might be referred to, showing that the State has nothing to be ashamed of in the realm of pictorial photography. Some of the loan exhibits would seem to reach the high water mark of perfection and would do credit to any gallery. The examples sent from Kapunda and the Semaphore received very favorable notice on Monday and should be an encouragement to other suburban and country societies to exhibit their photographic abilities. The Adelaide Camera Club welcomes new members and the exhibition will doubtless result in the Hon.Secretary, Mr. Reginald Short, receiving numerous applications for enrollment.

The exhibition, which will be on view, from 1pm to 5pm and from 8pm to 10pm on Tuesday and Wednesday, was formally opened on Monday by Mr. William J. Sowden, the president of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery Board. He remarked that the Board intended to establish in the new building, which was not yet finished, a sequence of photographic views to illustrate the progress of photography from the silhouette principle to the present time. They also intended to establish, as far as possible, a portrait gallery containing a series of historical events in South Australia, a record which would be invaluable in time to come. The Adelaide Camera Club would have the hearty co-operation of the board in its efforts in those directions. He concluded by remarking that the object of the club was not only to encourage the highest form of the art, but to encourage the lowest performer to become the highest.




Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Tuesday 21st July 1914
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building,
North-terrace (west side entrance).
Official Opening by William J. Sowden Esq., J.P., Monday 20th July, at 8pm.
Also open Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday,
20th, 21st and 22nd July
1pm to 5pm and 8pm to 10pm.
ADMISSION FREE
REGINALD SHORT, Hon.Secretary



Tuesday 21st July 1914
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)


FINE PHOTOGRAPHS
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB DISPLAY
THE OPENING CEREMONY

Devotees of photography, that art which has advanced with such remarkable strides in recent years, may be advised to visit a highly creditable little collection of scenic views, portraits and studies which is on view in the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute, North terrace, in connection with the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club. The display was formally opened to the public on Monday evening by Mr. William J. Sowden (President of the Public Library Board), with which body, through the Society of Arts, the Adelaide Camera Club is affiliated. There was a large attendance of visitors, who were welcomed by the President of the Club (Mr. H.F. Holden).

OPENING REMARKS
Mr. William J. Sowden, in the course of a few remarks prior to performing the opening ceremony, mentioned that the Public Library Board proposed to make a new departure, with the co-operation of the Adelaide Camera Club, in the art of photography. In the new building under the control of the board it was intended to establish an important sequence of photographs, illustrating the progress of the art, from silhouette pictures to the most modern examples. The Adelaide Camera Club would be afforded a good opportunity, in this direction, of providing, not only for its own interest, but for the interest of posterity. The board also proposed to inaugurate a portrait gallery dealing with the history of South Australia. Although in the past photographs had not been possible of such notable events as the reading of the proclamation, it was hoped to perpetuate, in future, through the camera, every event of historical interest in the State, in the national institutions under the direction of the board. A gallery of paintings ought to have, as a supplement, a gallery of photographic reproductions. The art of portraiture required just as much assiduity and care as the art of painting or that of sculpture. It was surprising that they had been so long in South Australia in opening such exhibitions as the present. He expressed best wishes for the success of the club, which also had the heartiest co-operation of the Public Library Board. The judges of the exhibits: Messrs. E. Davies, F.A. Joyner and E. Gall — had awarded champion honors to Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, whose fine, successful picture showed how necessary it was for a photographer to be an artist as well. In conclusion, Mr. William J. Sowden remarked that the club was a struggling organization and needed the assistance of all photographers. The object of the body was not so much to encourage the highest form of photography to advance, still further, as to encourage the beginner in the art to rise to the highest standard.

At the instance of Mr. P.H. Williams, seconded by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, Mr. William J. Sowden was accorded thanks for having inaugurated the exhibition.


THE EXHIBITS
The photographs on view are displayed on the four walls of the eastern upstairs room of the Society of Arts. Of the total of nearly 250 works exhibited, 63 have been produced by members of the Adelaide Camera Club. So far as these pictures are concerned, it is the custom of the judges to select from among them for special display, all those photographs which conform to exhibition standard. The fact that almost one-third of the three score and three entries are considered to be worthy of that distinction, speaks well for the progress of the art locally. To the ordinary spectator several of the remaining 40 photographs are quite equal in merit to almost any of the favored 20. The subject of the champion photograph is the ornamental font in St. Peter's Cathedral, North Adelaide. Mr. Wilkinson deserves praise for his fine production with its highly creditable light and shade effects, in addition to its happy artistic treatment. A good pinhole photograph of the porch of Stow Church by Mr. P.J. Williams and a capital view of hills scenery entitled "Sunlit Trees" by Mr. P.H. Williams, are noticeable among the chosen score. "Recreation" is the theme of another artistic study of children at play under an old pepper tree beside a sturdy hedge. The arrangement of this picture is exceptionally effective. "The Castle of McCarty More" (an attractive sepia) by Mr. H.F. Holden, "Early Morning Mists at Lobethal" and "Coffinswills Village", by the same exhibitor and a study of "Pines" by Mr. H.G. Malpas are other entries which are among the best on view. Apart from the competitive photographs provided by the club members there are an array of brilliant specimens of the art of Mr. J. Kauffmann, formerly of Adelaide and now of Melbourne: a set of pictures lent by the Clifton Hill Photographic Society (Victoria), which won exhibition honors in the sister State, capital exhibits by the Pictorial Photographic Workers Society of Victoria, good displays by the Semaphore Photographic Society and Kapunda Photographic Club, a worthy loan exhibit by Mr. A.A. Johnson and a varied and attractive series lent by Miss Dorothy Warner, a clever young photographer, of Kapunda. The secretarial duties of the exhibition which will remain open until Wednesday evening, are in the capable charge of Mr. Reginald Short.



Saturday 25th July 1914  Page 11 S - The Mail (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
LADY PHOTOGRAPHER
MISS DOROTHY WARNER'S CLEVER WORK

One of the best features of the Adelaide Camera Club exhibition held in the Society of Arts rooms, North terrace, this week was a collection of high-class artistic portraits, the work of Miss Dorothy Warner, of Kapunda. The display in general proved popular, but these views in particular were the admiration of every visitor without exception. The various processes presented included autotype, carbon and aristotype. Miss Dorothy Warner's specialty is portraits and she had 60 beautiful specimens of her craft on view. The subjects included a number of leading citizens. Especial praise was lavished on two studies of girls on a windy day. There were several pretty groups, of mothers with their children. Miss Dorothy Warner, who is a native of Gawler, intends to open an establishment in Adelaide.
"There is room for a lady photographer in the city", she told a representative of "The Mail". "A woman possesses ever so much more patience than, a man", she continued "and that is very important in dealing with children. Besides, the fair sex prefers to be attended to by a woman in most things and especially as far as taking their portraits is concerned. In the past, however, they have had no option. I have had experience in one of the leading Adelaide studios and at an early age I won prizes in the women's work exhibitions in Adelaide and Melbourne. I enjoy the distinction of being the only lady member of the Kapunda Photographic Club, of which my father, Mr. T. Warner, is the Hon.Secretary". Among the 520 works exhibited 63 were produced by members of the Adelaide Camera Club.
The judges: Messrs. E. Davies, F.A. Joyner and E. Gall: awarded the champion honors to Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, who took as his subject the ornamental font in St. Peter's Cathedral, North Adelaide. It was a splendid example of the photographer's art. Included in the exhibition standard pictures were works of Messrs. P.J. Williams (Stow Church), P.H. Williams (Sunlit Trees), H.F. Holden (The Castle of McCarty More) and H.G. Malpas (Pines). Grand views were shown by Messrs. J. Kauffmann and A. A. Johnson, by the Clifton Hill Photographic Society (Victoria), the Semaphore Photographic Club and Kapunda Photographic Club. Mr. Reginald Short is to be heartily congratulated on the success of his secretarial efforts.




Saturday 24th July 1915  Page 2 and 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Held in
SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
(INSTITUTE BUILDING), NORTH-TERRACE,
26th to 29th July inclusive.
Open Monday, 7.30pm to 9.30pm; Tuesday
Thursday, from 12 noon to 4pm; and 7.30pm to 9.30pm.
ADMISSION FREE




Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Saturday 24th July 1915  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)


A photographic exhibition by members of the Adelaide Camera Club (a section of the South Australian Society of Arts) will be held on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday next, at the Institute Building, North terrace. The exhibits are divided into three sections; pictorial, record and a special competition for two studies of the exterior of St. Peter's Cathedral. The members have been working hard during the past 12 months and some capital examples of the photographic art will be displayed. A welcome addition to the exhibition is a loan set from the Pictorial Photographic Workers Society of Victoria, in which some fine work is shown.



Saturday 24th July 1915  Page 3 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

During the past 12 months the members of the Adelaide Camera Club, which is a section of the S.A. Society of Arts, have been busily engaged in preparing work for the annual exhibition, which is to be held during the following week. The members work shows an advance on last year's and everything points to a successful exhibition. Two sections are set aside for members work, pictorial and record. In addition to the above, there is a special competition for two exterior studies of St. Peter's Cathedral. A loan set from the Pictorial Photographic Workers' Society of Victoria adds greatly to the collection of photographs displayed. The exhibition will be held in the Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday, July 26, 7.30pm to 9.30pm and following Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday, 12pm to 4pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm and is free to the public.



Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Saturday 24th July 1915  Page 6 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

The president (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson) has issued invitations to the members private view of the Adelaide Camera Club annual exhibition in the Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday afternoon, at 3pm. Mr. William J. Sowden will declare the exhibition open and His Excellency the Governor (Lieutenant-Colonel Sir Henry Lionel Galway KCMG DSO) and Lady Galway will be present during the afternoon.


           

LIEUTENANT-COLONEL SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY KCMG DSO
Born 25th September 1859 at Alverstoke, Hampshire, England
Died 17th June 1949 at London, Middlesex, England




Monday 26th July 1915  Page 1 - The Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)
Tuesday 27th July 1915  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
ARTISTIC PHOTOGRAPHS

Photography devotees, if they visit the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North terrace, will have an opportunity of seeing a charming selection of the best that a camera can produce. The Adelaide Camera Club is a section of the South Australian Society of Arts and has been affiliated with that body for three years. At the annual exhibition members do not compete for special prizes in each class of photography, but are content to abide by the judge's decision, irrespective of class. The judges are Messrs. Edward Davies, John White and Ernest Gall. They have expressed themselves as being highly delighted with the quality of the work superior to that exhibited last year. Out of 60 pictures in the pictorial section, they have selected 36 which are up to exhibition standard. The adjudicators also, made a final selection of 12 photographs, which display special merit. The champion picture was one entitled, "Majestic Gums", photographed by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. Another picture, "In the Orchard", by the same enthusiast, took second place. Both these specimens of photographic art have been produced with a charming delicacy of tone. These two pictures were of a quality which made it difficult for the Judges to decide which was the better. A special competition was arranged for two studies of the exterior of St. Peter's Cathedral. The prize, a special lens, given by Mr. Ernest Gall, went to Mr. P.J. Williams. His exhibit is a triumph of camera production and it shows that a cultivation of art is necessary to make a successful photographer. The points that induced Mr. Gall to offer a prize were: To give zest to strolls about the locality at various seasons of the year; to educate the eye to appreciate the beauties of our city landscapes; to stimulate the use of long focus lenses, which render pleasing perspective; to emphasize the important bearing that marginal spacing and appropriate framing have on a pictorial photograph. These conditions were closely observed by Mr. Williams and he was consequently awarded the prize. Two collections of work from Messrs. Murfield and Coulson were taken from their show, which was recently held in Melbourne and Sydney and the pictures were favorably received in those States. To the visitor they all appeal. Mr. J.H.M. Davidson presented several beautiful studies - one particular noteworthy, "The Silver Veil", a view of Pennington Gardens on a misty morning. Two pictures, "Bush Track" and "Mallee", which were creditable reproductions of Australian flora, were shown by Mr. N. Seymour Fry. Scenes at Brighton - "Sand Dunes" and "Fisherman's Hut", by Mr. A.A. Johnson, were daintily executed. Another pleasing photograph was "Early Morning in the Park", by Mr. R. Short, which showed the soft light of dawn filtering through the pinetrees. The whole of the exhibits are instructive and artistic and will, no doubt, attract a large crowd of admirers this evening and on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday.



Tuesday 27th July 1915  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by Mr. William J. Sowden at the Society of Arts rooms, Institute Building, North-terrace, on Monday afternoon, when a private view was held. Mr. William J. Sowden said the Camera Club was a son of the Society of Arts, which in its turn was a son of the Public Library Board. The Library Board was making an innovation in Australasia by establishing a photographic room and the Camera Club was assisting the board by making that room an example of good pictures and of the progressive history of the photographic art. Mr. G.A. Barnes would have the oversight and the arrangement of the exhibits and he was sure the work would be carried out sympathetically and aesthetically. Some photographic artists were better artists than many color painters. He urged them to work together to promote the cause of art in its different spheres. He believed the judges had found it difficult to allot the places to the exhibitors and they were more than pleased with the work as a whole. He congratulated Mr. Wilkinson on his successes. He thought it was in the interests of the public that photography should be cultivated. A good deal of the atrocities committed by the Germans in Belgium had been shown through the medium of the camera, which afforded evidence which would stand for all time. He congratulated the club on its achievements.

In thanking Mr. William J. Sowden for opening the exhibition, the Hon.Secretary of the club (Mr. P.H. Williams) said members had been working under difficulties owing to the drought. Water had not been plentiful for the preparation of their plates and the dry season had made the landscapes look very bare. Many members would feel they could not do justice to their art.

The Rev. R.W.G. Dempster supported and Mr. E. Davies, as representing the fine arts committee of the Public Library Board, responded. His Excellency the Governor visited the exhibition and was shown around by the president (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson).

The club is affiliated with the Society of Arts and the fine display of pictures on the walls indicate that the members practice all the branches of the photographic art, but that they specialize in pictorial work. Although the system that obtained some years ago of holding competitions in all classes is not now followed, a healthy rivalry is stimulated by the desire to have works accepted and hung in the division — "Up to the exhibition standard". The general merit of the works in this department was decidedly high. The judges Messrs. Edward Davies, John White and Ernest Gall, reported that the work submitted was of a high order and from an entry of 66 works in the pictorial section they selected 36 photographs as being up to what they considered exhibition standard. From this number of accepted works they made a further selection of 12 pictures that they classed as being "very fine works of art". The champion award went to the president (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson), for his "Majestic Gums", the judges having great difficulty to decide between this picture and "In the Orchard", also from the camera of Mr. Wilkinson. An interesting feature of the exhibition was the special competition, in which two views of St. Peter's Cathedral were to be shown. A lens given by Mr. Gall was the prize and the display of pictures dealing with this subject showed how possible it is to treat a great architectural structure in picturesque surroundings with originality. The edifice was presented from many different angles and with differing fore and back grounds, but in every instance the essential features of the great church were plainly recognizable. The competition was intended to induce a more careful study of work of this kind and by the use of the long-focus lens some impressive perspectives were obtained. The collection embraced sixteen views and the winner was Mr. P.J. Williams, who showed a small panel, presenting an almost front view and a larger study, which made a very pleasing elevation and took in an effective piece of landscape. Other meritorious plates were exhibited by the same artist and Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, the Rev. R.W.G. Dempster, Mr. N.S. Fry, Mr. H.F. Holden and Mr. A.E. Young.

The group of twelve pictures which the judges regarded as being the most meritorious in the division, "up to exhibition standard", made a decidedly pleasing lot. They were hung in one block, intended to give the same purpose as "the line" in the greater art exhibitions of the world. The champion, "Majestic Gums" by the president, was a really fine illustration of the photographic art and made an admirable picture. "A Winter's Day" by Mr. A.A. Johnson, was deservedly greatly admired; "A Fisherman's Hut" Brighton, from the same camera and "A Pastoral", were fine pieces of work. Quite idyllic was "In the Orchard" by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, in which children are playing among fruit trees. Mr. P.H. Williams showed two excellent studies, in this division — "A Stately Row" and "The Gentleness of Heaven is on the Sea". "Bush Track" by Mr. N.S. Fry, too, was a realistic piece of photography. But, although these works were awarded the place of honor, there were many other highly meritorious exhibits. "The Casualty List" in which a gentleman is seated in his library reading the newspaper, was finely executed, the artist being Mr. J.H.M. Davidson. The Rev. R.W.G. Dempster showed some nice panels. "The Slopes of Lake Geneva" being particularly pleasing. Other exhibitors deserving of mention included Mr. H. Preskett, who was represented by several studies and Mr. R. Short, whose picture, "The Deserted Cottage" won admiration. Some fine specimens of work by Messrs. H.E. Kennedy, J. Merfield, D.A. Baird, W. Howieson, F. Dutton, O.H. Culson, J.B. Hayles and W. Elliot were lent by the Pictorial Photographic Society of Victoria.



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




Tuesday 27th July 1915  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Saturday 31st July 1915  Page 33 and 34 - Observer (Adelaide, South Australia)

ARTISTIC PHOTOGRAPHS
Photography devotees, if they visit the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North terrace, will have an opportunity of seeing a charming selection of the best that a camera can produce. The Camera Club is a section, of the South Australian Society of Arts and has been affiliated with that body for three years. At the annual exhibition members do not compete for special prizes in each class of photography, but are content to abide by the judge's decision irrespective of class. The judges are Messrs. Edward Davies, John White and Ernest Gall. They have expressed themselves as being highly delighted with the quality of the work shown and consider that it is far superior to that exhibited last year. Out of 60 pictures in the pictorial section. they have selected 36 which are up to exhibition standard. The adjudicators also made a final selection of 12 photographs, which display special merit. The champion picture was one entitled, "Majestic Gums", photographed by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. Another picture, "In the Orchard", by the same enthusiast, took second place. Both specimens of photographic art have been produced with a charming delicacy of tone. These two pictures were of a quality which made it difficult for the judges to decide which was the better. A special competition was arranged for two studies of the exterior of St. Peter's Cathedral. The prize — a special lens, given by Mr. Ernest Gall — went to Mr. P.J. Williams. His exhibit is a triumph of camera production and it shows that a cultivation of art is necessary to make a successful photographer. The points that induced Mr. Gall to offer a prize were:— To give zest to strolls about the locality at various seasons of the year; to educate the eye to appreciate the beauties of our city landscapes; to stimulate the use of long focus lenses, which render pleasing perspective; to emphasize the important bearing that marginal spacing and appropriate framing have on a pictorial photograph. These conditions were closely observed by Mr. Williams and he was consequently awarded the prize. Two collections of work from Messrs. Murfield and Coulson were taken from their show, which was recently held in Melbourne and Sydney and the pictures were favorably received in those States. To the visitor they all appeal. Mr. J.H.M. Davidson presented several beautiful studies, one particular noteworthy, "The Silver Veil", a view of Pennington Gardens on a misty morning. Two pictures, "Bush Track" and "Mallee", which were creditable reproductions of Australian flora, were shown by Mr. N. Seymour Fry. Scenes at Brighton, "Sand Dunes" and "Fisherman's Hut", by Mr. A.A. Johnson, were daintily executed. Another pleasing photograph was "Early Morning in the Park", by Mr. R. Short, which showed the soft light of dawn filtering through the pine trees. The whole of the exhibits are instructive and artistic and attracted a large crowd of admirers on Monday evening. The exhibition will remain open to-day, Wednesday and Thursday.

In the afternoon, in the presence of a large attendance of guests invited to the private view, the President of the Camera Club (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson) asked the President of the Public Library Board (Mr. William J. Sowden) to declare the exhibition open.

Mr. William J. Sowden, in performing the ceremony, said he complied with the request of the President with a great deal of pleasure. He was present in a dual capacity with respect to the Public Library Board and the Camera Club. In relation to the Public Library Board, the Camera Club was a son of the Society of Arts and the latter was one of the sons of the Public Library Board; therefore, the board grandfather of the club and he, as President, was called the father of the board, so that he was great-grand-father and also official godfather — of the club. The board was showing its practical interest in the work of the Club by making an innovation in Australasia through the establishment of a photographic room and the Camera Club was acting with the board with a view to making that room, not only an example of the best "light pictures", but also of the progressive stages of the photographic art and a history of the political and social events of the State. Mr. G.A. Barnes, who was well known in art circles, would have in his general oversight the arrangement of the photographic exhibits and that was a guarantee that the work would then be done sympathetically as well as artistically. Many oils and water artists now looked down upon the photographic artist; yet, in some respects, the real photographer was a better artist than many color painters, because the real photographer must be an artist, whereas a real artist might not be a photographer. Instead of criticizing each other, they should work together to promote the common cause of art in their different spheres. Many pictures had been associated with the old proverbial statement that the camera could not lie. He thought it could. He had never forgotten the look of pained surprise when he took the first picture of one of his friends, who said sadly: "Do I look like that in real life?" He said: "Approximately, you do". His friend replied: "Very well; if so, I am resigned to leave the world because I have no right to live at all". The camera certainly could lie unless it were trained regarding the way in which it should go and the Camera Club imparted the requisite training. He hoped the club would not forget, in supplying pictures, the historical aspect of the State as well as the historical aspect of photography. The friendly feeling between the Public Library Board and the Society of Arts was particularly exemplified by the fact that the judges were Mr. Edward Davies (Chairman of the Fine Arts Committee of the Board), Mr. John White (a prominent artist) and Mr. Ernest Gall; who was one of the first in the State to begin really artistic photography. He understood that the judges had had an extremely difficult task in allotting the prizes to the successful exhibitors and that they were more than pleased with the work as a whole. He wished specially to congratulate the winner of the champion prize, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson (President of the Club), on his work. He had only quite recently begun photography and yet he had advanced far beyond the goal reached by many other photographers with much longer experience. It was interesting to note that the judges had selected 36 pictures as being up to exhibition standard and 12 of those as particularly meritorious. He congratulated Mr. P.J. Williams on the fine exhibit with which he had won the "Exterior of St. Peter's Cathedral" competition. The collection of photographic pictures from Victoria were appreciated, not only for their high quality, but because they were an earnest of the cultivation of the Federal spirit in art, which would doubtless be further exemplified when the Camera Club should become one of the strongest in Australia. Its membership, however, was not so good as it ought to be, young though it was, but it would surely increase as the substantial advantages of the club became known. The reason why particularly ladies who had leisure should join the club, was that some of them with artistic sense, but defective color vision, could secure better pictures by the use of a camera than by any other medium. From a wide public point of view, it was in the interest of the world that photography should be cultivated. The art had an important mission. Many of the atrocities committed by the Huns in Belgium had been brought powerfully home to the public by the aid of the camera — evidences of crime, which would stand for all time. He hoped to see the day when a photographic section would form part of the annual displays of the Society of Arts in Adelaide. It would be an immense stimulus to the Camera Club to do its best and it would broaden the popular appreciation of the Society of Arts exhibitions. They all admired the work of the Camera Club and congratulated members on their achievements. Finally, he would, with great goodwill and appreciation of the honor, formally declare the exhibition open.

Mr. P.H. Williams (Hon.Secretary of the Adelaide Camera Club) proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. William J. Sowden. The society had been working under difficulties on account of drought conditions. Many members, he said, felt that under the conditions they could not really do justice to landscape work. The Rev. R.W.G. Dempster supported and expressed the opinion that photographers should not blame the drought too much.

Mr. E. Davies (the Chairman of the Fine Arts Committee of the Public Library Board) responded, at the request of Mr. William J. Sowden. He endorsed the sentiments expressed by the two previous speakers. He added, as one of them, that the judges, in examining the pictures this year, were pleased to note the great advancement which had been made since last exhibition. They trusted as time went on that improvement would become greater as the society grew.

During the afternoon and evening the exhibition was visited by a large number of people. His Excellency the Governor (Sir Henry Galway), attended by his Private Hon.Secretary (Mr. Legh Winser) carefully inspected the exhibition during the afternoon and was greatly interested in the fine specimens of photography displayed to him.




Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Wednesday 28th July 1915  Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Held in
S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
(INSTITUTE BUILDING), NORTH-TERRACE,
26th to 29th July inclusive.
Open Monday, 7.30pm to 9.30pm; Tuesday
Thursday, from 12 noon to 4pm; and 7.30pm to 9.30pm.
ADMISSION FREE



Saturday 31st July 1915  Page 12 - The Mail (Adelaide, South Australia)

A goodly number of people accepted the invitation of the president (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson) to the private view at the Society of Arts Gallery on Monday afternoon and much admiration was expressed at the many examples of photographic art. The president of the Public Library Board (Mr. William J. Sowden) declared the exhibition open. His Excellency the Governor, attended by Mr. Legh Winser, was present during the afternoon and others who attended were Mr. W. Pope, Mr. Archibald Collins, Mr. Talbot Smith, Mr. F. Chapple, C.M.G., Rev. and Mrs A.E. Gifford, Mr. and Mrs W.H.R. Porter, Rev. and Mrs R.W.G Dempster, Dr and Mrs Charles Todd, Mr. Justice Buchanan, Miss Dorothy McBride, Mr. Ernest Gall, Miss M. Gall and Mr. and Mrs W.B. Poole.



Thursday 23rd September 1915  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Wednesday 29th September 1915  Page 7 - Critic (Adelaide, South Australia)

HONOR FOR ADELAIDE
Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, President of the Adelaide Camera Club, has been notified from London that the silver plaque presented in the well-known amateur photographer competition among British-Colonial photographers has been awarded to him. Last year Mr. Wilkinson won the bronze plaque.



Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Friday 12th November 1915  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, President of the Adelaide Camera Club (photographic section of the South Australian Society of Arts), has been officially informed that his photograph, "Majestic Gums", a remarkably fine picture, has been accepted by the hanging committee of the London Photographic Salon and is now displayed at the society's annual exhibition. Only three or four years have passed since Mr. Wilkinson began to devote his spare time to photography as an amateur and the rapidity and sustained excellence of his achievements are shown in the fact that he has taken prizes in all directions. This result, however, has not been lightly attained; but is a reward of not only intrinsic art-capacity and art-love, but also of patience and perseverance. Frequently he waits for hours on some selected spot until the play of light-and-shade supplies the special characteristics which he wishes to give to the photograph in hand.



Saturday 20th May 1916  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)


A combined exhibition of sketches, photographs and drawings by the Society of Arts, the South Australian Institute of Architects and the Adelaide Camera Club was opened in the Society of Arts rooms, North-terrace, on Friday and will remain open until 5th June. Each society has provided a section of the exhibition, which, is a very interesting one. The Society of Arts has 197 exhibits, the Institute of Architects 109 and the Camera Club 34. The watercolor and oil sketches are nearly, all meritorious. Mr. G.A. Barnes (art supervisor at the Art Gallery) has sent in six beautiful sketches notable for harmony of color. Mr. John White is represented by sketches of scenes on Kangaroo Island and in the Dandenong Range, Victoria. The sketches are truthful and there is a real liquid look about the water. Mr. A.E. Millbank has a fine selection and his still-life picture, "Grapes", is sure to excite special admiration. Mrs Gwen Barringer also is well represented and a small sketch, "Fallen Petals", is an excellent example of her good work. "The House Among the Gums" and "Sunset from the Roof Tops" will command much attention. Mr. James Ashton (president of the Society of Arts) has liberally assisted the exhibition with characteristic and beautiful seascapes. "After the Storm, Evening", is very nice, though perhaps a little too green in parts of the sky. The reflected light in the water is faithfully reproduced. Miss Rose Lowcay (Mrs Sheard) has sent in several attractive sketches, including Dutch and Cornish scenes. "Rolling Breakers, Port Elliot" and "Calm, Brighton", are pleasing, simple little pictures. Mr. Edward Davies is showing several nice products of his brush. His "Peacocks" is very commendable. Miss L.C. McNamara's "Hot Toddy" and portrait sketches by Mr. Steve Wickes will not be passed unnoticed. Altogether there is much good work in the show apart from the sketches mentioned here, including that of Miss M. Richardson and Mr. F.C. Britten. A pencil sketch from life by the latter is excellently done. The drawings of up-to-date houses shown in, the architects section illustrate the improvement in the design of houses in this State and the photographic exhibits of the Camera Club will be much admired.



15th September 1916  Page 497 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the annual meeting of the club on 18th August, the secretary’s report showed that although we are living through a very troublous time, the members are working well and helping to show that there is still a little brightness left. It was deemed advisable to postpone the usual exhibition until October, when the weather is more pleasant for such a fixture. The lectures and demonstrations given had been those that were of special use to the members. One feature had been the allotting of a number of evenings for the consideration of pictures that the members had in course of preparation and this had proved a good thing.

A loan exhibit from the club was sent to the Victorian Photographic Affiliation exhibition and one of the pictures by Mr. Young had been reproduced in the last issue of the A.P.-R.

Three of the members are on active service.

The members, in passing a vote of thanks to the retiring officers, specially thanked Mr. Wilkinson for the splendid help that he had given them during the past two years, during which time he had done his utmost to improve the standard of the work of the members by his criticism and advice.

The officers appointed for the next year are: President, Reverend. R.W.G. Dempster; Vice-President, Mr. J.H.M. Davidson; Past-President, Mr. A. Wilkinson; Treasurer, Mr. A.E. Young: Librarian, Mr. H. Preskett; Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Williams.

The members hope that everyone who is interested in artistic work will visit the exhibition in the Society of Arts rooms during the first week of October. The Photographic Society of New South Wales and the Victorian workers have promised to send loan exhibits, so the show should be a good one.




Thursday 21st September 1916  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

The English mail has brought details of the result of the colonial competition conducted annually by the proprietors of The Amateur Photographer in London. The pictorial works submitted this year numbered several hundred - a record entry and they were forwarded from almost every part of the Empire's dominions. There were 10 silver and 14 bronze plaques awarded. Bronze plaques have been gained; by Messrs. A. Wilkinson and Percy H. Williams and a certificate of merit has been awarded to Mr. P.J. Williams for their pictorial photographs. These three workers are members of the Adelaide Camera Club. The editor of the magazine reports that there is a large amount of work of a very high standard, particularly from various parts of the Commonwealth. It is expected that a number of these pictures will be included in the loan exhibits from Melbourne and Sydney at the Camera Club Exhibition to be held in Adelaide during the first week in October.



Saturday 30th September 1916
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

Monday 2nd October 1916  Page 3 - The Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
Institute building, North-terrace,
to be opened by WILLIAM J. SOWDEN, ESQ.,
MONDAY 2nd OCTOBER, at 8pm
The Exhibition will remain open till Saturday,
7th, from 12 to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm.
ADMISSION FREE - Inter-State Loan Exhibits.




Monday 2nd October 1916  Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

Although the number of entries at the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which will be opened at the Society of Arts room, Institute Building to-night, is, on account of the war, small as compared with former years, numerical paucity is compensated by the superior quality of the photographs hung on the walls. An inspection of the exhibits creates the impression that the suggestion made last year to camera enthusiasts to cultivate a greater tendency towards originality has borne fruit. The judges (Messrs. John White, G.A. Barnes and Ernest Gale) had a difficult task in selecting the chief prize winners. Of 45 pictures, 37 were adjudged to be up to exhibition standard. A further selection of 12 exceptionally meritorious works was made and from these Mr. P.H. Williams's study, "Glenelg from the Sandhills", was chosen as the champion. The subject is one of outstanding simplicity and yet behind its broad treatment lies an abundance of soul and artistic conception. "Towards Evening", by the same prizewinner, was commended for its excellent composition. Special mention was also made of the artistic merit of an excellent portrait of Mr. William J. Sowden, from the camera of Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. The same exhibitor has a fine domestic subject, "Hush", portraying the mother tending her infant child. The 'selected area' competition, for the best pair of landscape studies within a prescribed area in the vicinity of the University Sports Ground and one of which must include portion of the Torrens Lake was won by Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, with two magnificent photographs. Messrs. A.E. Young and A. Wilkinson had creditable displays. Strength was added to the exhibition by the inclusion of a large number of charming pictures from the Photographic Society of New South Wales and the Victorian Pictorial Workers Club.



Tuesday 3rd October 1916  Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which will be continued until Saturday next was opened at the Society of Arts Room North-terrace, on Monday evening in the presence of a large gathering. The president (Rev. R.W.G. Dempster) in introducing the president of the Public Library Board, mentioned that a Snapshots From Home League had been formed and amateur photographers would be doing good work by becoming members and assisting in the efforts to cheer the men at the front by forwarding them snapshots of interest.

Mr. William J. Sowden said the Public Library Board was contemplating a new departure of much importance. For many years Federal art exhibitions had been held, which were supposed to be contributed to by artists in the other States. At first they were, but at present there were practically no exhibits from the other States. The idea now was to have, every third year, in Melbourne, Sydney and Adelaide, exhibitions that would attract pictures from artists in all the states. Photographers also would be able to exhibit their work. The show that night was not so extensive as those of previous tears, but even the worst picture was educational in more ways than one. One object of the Library Board in encouraging photography was to secure views of historical interest.

The exhibition comprises a fine selection of pictures. In the selected area competition there were nine competitors. The views shown were taken near the River Torrens, between the Frome-road and City bridges. The judges (Messrs G.A. Barnes and J. White) chose Mr. J.H.M. Davidson's exhibits as the winning set. All, however were of a high artistic standard. In the pictorial section 38 exhibits were considered by the judges (Messrs. White, Barnes and E. Gall) as being up to exhibition standard and they selected Mr. P.H. Williams photograph, "Glenelg from the Sandhills", for champion honors. There were 13 exhibits in the open and invitation section and a collection of pictures lent by the Pictorial Workers Society of Victoria and by the Photographic Society of New South Wales. Champion pictures from previous exhibitions were also on view.



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




Tuesday 3rd October 1916  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - Daily Herald (Adelaide, South Australia)


FEDERAL EXHIBITION PROPOSED
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which was opened in the Society of Arts rooms, North terrace, on Monday evening by Mr. William J. Sowden, was the occasion for bringing under review a work of educational and historic interest. These phases of the club's scope were referred to by the President (Chaplain the Rev. R.W.G. Dempster) who, in introducing Mr. William J. Sowden, mentioned the necessity for encouraging the "Snapshots from Home" League, an organization formed with the object of supplying soldiers at the front with pictures of the life with which and the people with whom, they were associated in days of peace.

In declaring the exhibition open, Mr. William J. Sowden remarked that he was present in two capacities. One was as President of the Public Library Board, which was associated with the art work, in a national sense, of the community; and the other was as an amateur photographer, capacity which he was afraid was much more amateur than photographic. He did not like to attack an old adage, but he felt that who ever was responsible for the ancient saw that the camera could not lie, had never seen his efforts. But he had always had the advantage at least of holding communion with Nature and in his photographic work he had at least enjoyed the fresh air and photographed that as well as any one else could do. The Public Library Board was contemplating a new departure of great importance. Hitherto in that room they had held annually federal art exhibitions, which were supposed to be contributed to by artists in other States. At first interstate artists had done so, but now, practically speaking, that was not so. The scheme now was to have every third year, in Adelaide, Melbourne and Sydney alternately, a federal art exhibition, which would attract pictures from Australian artists and instead of having available £250 with which to purchase paintings the boards concerned hoped to be able to buy something like £2,000 worth from the galleries each year. The photographer, he said, was not merely a mechanical picture maker; he was now an artist and one part of the scheme was to include a progressive history of pictorial reproductions. It was thought that would be a great success and already they had the co-operation of this club in that direction. He referred to the exchange of pictures by interstate photographic societies and to the splendid collection from New South Wales, which occupied a prominent place on the walls. Even the most mediocre picture they had displayed was educational in more ways than one. The exhibits suggested a marvelous contrast with the photography by Daguerre, in the earliest periods, when an exposure occupied 45 minutes. During the last 10 years the wonderful development in colored photography, of which he regretted there was no representation there, showed a great advance in the science of the camera. One object of the Public Library Board in encouraging photography was to secure records of historical events in the community. Many significant occurrences had been lost in this State and elsewhere and the loss was the more emphasized by the failure to reproduce scenes in history which would be of incalculable value to their descendants. The world was going through a cataclysm and he could see nothing on the walls to reflect the spirit of the times. There might not be much artistic beauty in the sight of a line of khaki, but 100 years hence a picture of such a subject would be a wonderful lesson of this stirring period. Of similar historic interest would be views of aboriginal life and Australian fauna. Mr. William J. Sowden then referred to the Y.M.C.A.'s snapshots from home work, which be characterized as a splendid undertaking and one which to the best of his ability he would like to encourage. One could not exaggerate the importance of a scheme such as that. He then discussed various studies which were exhibited and said he considered that those exhibitions should be continued in spite of, perhaps because of, the war as next to actual participation in the work at the front was the attempt at abstracting the mind from too morbid an outlook.

At the instance of Mr. P.J. Williams, seconded by Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, a vote of thanks was accorded to the speaker.The visitors evinced a keen interest in the numerous exhibits, conspicuous among which were a series of interstate scenes. The judges of the various sections were Messrs. G.A. Barnes. John White and Ernest Gall. The exhibition will be continued daily until October 7.




Wednesday 4th October 1916  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The Governor visited the Adelaide Camera Club's exhibition, on Tuesday afternoon and was much interested in the exhibits. Sir Henry himself is an amateur photographer.



Wednesday 4th October 1916  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute Building, North terrace.
Open daily from 12 to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm
ADMISSION FREE




Saturday 7th October 1916  Page 30 - Observer (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Governor visited the Adelaide Camera Club's exhibition on Tuesday afternoon and was much interested in the exhibits. Sir Henry himself is an amateur photographer.

LIEUTENANT COLONEL SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY KCMG DSO
Born 25 September 1859 at Alverstoke, Hampshire, England
Died 17 June 1949 (aged 89), England

17th GOVERNOR OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
In office: 18th April 1914 to 30th April 1920




Saturday 7th October 1916  Page 10 - The Mail (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club Annual Exhibition was held this week. The opening was on Monday evening and was performed by the President of the Public Library Board (Mr. William J. Sowden). The pictures entered by the members were of a high quality, many of them being fine works of art. The photograms sent by the Victorian Pictorial Workers and the Photographic Society of New South Wales included some of the works by the leading men of the eastern States. Altogether the whole exhibition was well worthy of a visit by all art lovers.



15th December 1916  Page 666 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The Annual Exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which was open for a week, was a great success. Through some of the members being on active service and others busy with war work, the members entry was not as great as formerly. The smaller entry was more than compensated for by the higher standard of work shown, the general opinion being that this year’s show was far ahead of any previous one.

With the exception of the special competition mentioned below, the members worked only for the honor of having their pictures passed by the judges. This system has proved itself to be good, as the members are only too willing to help and advise each other during the year, as there is nothing to lose (as in a prize class) and the improvement of each member is to the advantage of the club’s show.

The judges, Messrs. G.A. Barnes, John White and Ernest Gall, had 46 pictures submitted to them. From these they only rejected eight as not coming up to the standard that they had set for an Exhibition picture. The Champion award was given to “Glenelg, from the Sandhills” by P.H. Williams. The special points mentioned about this photograph were the unusual composition and the excellent tone rendering of the sand and distance. Mr. Williams also received commendation for the fine composition and treatment in his “Towards Evening”. The judges made special reference to the dainty conception and treatment in a study of a mother and child entitled “Hush” by Mr. A. Wilkinson and also of the pleasing effect of an excellent portrait of Mr. W.J. Sowden, by the same worker.

In addition to the foregoing. Messrs. K. Phillips, H.F. Holden. J.H.M. Davidson and F.E. Knofel had work amongst the twelve pictures that were selected by the judges as being of exceptional merit.

Mr. E. Gall donated a “Cooke” lens as a prize for a “Selected Area” Competition and made the area to be from the City Bridge to Frome-road Bridge and the surrounding parks. Two pictures were to comprise an entry, one view to include some part of the lake and the other not to. From the nine sets entered the judges selected those by Mr. J.H.M. Davidson as the winners. One picture, entitled “Winter Morn”, gave an unusually good effect of the cold atmosphere that the river presents at that time of the year. The other picture, “An Autumn Path”, was a fine rendering of the leafless trees, with a strong enough lighting for the time of the year.

A competition of this nature is commended to kindred clubs, as it does much to show the individual working of the members. In the open and invitation section there were some very nice works, the general favorites being “From Princess Bridge” and “The Daisy Field” by Miss Nina Stirling; “A Portrait” by Mr. W.F. McConnell; and “White Gums” by Miss C. Gilbert; and “In the Pinery” by Mr. H. Horswill, of the Semaphore Club.

The loan collections of pictures from the interstate clubs were a main factor towards the success of the show and great interest was shown in them. As it was many years since any work had come to Adelaide from the Photographic Society of New South Wales, our members were delighted at the opportunity of seeing some of the contributions from the mother State. We were acquainted with the work of some of the older workers through their having been reproduced from time to time and pictures from others whose names are new to us give promise of some strong workers.

The Pictorial Workers of Victoria lent the collection that won the “Amateur Photographer” Colonial Competition in 1915. We had the pleasure of the loan of some of these works last year, but a view of them again, together with some fresh ones, gave great pleasure to those who visited the exhibition.

The Adelaide Camera Club is much indebted to the kindred societies for their fine contribution towards the successful exhibition.




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
CAROL
Mr. A. Wilkinson




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
SUNLIGHT
Mr. F.E. Knofel




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

Champion Picture of the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
GLENELG FROM THE SANDHILLS
Mr. P.H. Williams




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
THE CRITIC
Mr. P.H. Williams




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
SPIREA
Mr. A.E. Young




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
SPIREA
Mr. P.J. Williams




15th January 1917  The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
HUSH
Mr. A. Wilkinson




15th February 1917  Page 85 - The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
THE HORSE POND
Mr. A. Wilkinson




15th February 1917  Page 91 - The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
A SHIMMER OF LIGHT
Mr. P.H. Williams




15th February 1917  Page 98 - The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
RIPPLES AND REFLECTIONS
Mr. H.F. Holden




15th February 1917  Page 110 - The Australasian Photographic Review

From the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition
EARLY SPRINGTIME
Mr. A.E. Young




Wednesday 31st January 1917  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Received from Kodak Limited, Adelaide — The Australasian Photo-Review for January, a well-named "journal for camera workers", with its many practical hints and pretty process pictures. This number has for a special supplement a fine child-likeness, "Carol", by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, of Adelaide. Other capital pictures from the Adelaide Camera Club's exhibition (including Mr. P.H. Williams's champion, "Glenelg From the Sandhills") are distributed through the attractive magazine.



Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Saturday 3rd February 1917  Page 13 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

"The Australasian Photo-Review", a journal for camera workers. Edited by "Walter Burke, Adelaide; Kodak. The January number of this excellent periodical is extremely interesting, both by reason of its useful literary matter and its exquisite illustrations. Many of the photographs are from subjects at the Adelaide Camera Club's exhibition.



Wednesday 28th February 1917  Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

We have received a copy of the February issue of "The Australasian Photo Review". There are many fine illustrations, of which several are drawn from the exhibits of the Adelaide Camera Club.




15th September 1917  Page 498 - The Australasian Photographic Review

EXHIBITION OF AUSTRALIAN PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
It is some considerable time since a representative exhibition of pictorial photography has been held in Sydney and the question of holding one has been discussed in photographic circles for over a year. It has been felt that pictorial work in Australia has reached a fairly high standard, but that the number of photographers interested in pictorial — as apart from purely technical — photography is very limited. If this number could be augmented by causing ardent workers who had already acquired a fair amount of technical skill to become interested in the pictorial side of their hobby, then an advance in the standard could fairly be looked for in the future. With this end in view, reproductions of pictorial photographs by Australian workers have appeared in The Australasian Photo-Review, but half tone illustrations cannot possibly reproduce the quality and finish of the original pictures. Many photographers pass these reproductions by after a casual glance, remarking, “I can’t see much in that” and on the reproduction there may be some justification for their remarks. It is common knowledge that prints on rough surfaced papers, especially if toned, reproduce very badly. Pictorial workers have therefore been rather misjudged by a considerable section of the general public. Pictorial photography is held by many to be synonymous with “fuzzy” photography and the pictorial worker is frequently deemed incapable of making a good clear print. Nothing could be further from the truth. The best pictorial photographers have always been fine technicians and as a general rule a photographer cannot hope to advance far as a pictorialist, unless he has a considerable amount of skill as a technical photographer to back him up. If the finished pictures from which the reproductions were made could be seen, this fact would be recognized.

For these reasons the holding of an exhibition of pictorial photography has been discussed for some time and when it was found that the collection of mounted prints intended for the “Amateur Photographer” Colonial Competition could not be sent and these pictures were accordingly available, it was decided to hold an Australian Exhibition in rotation in New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia.

The exhibition will be held first of all in Sydney. The Art Gallery in the new Department of Education building has been secured from 12th to 26th November and the collection, which will include not only New South Wales work, but also a representative exhibit from Victoria and South Australia, will there be seen under favorable conditions. The actual opening date will be announced in next issue.

If you are interested in pictorial work, naturally you will not miss this exhibition; but if you are one of those who, in the past, have not been able to see anything in pictorial photography as represented by half tone reproductions, I appeal to you to come along and see the pictures in this exhibition. If the originals do not make any appeal to you, then as far as you are concerned the exhibition has been a failure; but if they do — if they arouse in you any desire to possess them, if they make you wish that you yourself were the author of any one of them, or that you would like “to go and do likewise” — then the exhibition will have to some extent achieved its purpose. We want to interest photographers in pictorial work and if possible to increase many times the number of pictorial workers in Australia. If this aim can be achieved, then who can say that this may not be the forerunner of an Australian Salon of Photography. At any rate, are you justified in condemning Australian pictorial photography till you have seen a representative collection of original examples of it — not half-tone reproductions? And please note that in this exhibition the best work from New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia will be shown, as the leading photographic bodies in those States are co-operating to make the exhibition a success. Therefore it is “up to you” to visit the exhibition at the Education Department Gallery in November. Photographers in Victoria and South Australia will have an opportunity of seeing the collection at a later date, due notice of which will be given.

If you are already a pictorial worker, then your ambition will naturally be to be represented in this exhibition. The following extracts from the rules will therefore be of interest to you: “The exhibition shall be entirely non competitive". “Exhibitors need not be members of any photographic club or society". “All work submitted must be framed".

“Each State shall make its own selection before sending its collection to Sydney, but the selection committee in the State in which the collection is being exhibited shall have the right to make their own final selection, from the whole of the work submitted, for exhibition in their own State.

“Authors shall have the option of putting a price on their work, 15 per cent, on all sales to go to the funds of the controlling body in the State in which the sale occurs. No original pictures sold shall be delivered to the purchaser until the collection has completed its tour.

The last date for receiving entries has not yet been fixed, but it must be some time before the opening date, to allow of selecting, hanging, cataloging, etc., in time; therefore get to work at once.

I shall be pleased to answer all inquiries on the subject. Do your best to be represented, or at least to come along and see the exhibition. You may not get a similar chance for some considerable time.

M. MACKINNON
Hon.Secretary
Selection and Exhibition Committee
Photographic Society of New South Wales,




15th October 1917  Page 547 - The Australasian Photographic Review

EXHIBITION OF AUSTRALIAN PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
As already announced in the September issue of this journal, an Exhibition of Pictorial Photography will be held in the Education Department Art Gallery, Sydney, opening on 14th November and continuing till 26th November.

Early in the New Year the pictures will be on view in Melbourne and then in Adelaide.

The exhibition is non-competitive and open, without entrance fee, to all photographers, whether members of photographic clubs or not. Pictures must be framed and must have the full name and address of the author written on the back, together with the price he requires, if desirous of selling and a statement as to whether he has any objection to his picture being reproduced in either of the photographic journals or not.

From the date of acceptance, the pictures will be under the sole control of the promoting clubs (who, while exercising all reasonable care against loss and damage, cannot accept responsibility), until the conclusion of the Adelaide Exhibition. The promoting clubs are the Photographic Society of New South Wales, the Pictorial Photographic Workers Society and the Clifton Hill Amateur Photographic Club (Melbourne), and the Adelaide Camera Club. Pictures will be returned to their owners not later than May 1918.

In addition to the conditions mentioned above, the following apply to all exhibitors: Each State shall make its own selection, but the State holding the exhibition shall have the right of final selection from the work submitted by the local committees. The clubs controlling the exhibition in the State where a picture is sold shall have the right to deduct fifteen per cent, from the purchase price as fixed by exhibitors desiring to sell their work. Original pictures sold will not be delivered until the conclusion of the final exhibition. The forwarding of a picture to the local Selection Committee shall be taken to signify that the said exhibitor accepts all the above mentioned conditions as stated or implied.

Exhibitors are requested, as far as possible, to mount their pictures on light colored mounts and to frame with narrow mouldings.

The promoting clubs look to those interested in pictorial photography to give the Exhibition scheme their whole-hearted support by submitting work and by encouraging their friends to do so.

Pictures for submission to the N.S.W. Selection Committee must be addressed to me at the rooms of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, 47 Elizabeth-street, or c/o. J.E. Paton, 1 Macquarie Place, not later than 31st October.

M. MACKINNON
Hon.Secretary, for New South Wales





Thursday 4th October 1917  Page 3 - The Journal (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH TERRACE.
OFFICIAL OPENING
THIS EVENING, at 8pm
By W.J. SOWDEN, Esq. (President of Public Library Board).
PUBLIC INVITED
P.H. WILLIAMS
HON.SECRETARY




Friday 5th October 1917
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)


THE ART OF THE CAMERA
The Adelaide Camera Club's annual exhibition was opened at the Society of Arts Gallery, North-terrace on Thursday evening. A large number of people accepted the invitation to attend the formal view. The exhibition is eloquent of the advances made in pictorial photography by Australian workers and representative of the best in photographic art. It not only shows the admirable efforts, of Adelaideans who make the camera the medium of art, but affords examples of the skill and taste of the best pictorial photographers of New South Wales and Victoria. The Adelaide Camera Club's section contains some admirable pictures and Messrs. A. Wilkinson and P.H. Williams are represented by characteristically fine prints.

The judges: Messrs. John White, G.A. Barnes and R. Fraser, selected as the champion picture an excellent figure study by Mr. Wilkinson and second honors went to Mr. Williams for "The Mystic Hour", a striking rendering of a bush subject. Other distinctive pictures among the "best 12" are Mr. Wilkinson's "Sand Dunes and "The Last Load". Mr. Williams "Sunlit Pastures" and Mr. A.E. Young's "Busy Street". Other workers represented on the line are the Rev. R.W.G. Dempster, Messrs. J.H.M. Davidson, C. Tofts and J.H. Tindale. The prints lent by the Photographic Society of New South Wales demonstrate conclusively that pictorial workers must look to Sydney for a lead in their art. The best picture in the exhibition is Mr. C.W. Bostock's "Desire". It is a portrait study, cleverly conceived and executed in the distinctive style that has won for Mr. Bostock a high reputation. His subject is depicted contemplating a statuette of Venus and the arrangement is one of charming delicacy. The same photographer's "Night Shades" is a striking rendering of an evening scene and his portrait of Mr. Harold Cazneaux is also fine. Mr. Cazneaux's own pictures are remarkably good. His "Child Portrait" is charming and should attract much attention and "Children" is another happy example of his art. "The Hall of Commerce" is a street study of outstanding merit. The pictures forwarded by the Pictorial Workers of Victoria are also interesting, Messrs. C.J. Merfield and W. Howieson showing some admirable prints. There is a distinct tendency among some of the Victorian exhibitors, however, to go to extreme lengths in "working up" their pictures and consequently there is a loss of the freshness that characterizes much of the other work.

The president of the Adelaide Camera Club (Rev. R.W. G. Dempster) introduced Mr. William J. Sowden, who declared the exhibition open. Mr. Sowden referred to the great advancement made in photography. The art, he said, had languished in Adelaide for some time, but now it was making definite strides year by year. The pictures exhibited would form the nucleus of an all Australian exhibition, which would travel to different capitals. This special exhibition would probably become an annual fixture. He would like to see the club establish a section of historical record, so that the camera might illustrate the history of the State. He would wish to have a wall of the gallery or some other public building covered with these historical records and pictures of Australian fauna and flora.




Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Friday 5th October 1917  Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Saturday 6th October 1917  Page 5 - The Mail (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY, North-terrace
Open Daily, noon to 5pm and 7.30 to 9.30pm
ADMISSION FREE



Friday 5th October 1917  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Saturday 13th October 1917  Page 29 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA AS HISTORY MAKER
Speaking at the opening of the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club on Thursday night, the President of the Public Library Board (Mr. William J. Sowden) referred to the development of photographic art and said that it was an extra ordinary fact that Australia, which was said to produce some of the most beautiful women in the world, had also produced — next to that marvel of awkwardness, the camel, the most "beautiful-ugly" birds and animals, such as the kangaroo, emu, kookaburra and native companion, with its hoarse gurgle. Those birds and animals were fast passing away, but yet they had no record of them in their Art Galleries and tens of thousands of their children had never seen them outside of the Zoo. If such a record could be made pictorially in the gallery no other feature of that gallery could vie with it in personal interest and instructive value. He asked those present to try to conceive of the immense interest which would have been ensured to posterity even now if at intervals of every five years photographs of King William street had been taken since the establishment of South Australia, which roughly coincided with that of photography and placed alongside each other for half a century. The Public Library had lately acquired a birdseye view of Adelaide to place with others and had done all it could to supply a fairly continuous pictorial story of South Australia: but there were gaps in the record and the Public Library Board would be glad to receive originals or copies of old photographs.



Friday 5th October 1917  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Fine examples of the development of the art side of camera work were seen at the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which was opened at the Society of Arts Gallery on Thursday evening. Each succeeding year reveals progressively improving studies of active life and the landscapes and seascapes surrounding Adelaide in particular — worthy proofs of how the camera can reproduce the beautiful in Nature. Messrs. A. Wilkinson and P.H. Williams appear to lead the way each year and general unanimity was arrived at regarding the judges choice of the formers' poetic domestic study of a woman seated by the kitchen fireside, apparently wrapped in thoughts of her husband in the firing line. A soft sylvan scene by Mr. Williams, entitled, "The Mystic Hour", was considered highly meritorious and was placed alongside Mr. Wilkinson's in order of merit. Fine work was also shown by Messrs. A.E Young, J.H.M. Davidson, P. Rodda, Seymour Fry, H.F. Holden, F.E. Knofel, F.A. Slight, H.G. Malpas, C. Tofts and J.H. Tindale. Exhibits from the Pictorial Photographic Workers' Society of Victoria and the Photographic Society of New South Wales were generally admired for their distinctive superiority; and the works of Messrs. C.J. Merfield, W. Howieson, J. Williams, W.W. Elliott, C.W. Bostock and H. Cazneaux were eminently meritorious.

A DEFINITE ADVANCE
The President of the Club (Chaplain - Captain Rev. R.W.G. Dempster) requested the President of the Public Library Board (Mr. William J. Sowden) to declare the exhibition open and in behalf of the society, expressed gratitude at Mr. Sowden's consistent encouragement towards its members. Mr. Sowden remarked that, as the official representative of the National Gallery, it was a pleasure for him to observe the advancement, on definite and distinct lines, of the art of photography from year to year. He thought that the attitude of the Public Library Board towards that art was shown in a practical way in the fact that one of the judges was Mr. G.A. Barnes (the board art supervisor). The time was when Mr. Barnes himself would, perhaps, not care to have been associated with an exhibition of photography, because the artist in oils and water colors had often in the past been as far separated from the artist with the camera as in the ancient days were the Jews and the Samaritans. The other judges: Messrs. John White and R. Fraser were also specially competent. Their task had been extremely difficult. He was somewhat glad to notice that they had singled out Mr. Wilkinson for the champion prize, with a figure subject, because in the average exhibition, whether in oils, watercolors, or photography, there was generally a lack of active life studies. The particular study now under reference had historic value and was chosen from 45 other pictures because of its distinctiveness, its pathetic appeal and its association with the war. The show as a whole had more life in it than usual. Another aspect of the exhibition, which was extremely interesting, lay in the growth of the spirit of Federal co-operation, as was indicated in the loan exhibits from the other States. They would form the nucleus of a Federal exhibition of photography, which as originally proposed in Adelaide, would be held in the three different States. The pictures would be shown in Sydney in November and in due course in Melbourne and Adelaide. He hoped that some day they would see the establishment of an historical record section of the Camera Club to co-operate with a similar section of the Royal Geographical Society in producing an illustrated record of South Australia. He declared the exhibition open with sure auguries of its success. On the motion of Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, who was supported by Mr. Wilkinson, a vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Sowden. The public will have an opportunity to view the exhibition, free of cost, until Tuesday next.




Saturday 6th October 1917  Page 8 - Daily Herald (Adelaide, South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened in the Institute, North terrace, last night, by Mr. William J. Sowden and it will remain open until Tuesday next. The aims of the club are to encourage the love of the beautiful and artistic, the improvement of photography as a means of expression of art and the mutual benefit to devotees of the camera. The exhibition contains some 140 exhibits from different parts of Australia and some are delightful pieces of work. Among the interstate exhibitors Mr. C.W. Bostock, of Sydney, has some choice specimens and his "Night Shades" and a piece depicting "Desire", are attractive. Mr. Harold Cazneaux, also of Sydney, has two wonderful studies of children. One shows an alert and beautiful boy, with his sister asleep on his shoulder and it is a gem. The other is a child portrait and is worth a place in any exhibition for the tonal work alone. The Victorian exhibitor Mr. C.J. Murphy, has some work which stands out and Mr. J. Williams of that state, has given of his best. The champion picture of the show is one by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, showing a wife alone at the hearth in her home, while her man is fighting at the front. It is poetically conceived and its verse of explanation is sufficient to indicate the idea. The picture seems speakingly to portray the meaning of the lines, "when my daily task is done, I sit and think and think and think". The second prize picture by Mr. P.H. Williams, is also good and it depicts "The Mystic Hour" between day and night. Of 54 local pictures passed by the adjudicators as fit for exhibition, no less than 12 were classed as of exceptional merit. The exhibition is free. Visitors can obtain a catalog at a cost of 3d.



Tuesday 9th October 1917  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition of pictorial photography, Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North terrace. LAST DAY, Open from Noon to 5 pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm Admission Free.



Saturday 13th October 1917  Page 29 - Observer (Adelaide, South Australia)

CAMERA AS HISTORY MAKER
Speaking at the opening of the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club on Thursday October 4, the President of the Public Library Board (Mr. W. J. Sowden) referred to the development of photographic art, and said that it was an extra ordinary fact that Australia, which was said to produce some of the most beautiful women in the world, had also produced - next to that marvel of awkwardness, the camel - the most "beautiful-ugly" birds and animals, such as the kangaroo, emu, kookaburra, and native companion, with its hoarse gurgle. Those birds and animals were fast passing away, but yet they had no record of them in their Art Galleries and tens of thousands of their children had never seen them outside of the Zoo. If such a record could be made pictorially in the gallery no other feature of that gallery could vie with it in personal interest and instructive value. He asked those present to try to conceive of the immense interest which would have been ensured to posterity even now if at intervals of every five years photographs of King William street had been taken since the establishment of South Australia, which roughly coincided with that of photography, and placed alongside each other for half a century. The Public Library had lately acquired a birds eye view of Adelaide to place with others, and had done all it could to supply a fairly continuous pictorial story of South Australia; but there were gaps in the record, and the Public Library Board would be glad to receive originals or copies of old photographs.



Wednesday 25th September 1918
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 1 - Daily Herald (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

held in the SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE
OFFICIAL OPENING AT 8pm TO-NIGHT
The show will be open THURSDAY to SATURDAY inclusive,
from noon to 5.30 and 7.30 to 9.30.
ADMISSION FREE




Wednesday 25th September 1918  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened this evening by Mr. Edward Davies (Chairman of the Fine Arts Committee of the Public Library Board). The show of work is interesting and the row of pictorial works displayed in the Society of Arts gallery is well worth a visit. The exhibition will remain open to the public until Saturday evening.



Thursday 26th September 1918
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide South Australia)


CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition in connection with the Adelaide Camera Club was opened on Wednesday evening at the Institute Building, North-terrace, by Mr. Edward Davies (Chairman of the Fine Arts committee of the Public Library Board). In introducing Mr. Davies to a large gathering of visitors, the President (Mr. J.H.M. Davidson) referred to the activities of the club, which he said had been somewhat curtailed as the result of the war. Several members were serving their country abroad and others had been engaged on the snapshots from home work and so the pursuit of purely pictorial objectives had to some extent been impeded. More than one of the pictures on the wall had originated in snapshot work. He hoped some of the new snapshot workers would drift into the pictorial class.

Mr. Davies, in declaring the exhibition open, mentioned that the number of pictures submitted was not so large as on some former occasions, but the work showed a great improvement on the part of some of the members. He paid a tribute to Mr. Wilkinson's study, "Preparing a Meal", which had won the championship. It would be noted that pictures with figures were more in evidence than on previous occasions. He referred in terms of appreciation to a fine war collection from Melbourne. He also directed attention to a meritorious collection of direct color photographs the work of Mr. E. Gall. Several of them were copies of the Art Gallery pictures. An innovation was a display of photo oils by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. These were photographs which had been colored and represented a new branch of the art, which had recently come into prominence in England. He thought there would be a good future for that class of work.

The exhibits won much well deserved admiration. The champion picture was, a pleasing domestic study and in it Mr. Wilkinson well sustained his reputation as an artistic worker with the camera. "Sailmakers" (Mr. G. Miller) was a highly meritorious study, showing portion of a vessel with the sailmakers at work. The figures were good and the definition clear. Another panel by the same artist, "Wayside Shade", showed a well composed piece of landscape with a large spreading tree, well calculated to tempt the wanderer to rest on a hot summer's day. "Towards Evening" (A. Wilkinson) made a fine rural study, excellent in tone and perspective. "On Austral Seas" (J.H.M. Davidson) showed some small craft, with sails full spread on a luminous sea and was very effective. "A Wet Street" from the same camera was a really good bit of work and gave an imposing elevation of buildings in Rundle-street, near the intersection of Pulteney-street. "A Murray Backwater" by Mr. P.H. Williams; "Almond Blossom" (A.E. Young) and "A College Garden" (P.H. Williams), each made a good illustration of the class represented. The standard of the local work was in every way satisfactory. An interesting display was the collection of previous championship pictures. These included "Moored" (P.H. Williams, 1913); "The Cathedral Front" (A. Wilkinson, 1914); "Majestic Gums" (A. Wilkinson, 1915); "Glenelg from the Sandhills" (P.H. Williams, 1916); "When My Daily Tasks are Done" (A. Wilkinson, 1917).




Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Thursday 26th September 1918  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition arranged by the Adelaide Camera Club in the North Terrace Institute was opened on Wednesday evening by Mr. Edward Davies (Chairman of the Fine Arts committee at the National Gallery). The proceedings were presided over by Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, who referred to the activities of the Adelaide Camera Club and welcomed new recruits. Mr. Davies pointed out that although the entries were not so large this year as on previous occasions, the work showed an improvement on the part of members. He made reference to many of the exhibits and remarked that this had been described as "old cottage" year, as numerous competitors had chosen this theme for their pictures. He knew of no better antidote for war weariness than a study of Nature's real scenery. He mentioned that visitors at the evening sessions would see a collection of color photographs, the work of Mr. E. Gall. A number of the examples were copies from the Art Gallery.

The collection makes an interesting exhibition and reflects credit alike upon the competitors and upon the Adelaide Camera Club for so earnestly encouraging amateur photographers. The value of the work has already been demonstrated in the "snapshots from home' campaign and this series of annual exhibitions, which was instituted in in 1913, is a source of inspiration to the many devotees of the art. The walls of the salon are lined with some of the best specimens of club members and in many of them considerable skill and technique have been shown. The championship this year has been awarded to Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's "Preparing a Meal", a study of a housewife at her duties in the kitchen. The scene is a simple and homely one, but has an irresistible appeal. Two landscapes by the same artist reveal his versatility in snapping the most striking, effects. "Australian woodland" affords a charming glimpse of Nature in her summer garb and in pleasing contrast are the soft tones of an evening scene. The photographers have gone to Nature for many of their studies and both river and sea have lent their beauties to the exhibition. A splendid instance was 'On Austral Seas,' and less powerful in its brilliant detail, but none the less admirable, was a view of the Torrens Lake. Several contributors have adopted rather the human touch in their subjects and particularly is this apparent in "Remorse", with the vision it conjures up of a man's grief at a loved one's grave side. In "Deserted", a cottage standing alone and untenanted in the gathering dusk and "Cottage by the Marsh" is that appeal to sentiment again the dominant note and other good examples include "Youth is Full of Pleasaunce" and "The Overseer". The attention is held by a special competition for wattle blossom studies, the first prize for which was presented by Sir William Sowden. Each entry comprises a spray and a landscape and Mr. Wilkinson was again successful. He has further specimens of his work in a set of photo, oils, the splendid coloring having been done by hand on a photographic base and the pictures open out a great scope for a field of art which is now gaining in popularity in England. A feature of the exhibition is a Victorian lean of numerous works, chief among which are a study of Prince's Bridge at morning, "Close to the City Confines", "A Comer of the Workshop", "The Furnace", "Pampas" and "Sunlit House". The exhibition will be continued until Saturday.




Thursday 26th September 1918  Page 7 - Daily Herald (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OPENED
The annual exhibition by the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by Mr. Edward Davies (Chairman of the Fine Arts committee) last night, in the Society of Art Gallery, Institute Building. The exhibition has been held annually since 1913 and each year a prize is given for the champion display. This year the award went to Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, who exhibited a fine photo entitled, "Preparing a Meal". It shows the interior of a kitchen with a lady peeling potatoes. There are several nice flower studies and these are included. The loan collection from the Clifton Hill Club, Victoria, comprises some fine works. Some of the favorites are the "Workshop" by Mr. Field. Another which attracts attention is that by Mr. Merfield, entitled "Close to the City". Mrs Elliott is represented by a fine specimen called The Furnace". On the whole the exhibits are not so numerous as in previous years, but what is lacking in quantity is made up in quality. The exhibition will be open afternoon and evening until Saturday.



15th November 1918  Page 609 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The annual exhibition was held from 25th to 28th September, inclusive. Taken as a whole, the exhibits were of rather higher quality, though less numerous, than those shown during the last few years. On the other hand, no doubt owing to the strenuous times through which we are passing, the prize-taking pictures were much below the usual standard shown at these exhibitions.

Mr. A. Wilkinson again produced the champion picture, the title of which was “Preparing a Meal” and although the technique of this picture was all that was to be desired, the composition could not be called perfect. The champion picture last year, by the same exhibitor, was of rather higher standard. Mr. Wilkinson also was the exhibitor of the winning set in the special competition of “Wattle Studies”. Among the flower studies, of which there was a paucity, “Daffodils” by Mr. P.H. Williams, stood in a class by itself. It is not very often that the photographer does justice to these gems of nature. Another class not given sufficient attention this year was the Cloud picture. Two of this class were a sunset, by Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, entitled, “And Leaves the World to Darkness” and Mr. R.W.G. Dempster’s “Sunrise on the Lake”, which, though small, was well worthy of mention.

“Near Como”, by the same exhibitor, was a very fine study and but for its size and technical quality, might have received much more attention. In composition, “The Sailmakers” by Mr. M.G. Miller, gave promise of something good, but was spoilt by the finish and poor mounting. Others that received special attention were “Refugees” by Mr. P.H. Williams; “The Overseer” by Mr. A.E. Young and a “Decorative Study” by Mr. J.H. Tyndale.

A collection of photo-oils, by Mr. A. Wilkinson, showed what could be done in this direction and if taken up some very fine competitive work might be prepared for future exhibitions. One of these, a wayside cottage study, stood out easily as the best of this group and was bought up early on the opening evening. A number of very fine color transparencies by Mr. Ernest Gall added very much interest to the exhibition. These were mostly copies of some of the masterpieces hung in the Adelaide Art Gallery. A Loan Collection from the Clifton Hill Club. Victoria, added materially to the attraction of the exhibition. One of the best of these was “A Corner of the Workshop”, Alfred Field; others of interest being “Morn. Princess Bridge” by H. McCrindle; “Yes” by C.J. Merfield; “Nvora” by J.B Hayles; “A Sunlit House” by C. Webb; and “Pampas” by W.H. Elliott.

A special table was set aside for the “Snapshots from Home League” whose exhibit of work done was a source of interest and inspiration to camera workers and proves what a link the camera is between the folks at home and the “boy” abroad.

The club is to be congratulated upon the work shown this year. The Executive announce that they will heartily welcome new members whose interest lies either in the technical or pictorial side of photography. The club syllabus of monthly meetings for the ensuing year holds out many attractive inducements to intending members.




Saturday 12th July 1919  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

BEAUTIFUL ART PUBLICATION
The latest special number of the splendid publication, "Art in Australia", is probably the finest thing of its kind yet produced, in the Commonwealth and the 2,000 copies to which the issue is limited are certain, to be purchased and treasured by lovers of art in particular, as well as collectors and the general public interested in culture. The title of the work, which is a large book, is "Domestic Architecture in Australia" and, although, through lack of space, only Adelaide, Melbourne, Brisbane and Sydney have been included in the present references, a conditional promise is given of similar treatment of other capitals later on. The handsome volume is edited by Messrs. Sydney Ure Smith and Bertram Stevens, in collaboration with Mr. W. Hardy Wilson; and the publishers are Angus and Robertson, Sydney. The literary contents are strikingly instructive and interesting. The contributors are, besides the editors, Professor Leslie Wilkinson ("Domestic Architecture"), W. Hardy Wilson, H. Desbrowe-Annear ("The Recognition of Architecture"), W.H. Bagot ("A Plea for Tradition") and R.S. Dodds ("The Architect and the Future"). South Australia is represented in the illustrations by nine magnificent photographic reproductions of ewxquisite work by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson (ex-President of the Adelaide Camera Club). The buildings depicted are the residence at Burnside of Mrs N.A. Knox; the old Young-husband House, now the private hospital, at North Adelaide; Montefiore, the residence of Mr. Harold Fisher; the Presbytery at Hindmarsh; the house of Mr. Guy St. John Makin at North Adelaide; and that of Mrs Culross at Mount Lofty. Apart from other considerations, the production of such a work as this, especially when manufacturing resources are strained through the war and its aftermath, is an exceedingly creditable achievement.



15th November 1919  Page 646 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
My Committee would be very grateful if you would be good enough to announce through the medium of the A.P.-R., that we are holding our Annual Exhibition on 16th to 20th December 1919, inclusive, in the Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building, North Terrace. Adelaide.

We are desirous of creating greater interest in Pictorial Photography in South Australia and of bringing the Club more prominently before the amateur photographers of the State. In a city such as Adelaide, the Club should be able to boast of a much larger membership and we especially invite those interested to attend our meetings, which are held in the Institute Buildings, North Terrace, on the second Monday in each month. With the object of creating a greater interest in the Art, we are inviting amateurs to exhibit their work in the open section, which has been especially created for their benefit. The exhibits may be either Technical or Pictorial. Intending exhibitors should forward their work to the Hon.Secretary, Adelaide Camera Club, Institute Buildings, North Terrace, not later than 12th December.

Any amateur desirous of joining our ranks may obtain full particulars from me at the above address. Thanking you in anticipation, Yours faithfully,
C. TOFTS
Assistant Hon.Secretary and Treasurer

Adelaide Camera Club



Wednesday 26th November 1919  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

SPLENDID ART PHOTOGRAPHY
South Australians should be particularly interested in a charmingly artistic publication, a copy of which has just been received from Mr. F.W. Preece, of Adelaide. The publisher is Mr. Alexander McCubbin, of Melbourne; the number issued is limited to 500 signed copies and the artist is a well-known native of this State, Mr. John Kauffmann. Most photographers here are aware of the gallant struggle conducted by Mr. Kauffmann for many years to secure in artistic circles a definite recognition of the principle that photography in its highest forms is as truly an art as painting or sculpture. The notion was derided for a long time. The prejudicial idea that the taking of a photograph was merely a mechanical operation died hard, if, indeed, it is quite dead yet. Now in Adelaide there is a progressive Adelaide Camera Club, which holds regular annual exhibitions and is allied with the Society of Arts and through it with the Governors of the National Art Gallery and leading officers of this club have gained some of the best prizes in old-world competitions. This splendid book, which in itself is a credit to Australian workmanship, should dispel the last lingering doubt, whether the man who uses the camera as an aid to the production of counterfeit presentments of natural objects is in real verity a genuine artist deserving for his manipulation of his negatives as much credit as the artistic brother or sister who works directly on canvas. The pages contain, besides discriminating biographical and critical notes, numerous magnificent photographs. These represent mostly trees, a fact which suggests the irony of the circumstance that these growths, so ridiculed by early Australian writers, have since become the chief study of artists with the brush as well as of those who perform wonders by the medium of the camera. A specially striking photograph is "Mountain Gums" the effect of which is majestic. If artist, publisher and printer are to receive their due reward, there will be many purchasers of this first work of the kind yet issued in Australia. By-and-by, it will be sought after by collectors, if only on that account alone.


Mr. JOHN KAUFFMANN
Born 29th December 1864 Truro, South Australia
Died 29th November 1942 South Yarra, Melbourne, Victoria




Saturday 13th December 1919  Page 12 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened by Sir William Sowden on Tuesday evening next, in the Society of Arts rooms. In addition to the usual exhibition of members work an open section has been formed for non-members, of which some amateurs, including kindred societies, have taken advantage. By this means it is hoped to create more interest in the pictorial side of photography. The Victorian Pictorial Workers have kindly consented to send over the usual loan collection, which should be of great interest to lovers of the art.



15th December 1919  Page 699 - The Australasian Photographic Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the November meeting, Mr. J. White, of the S.A. Society of Arts, delivered a lecture on “Composition”.

In his preliminary remarks, Mr. White exhorted his hearers to strive after poetical feeling in their pictures, not necessarily thereby shunning simple and everyday scenes. The poetry of common life was as beautiful and as worthy of pictorial expression as that of more rare and elevated occasions.

Speaking of graphic art, he remarked how, although the material with which a musical composer had to work was simple and limited, by endless combination and sequence it gave all the beauties of harmony and melody. The worker in monochrome had still less with which to achieve his result, as he could work only with two kinds of lines, the straight and the curved.

The lecturer then dealt briefly with four principal requirements in composition, unity, variety, contrast and harmony. Every picture should have unity of line, of light, shade and of interest and to achieve the last it was often necessary to focus (the word was not used in a photographic sense) on a single point of interest and make the rest of the picture subservient to this. There should be a principal mass of light and a principal mass of shade in every picture and the strength of the composition was often increased by placing these close to each other.

While, however, unity was necessary it should not amount to monotony. Variety and contrast should be introduced. As an illustration of the latter, the lecturer instanced Turner’s painting of the “Temeraire” being towed into her last berth. The long lines of the picture, the arrangement of light and shade and the calm glow of the sunset in the background, all expressed rest and peace after warfare, but a note of contrast was introduced in a busy little steam tug, bustling strenuously across the harbour.

The variety or contrast should never destroy the harmony of the picture. Harmony must be preserved, not only in the execution, but in the sentiment of the composition. One would not introduce a group of galloping horses into a calm pastoral scene.

Mr. White illustrated his lecture by a number of his own charcoal cartoons of Australian scenery, which served not only as examples of the questions dealt with, but as inspirations to members to record in black and white the beauties characteristic of their own land.

A vote of thanks brought to a close an enjoyable and instructive meeting. The next meeting will be held on 20th December, the subject for the evening being a discussion on the pictures shown at the Annual Exhibition, which is to take place from 16th to 20th December.




Monday 15th December 1919  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Tuesday 16th December 1919
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - Daily Herald (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

will be OPENED this evening at 8pm

SIR WILLIAM SOWDEN
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute buildings, North-terrace,
ADMISSION FREE. PUBLIC INVITED
Exhibition open until 20th December, from
Noon till 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm



Tuesday 16th December 1919  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Toward Christmas each year there comes as the last event in the way of exhibitions of pictures, the annual show of the Adelaide Camera Club. It is always a most pleasing event, because it is so full of variety and charm and shows so many phases of work that the ordinary artist does not touch. Decidedly the best exhibit shown this year from an artistic point of view as regards composition, lighting and actual photography, is Mr. Williams beautiful study, "The Hawthorn Dell" a little effort full of charm, in which, the atmosphere of the place photographed has been well preserved. The various planes stand out clear and sharply defined and this is a most important test in judging photography. The scene has been taken down a hill and nothing in the way of perspective has been lost. Next in interest comes Mr. Sleight's beautiful sea shore study, "The Silver Cloud". This is decidedly a triumph in photography, but the handwork upon it is rather too apparent for it to gain any high place as pure pictorial art. Mr. Wilkinson's work, "A Pastoral", a group of sheep feeding, is delightful in detail of composition and atmosphere. The grouping is entirely simple, but the theme is finer and the result more satisfactory than in the case of the one by the same exhibitor chosen by the judges as champion for 1919, entitled "Sand Rushes", the whole tone of which is one of deadness. Among the other exhibits by Mr. Williams are "Late Afternoon", a bush scene delightfully treated; "Woodcutting", a simple scene from everyday life and "The Chalet", a group of white buildings among trees at the foot of a hill.

Mr. Miller's "Storm Cloud" stands out well and commands attention by its definiteness. He also shows a very delightful child study in kimono, with Japanese umbrella, which is full of spontaneity and life, Mr. Toft's "Meditation" is another charmingly simple study of a child seated on a tree-trunk, with undergrowth all round. "Gums, Greenhill-road", is a very fine effort by Mr. Sinnett and shows good understanding and treatment. Mr. Tindall, the president of the Camera Club, shows a series of pictures which are outstanding in their composition and equally as fine as the champion. "The Glade" deals with, a group of young saplings, in the foreground, receding back to the glade itself and not losing in any sense the perspective. "In National Park" represents a group of three gums in an open space, with a roadway near and in the distance a fine suggestion of undergrowth. "A Country Road" is a delightful study of a wet winding country road on a gray day. The atmosphere is remarkably well caught. "On the Sand Dune" is a clear, crisp treatment of sand hills and a river in the distance. A conspicuous piece of work is Mr. Toft's "A Winters Morn", showing a seat by the Torrens bank and a fine suggestion of a watery winter sun filtering through leafless poplars. "A Rain Cloud" over the city is a clever piece of cloud work. Another fine photograph by Mr. Miller is "The Reader", a scene at the old destitute buildings. "Gums at Twilight", "Sunshine and Shade" and "Early Springtime", are three attractive pieces of composition and lighting. Among the contributed work not for competition, are Mr. H.H. Bushell's "Lagoon", a study of swamp lands, "The Sentinel of the Deep" a capital study of big guns on a warship; and "Cool Southerlies", one of the most admirable seascape efforts shown.

There is a pleasingly ephemeral "Yachting Scene" by an unmentioned contributor and "A Child Study", showing a child bathing at the water's edge close by, both of which call for a good deal of admiration. Miss Edith Ward, a young lady who has done a great deal of work for patriotic purposes, exhibits a fine group of four studies, "Spring", "Summer", "Autumn" and "Winter", also three fine studies of a young dancer in fairy like dressing. The Victorian Camera Club is strong this year in the number and the quality of the exhibits. As a general rule the work is far ahead of the work in this State, not only in choice of subject, but also in the method of treatment. The Victorian exhibits are all on Impressionistic lines and are excellent in every way. Two fine architectural studies are "The Assembly Hall, Melbourne" and "The Memorial", both of which are treated with fine delicacy of finish. Mr. C.J. Matfield shows some excellent studies in "The End of the Ridge", "Quiescent", a ray of warm light on some shadowed gums; "Gathering Storm" and "A Beam of Brightness", which is perhaps the most delightfully conceived picture in the whole exhibition, revealing such fine treatment and finish. "Wet Day Reflections", a study of a Melbourne street; "Evening Shadows Auburn", a patch of sunlit scrub and "In Springtime", exhibited by Mr. S.W. Eutrope, are really fine. Mr. Davies, another old exhibitor from Victoria, shows "The Bank Corner", a fine street scene. Mr. A. Fields, "A Corner of the Workshop", a study in night lights and sharp shadow lines. Another outstanding exhibit is "At the Top of the Mount", a fine study of equestrians by Mr. T.H. Dutton, who also shows "Pontypridd, Wales", "Toronto". W.W.C. exhibits fine studies in "The Old Hut" and "Rich Pastures", while H. McC.'s "A Woodland Path" is a dainty sylvan scene. The work throughout is well up to the standard and of such a nature that the exhibition should not on any account be missed by those interested in art.




Wednesday 17th December 1919  Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ART AND THE CAMERA
INTERESTING PROBLEM OP PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

Having visited the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, the neophyte may be pardoned if he attempts by means of search and enquiry to readjust his preconceived notions regarding the aspirations of the artistic photographer. There are clubs whose members strive after things the peculiar desirableness of which is not always apparent to the unimpassioned onlooker, as, for instance, rural fraternities in Belgium which cultivate roosters, it is said, in the hope of producing birds capable of out crowing their neighbors. A society with a noisy ideal of that kind cannot reasonably hope for catholic sympathy and understanding; but with a camera club it is different, for the love of art is a spacious place of meeting. Artistic people who know as little as it is possible to know about photography may yet be capable of seeing eye to eye with the photographic enthusiast; but many laymen who had believed themselves to be in this position will possibly question the justice of their belief in the light of the present exhibition. The neophyte may reasonably enquire, "What are the aims of the Adelaide Camera Club?" On the card of membership he will find the answer, "The inculcation of a love for the artistic and beautiful and the improvement of photography as a medium of artistic expression". It is not an unlooked for answer, but is it in complete harmony with the award of the championship to a picture of a clump of rushes on a sandhill? The judge's decision does unquestionably raise a doubt whether the photographer has set himself — or ought to set himself in the light of this decision — a new standard of art and a revised conception of the beautiful. The champion photograph is rather more than beautiful; but, if novelty in the matter of subject is to be considered as of primary importance, we may look for the time when an exquisite study of a sausage on a plate shall occupy the place of honor. Mere technical excellence is not enough nowadays to distinguish one photograph from another, for in the present exhibition they are almost all champions in that respect; and Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's champion, "Sand Rushes", cannot be said to be better finished, photographically, than the majority of the exhibits. It has been hung in the center of a group of 12 pictures, adjudged to be the best in the exhibition and it is difficult to see exactly what merits it possesses which are not to be found in most of its near neighbors — "Gum Twins", a forest glimpse, by W.S. Sinnett; "Meditations", a hazy figure picture, by C. Totts; "On the Hillside", a spacious landscape, by A. Wilkinson; "Pretending", a natural child study, by M.G. Miller; "Near Hawthorn Dell", a beautiful woodland picture, by P.H. Williams; "Pastoral", a study of sheep, by A. Wilkinson; "The Tree Trees", a graceful forest scene, by C. Tofts; "The Pool", "Pinch of Poverty" and "The Glade", by A. Wilkinson; and "By the Patawalonga", by C. Tofts, a happy treatment of a subject in much favor with the members of the club. "A Patch of Sunlight", by A. Wilkinson, a sylvan scene illuminated by an effect of lighting of singular beauty, seems, more than any of the 12, to be worthy of championship honors; and if the champion must have sandhills in it, why not the same contributors "A Windy Day?" After having involved oneself in a good deal of profound speculation about the nature of the esthetic aspirations of the club, it is interesting to discover that the judges were not photographers but artists. The discovery opens up a wider subject which it would be best not to pursue.

Enough has already been said to indicate the meritorious and appealing nature of the exhibition itself. It includes one open section, contributed by members and non-members, the club's pictorial section and a fine loan collection from the Clifton Hill Club of Victoria and the Pictorial Photographic Workers Society. The Victorian section serves to emphasize the high standard attained by the Adelaide Camera Club. The exhibitor of the champion photograph, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, won the championship in 1914, 1915, 1917 and 1918. In the years 1913 and 1916 Mr. P.H. Williams, the present Hon.Secretary, who is still a generous exhibitor, gained championship honors.

The exhibition which will remain open until Saturday night, was formally opened on Tuesday evening by the President of the Board of Governors of the National Art Gallery (Sir William Sowden), who was introduced by the President of the Adelaide Camera Club (Mr. J.H. Tindale). The latter acknowledged the continued help which had been given to the Adelaide Camera Club by Sir William, whose encouragement, he said, had supported them in their endeavor to improve their art.

Sir William Sowden said two years had passed since his last attendance at one of the club's annual exhibitions. A year ago that night he was in Honolulu, which was supposed to be one of the most beautiful places in the world, but it lacked the South Australian atmosphere, which was so valuable a thing to the photographic worker. The great privilege which the South Australian photographer possessed in this respect had been impressed upon him during his recent trip to Europe. The Adelaide Camera Club was entitled to public credit for its continuance, despite discouragements, of the annual exhibition, for the consequent advantages to the members and to the development of their art were very considerable. If the club had a fault, it was its excessive modesty. He had often thought that the nominal prices but upon the exhibits could have no relation to the amount of work involved in their production. He could remember the time, not so very long ago, when no artist could be brought to tolerate photography, but in recent years the position had been materially changed and photography had developed into a scientific and artistic pursuit. Often the photographer produced a picture as truly as the man who worked with brush and canvas. The Public Library Board had already come to a preliminary decision regarding a photographic exhibit in the National Gallery and hoped to obtain a series of examples of the art of a progressively historic character, showing the development of photography through all its stages from, the earliest portraiture by silhouette.

Sir William was thanked for his attendance, on the motion of Mr. P.H. Williams (Hon.Secretary), seconded by Mr. A.E. Young (Vice President).




Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Wednesday 17th December 1919  Page 9 and 12 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which is affiliated with the Society of Arts, was opened in the Society of Arts Rooms, the Institute, North-terrace, on Tuesday. In opening the exhibition Sir William Sowden referred to the work done by the society and spoke in high praise of the many beautiful pictures sent in. There was a large gathering of interested spectators. Among those present were: Mr. J.H. Tyndall, President of the Camera Club; Mr. P.H. Williams, Hon.Secretary and Mr. A.H. Wilkinson, who scored the championship for 1919. The exhibition will remain open until December 20. A criticism of the pictures appeared in "The Advertiser" on Tuesday.


SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




Thursday 18th December 1919  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Friday 19th December 1919  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Saturday 20th December 1919  Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

will be OPENED on Tuesday 16th at 8pm

SIR WILLIAM SOWDEN
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute buildings, North-terrace,
ADMISSION FREE. PUBLIC INVITED
Exhibition open until 20th December, from
Noon till 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm




Mr. A.E. YOUNG
PRESIDENT
Adelaide Camera Club
1920





Wednesday 3rd March 1920  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - Daily Herald (Adelaide South Australia)


SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Semaphore Photographic Society held a successful exhibition in the Masonic Hall, Semaphore, on Monday afternoon and evening. This was the first exhibition held by the society since the outbreak of war, during which the members have interested themselves in the work of the Y.M.C.A. "Snapshots from Home League". The Mayor (Mr. R.H. Smith) performed the opening ceremony. Some exceptionally fine pictorial work was shown. Among the exhibitors were: Captain Creer and Captain Weir, Messrs. C.J.E. Caire, H. Horswill, R. Fraser, J. Smith, H.H. Bushell, H. Turner, and H.H. Wight, and Misses M. Sadlier and A. Parkes. The Adelaide Camera Club sent loan exhibits.



Friday 5th March 1920  Page 5 - Port Adelaide News (Adelaide South Australia)

SEMAPHORE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A SUCESSFUL EXHIBITION
The Masonic Hall, Semaphore, was the scene of a highly successful exhibition of photographic work by the members of the Semaphore Photographic Society on Monday 1st March. The president (Mr. C.J.E. Caire), in introducing the Mayor of Port Adelaide (Mr. R.H. Smith), gave a brief history of the club. The Mayor, in his opening address, commended to the society a scheme whereby photographs of different parts of the district which were constantly changing might be preserved and placed on record for the coming generations. Mr. Robert Fraser, in thanking the Mayor for his attendance, enlarged on this scheme and made an offer to the Mayor that if the Society could get his assurance that work of this nature would be placed on exhibition and cared for by the Town Hall authorities, he was sure that the Society would do all in their power to fulfill their part of the scheme. A review of the matter was promised by the Mayor.

The Semaphore Photographic Society has been in existence for some twelve years and of the members who exhibited at the above exhibition, four of them were at the original foundation meeting of the Society. For a club of about twelve active members a show of 90 pictures cannot be taken as otherwise than satisfactory, especially when it is considered that the majority of members are new entrants into the realm of art photography. During the past six years and during the progress of the Great War, no exhibitions have been held, mainly owing to the great amount of work entailed by the "Snapshots from Home" movement, for which every member of the Semaphore Photographic Society was an ardent worker. The object of this exhibition was to give a fresh impetus to photographic work and to introduce to those who do camera work a society in their own midst which could help them in their endeavors. This up-to-date society has recently acquired an artificially lighted enlarging lantern and a library of some 70 odd books on photographic subjects for the use of its members. It is hoped by the Executive of the Society that many amateur photographers who were, during the war, "Snapshots from Home" workers, will join the society and not lose their initial practices in photography, but become ardent workers of art pictures by the many photographic processes which are demonstrated at the monthly meetings of the society.

A loan exhibit of some 20 pictures by prominent workers of the Adelaide Camera Club greatly enhanced the exhibition. During the afternoon and evening the display was visited by some 300 persons, who expressed their appreciation of the beautiful works displayed. The following well-known amateurs exhibited samples of their work: Captains Creer and P. Weir, Messrs. R. Fraser, H.H. Bushell, H. Horswill, J. Smith, C.J.E. Caire, H. Turner, H.H.Wright and Misses A. Parkes and M. Sadlier.




April 1920  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 205

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the meeting held on 8th March, Mr. Horswill, of the Semaphore Camera Club, delivered an interesting lecture on "The Effect of Developer on Plates". Mr. Horswill described the results of a series of experiments conducted with Pyro­Soda, Metol-Quinol, Amidol and Azol developers. The general conclusion arrived at was that while each developer had its characteristic way of building up the image, all were equally satisfactory, provided the operator understood the peculiarities of the developer in use. An interesting discussion followed, the opinion being expressed that there was considerable need in Australia for systematic experiments, such as those under discussion.

The outing for the month was to the National Park, Belair, on the Saturday following the meeting. The Park abounds in fine eucalypts and plenty of pictorial material was found.




Thursday 15th April 1920  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

CHAMBER OF MANUFACTURES
Inter-Club Competition: Adelaide Camera Club, Gold medal, Silver Medal and Certificate of Merit;, Photographic Society of New South Wales, Bronze Medal and Certificate of Merit.



Monday 19th April 1920  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

CHAMBER OF MANUFACTURES
Individual Effort - Group 3, Photography — The special cash prize given by Kodak (Australasia), Limited, to each, of the individual photographers of the six best pictures exhibited in the Inter-club Competition were awarded to Messrs. A. Wilkinson, A.E. Young, P.H. Williams. M.G. Miller. W.S. Sennitt (all of the Adelaide Camera Club) and Mr. H. Mallard, of the Photographic Society of New South Wales. The confirmation or otherwise of the award for the best 12 contact photographs from dry plate negatives, published last Thursday is withheld pending further consideration. The judges of the photography group were Messrs. John White, G.A. Barnes and A.A Stump.



Thursday 1st July 1920
Page 8 - The Mercury (Hobart, Tasmania)
Page 7 - World (Hobart, Tasmania)


SOUTHERN TASMANIAN CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Southern Tasmanian Camera Club was held at Temple-chambers last night, Mr. E. Gifford presiding over a large attendance. The annual report stated:- Your committee have great pleasure in submitting the fifth annual report of the Southern Tasmanian Camera Club for the year ending June 30, 1920 and we have to record the fact that the membership now the largest since the inception of the club. Regular fortnightly meetings have been held during the year, with the exception of the two, April 20 and September 3 last, owing to the influenza epidemic at that period. Competitions have been held monthly, but, unfortunately, have been limited to a few competitors only. Mr. H. Turner secures first with 35 points and Mr. Eccles second with 21 points. Mr. Turner and Mr. F. Chalu shared the honors in the arts and crafts competition. Several members competed in the various sections at Moonah and secured most of the awards. Regatta and yachting competitions for the president trophies were won by Mr. E. Gates. The peace competition was won by Mr. J. Chandler. For the Toronto Exhibition. Mr. J. Byfield and Mr. Eccles forwarded pictures and the latter secured honors. For the All Australia Peace Exhibition, the club sent forward two sets of pictures (six in each) and some excellent work was entered, but the honors were secured by the Adelaide Camera Club and the Photographic Society of New South Wales. A member of your club (Mr. H.M. Maddock) secured a certificate and bronze medal, which carries with it the Kodak special prize. Mr. J. Byfield secured three certificates of merit and Mr. J. Chandler certificate of merit and the Kodak special prize. Three outings were held during the year, one to Brown's River, one to Government House grounds and the other a motor trip to follow yacht races and a very enjoyable time was spent on each occasion. An interesting lecture delivered during the year was by Mr. Clive Lord on the National-park. A large number of camera workers have joined the club during the past couple of months and the prospects are bright and we confidently look forward to having a very successful year.

The President, in moving the adoption of the report and balance-sheet, congratulated members on the progress made and said that he was assured by the judges that the work had shown considerable advance. Mr. Davies seconded and this was carried.




SIR WILLIAM LAMOND ALLARDYCE
Born 14th November 1861 Bombay, Maharashtra, India
Died 10th June 1930 (aged 68) Wokingham, Berkshire, England

13th GOVERNOR OF TASMANIA
IN OFFICE
16th April 1920 – 27th January 1922






Friday 15th October 1920  Page 5 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ART AND THE LENS
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION

Each of the exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club seems to be on the "excelsior" basis. Last year its show of pictures was held to have constituted a record. The time has come around for another exposition which will be opened to-night in the art room at the Institute Buildings, North terrace, by the President of the Public Library, Art Gallery and Museum Board (Sir William Sowden). On Thursday private views were accorded and the general opinion was that a more artistic collection of photographic pictures had not been got together in Adelaide. This time all the works are those of local photographers. Interstate exhibitors last year were of the opinion that their merits were over looked and, in consequence, no outside entries were received this year. While the show is the poorer to that extent, the leeway has so much been made up by South Australian artists that, as already said, the exhibition must be accorded the honor of having reached the highest rung, so far. There are 115 pictures on the walls. The aims of the club are - the inculcation of a love for the artistic and beautiful and the improvement of photography as a medium of artistic expression. It has succeeded. There are, or were, two sharply-divided classes of artist photographers. One believed in the well defined picture with clear bold outlines. The other delighted in "fuzzy" effects. One would portray a sheep so as to reveal every kink in the wool. The other would prefer to indicate the presence of the sheep and leave the wool to the imagination of the observer. There are not many "fuzzies" in this year's show.

Messrs. G.A. Barnes, J. White and R. Fraser were the judges and they chose 11 photographs as worthy to be regarded as being up to exhibition standard. The champion picture was decided to be that of P.H. Williams entitled "A Slanting Ray". Inspiration was sought by the exhibitor in Sydney and his camera caught the tall buildings adjacent to a narrow street in Sydney, with the post office tower in the background. A gleam of the sun shows through a mist-like effect. "A Monarch of Belair" by J.H. Tindale is excellent. The monarch is an aged gumtree and it affords a strong contrast to the winning picture. A picture which is well arranged is that of "The Daily Task", by A. Wilkinson, showing a buxom girl milking a cow under a spreading tree, with appropriate surroundings. "Spring" by Miss Dorothy Barnes, is an effective human head study. In a work called "Evening Light on the Ti-trees", P.H. Williams has scored something which shows that it is the man behind the camera who sees things after all. A.Wilkinson's "Sand-dunes" is an artistic triumph. In the beginners section the committee have placed the winners in this order: E. Edward's "Nearing Home"; A.R. Homben's "Ready for Church" and the same picture taker's "Baby Mine". Visitors will be able to judge the present champion pictures by past exhibits for those of the last seven years are on the line.



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




A SUNLIT COTTAGE
by Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON
awarded £ 50 prize in the All Australian Peace Exhibition




Friday 15th October 1920  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

THE ART OF THE ENGRAVER
Mr. G.A. Barnes was one of the judges of the pictorial section of the Adelaide Camera Club's exhibition, which will be opened tonight. On Thursday evening he delivered an address at the Art Gallery on "The Appreciation of Prints". Professor G.C. Henderson, M.A., presided. By the term "prints", said Mr. Barnes, he meant the creation or the reproduction of works of art by means of the graver's tools and of acids and inks. He showed how line drawings were made and then described the apex of the intaglio engravers art, namely, the mezzo-tint. The mezzo-tint, he said, was unrivaled among prints for tone, fidelity and charm. Etching was distinct from engraving. In etching acids were employed to eat out lines, which were filled with ink to make the print. In engraving the artist used tools to leave raised lines which were coated with ink to create the desired effect Mr. Barnes described the processes of lithography and cromography and showed how they had been developed for commercial purposes. At the conclusion of his remarks he exhibited several fine prints, which served to emphasize the points be had made.



THE HILLSIDE
by Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON
awarded £ 50 prize in the All Australian Peace Exhibition




Friday 15th October 1920  Page 3 - Daily Herald (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which will be opened tonight (Friday) in the Society of Arts gallery, Institute, North terrace, by Sir William Sowden, reaches a high standard, the outstanding features being the facts that local talent is responsible for the display, that the standard is higher than last year despite the lack of competition from other States and that champion pictures from 1913 to 1920 are hung on the walls. Immediately the door is entered one is confronted with the past champions. They are: "Moored" P.H. Williams (1913); "The Cathedral Front", A. Wilkinson (1914); "Majestic Gums", A. Wilkinson (1915); "Glenelg, from the Sandhills", P. H. Williams (1916); "When any daily tasks are done I sit and think — and think — and think", A. Wilkinson (1917); "Preparing a Meal", A. Wilkinson (1918); "Sand Rushes", A. Wilkinson (1919). Naturally the first thing is to strike a comparison with the present year champion, it is found on the opposite wall, labeled No. 62 and entitled "A Slanting Ray". One does not hesitate to say that it is a credit to Mr. P.H. Williams, who has caught the light of departing day on a dingy street in the vicinity of the Sydney G.P.O. with artistic effect. The technique displayed warrants its inclusion with the big seven (the previous champions). Admirable work is again staged by Mr. Wilkinson. Particular attention should be bestowed on the composition and the effects reached in the pictorial section, in which the judges (Messrs. G.A. Barnes, J. White and R. Fraser) selected the following 12 as the best dozen;— "The Daily Task", A. Wilkinson; "On the Hilltop", J.H. Tindale; "Morning", A. Wilkinson; "Sand Dunes", A. Wilkinson; "The Pixle Piper", A.E. Hogben; "On the Summit", A. Wilkinson; "A Slanting Ray", P.H. Williams (champion); "The Monarch of Belair", J.H. Tindale; "Spring", Miss Dorothy Barnes; "Graceful Gums", A. Wilkinson; "7.50 a.m., Sydney", P.H. Williams; "Evening Light on Ti-Trees", P.H. Williams. These pictures set a standard. In the flower study section there are good exhibits and one is impressed by the white rose with two leaves pictorially presented in the winning set by Mr. J.H. Tindale. The studies also include — "Roses", W.H. Gould; "Christmas lily", W.H. Gould; "Daffodil", P.J. Williams; "Roses", P.J. Williams; "Japanese Daisies", J.H. Tindale; "Cream Roses", A.R. Hogben; "Shirley Poppies", A.R. Hogben; "Camellias", P.J. Williams; "Roses", P.J. Williams. Some promising work is shown in the beginners section, in which the judges selected for prizes the following pictures — they are more than photographs:— "Nearing Home", E. Edwards; "Ready for Church", A.R. Hogben; "Baby Mine", A.R. Hogben. The following high standard pictures from the gold medal exhibit in the interclub competition at the 1920 Peace Exhibition are also on view:— "A Street Scene", A.E. Young; "Wattle" — a decorative study, J.S. Tindale; "The Sailmakers", M.G. Miller; "Poplars", C. Tofts. Lovers of art and students in photography should not miss this show, which will be open from October 15th to October 20th, from 12 noon to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm. The show will also be open on Sunday, October 17. Admission is free. Incidentally it ought to be mentioned that the Adelaide Camera Club, which promotes the annual display and which is affiliated with the South Australian Society of Arts, has as its aim the inculcation of a love for the artistic and beautiful and the improvement of photography as a medium of artistic expression. How the members are succeeding is indicated favorably by the 115 pictures — the majority are really art studies of Nature — captured by the camera.



Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




THROUGH THE PINES
by Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON
awarded £ 50 prize in the All Australian Peace Exhibition



Saturday 16th October 1920  Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OPENED
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by Sir William Sowden in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Friday evening. There was a satisfactory attendance of enthusiastic photographers and others. The President of the club (Mr. A.E. Young), introduced Sir William, who, in the course of an entertaining talk, mentioned that the club had made obvious progress, as the pictures on the wall indicated. The skilled tuition of the leaders of the club was demonstrated in the work presented to the public. He thought it was wise that the members did not conserve their knowledge, but imparted it to others. It was pleasing to notice that so much of the work had been done by those in their second year of membership. In one way it was a disadvantage not to have high-class pictures by the leading camera-men of Melbourne and Sydney hung on the wall, but the absence of such prints was consoling to the beginner at any rate. It was interesting to see that two of the 12 best pictures were by amateurs. Sir William referred to the champion exhibit by Mr. P.H. Williams, also to the good work accomplished by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, who was champion in 1917-18 and 1919. The 115 pictures in the exhibition, he said, represented a triumph. He wished that more artists in color might see the collection. There was a tendency to 'look down' upon the photographer as something less than an artist. Personally he hoped to see the day when a bay would be devoted in the National Art Gallery to black and white pictures, particularly local photography. Sir William referred to the absence of historical subjects. It would be a capital idea, he declared, if a section of the annual exhibition were given to the chronicling of contemporary events - a sort of historical history of the doings of the community. Another branch of photography which might be explained to the public by the club was the 'freak' or 'trick' variety. In this connection Sir William offered to give a prize at the next annual exhibition for the best picture of this kind. In conclusion, he said the club did much more than merely take pictures. It created a knowledge of the beautiful. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. C. Tofts), in proposing a vote of thanks, said the object of the Adelaide Camera Club was to make camera artists. Mr. P.H. Williams supported the vote and thanked Sir William for the special prize he had offered for competition.



November 1920  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 567

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the meeting on 4th October, the subject for the evening was "Toning of Bromide Prints". The demonstrator, Mr. H. Horswell, displayed a very instructive set of prints, showing the results obtained by the use of various processes of blue, green or sepia toning on different kinds of bromide papers. He also gave a practical demonstration of the sulphide process of sepia toning. Modifications of the bleaching solution were dealt with and it was shown how a light print could be toned successfully by having a preponderance of potassium bromide in the solution, while a deep print called for an excess of ferricyanide.



CLEARING SCRUB
by Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON
awarded £ 50 prize in the All Australian Peace Exhibition




Saturday 15th January 1921  Page 19 - The Journal (Adelaide South Australia)

Mr. J.H.M. Davidson, of Elizabeth street, Norwood, a well-known member of the engineering department, died at his residence on Friday at the age of 56. He had a very long connection with the Government Service, having entered the Railway Department in 1883. He was transferred from Adelaide to Quorn as assistant to the resident engineer at that place in 1889. In 1896 he resigned his position in the Government Service to engage in private business. In 1908 he re-entered the Government Service as draftsman in the Engineer-in-Chief's Department, a position he occupied until July, 1915, when he received an appointment as draftsman in charge. Mr. Davidson was an enthusiastic and successful amateur photographer and his work had been shown at various exhibitions of art photography. He was also a member of the Adelaide Camera Club, for many years and took a keen interest in the work of the Snapshots-from-home League during the war, having been a member of the central committee. Mr. Davidson was a son of the late Professor Davidson, who was the first Hughes Professor of English Language and Literature at the Adelaide University and was closely identified with theological matters in South Australia.



Friday 1st April 1921  The following is from the Harringtons Photographic Journal.

The Adelaide Camera Club has for its aim: "The inculation of a love for the artistic and beautiful and the improvement of photography as a medium of artistic expression" and judging by the reproductions of some of the members work in the Harringtons Photographic Journal March 1921 and the Harringtons Photographic Journal April 1921, they appear to be living up to their ideals.

There is a charm and breadth about Adelaide, situated as it is on the slopes of beautiful hills, that seems to lend itself to the artistic, so that one is not surprised to find that there is an ever increasing number of the younger generation striving after artistic expression.

This is apparent in the fine exhibition of local work, both in color and otherwise. The Annual Exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club can be reckoned as one of these outlets and is fortunate in being able to have the use of the spacious Society of Arts Gallery which, undoubtedly, enables them to present their work under favorable viewing conditions.

Mr. Alfred Wilkinson and Mr. P.H. Williams are outstanding workers and they have between them carried off the championship for the past eight years. Morning by Mr. Wilkinson, reproduced in the March 1921 edition of the Harringtons Photographic Journal, is a fine effort, as is also Mr. Williams A Slanting Ray, which curiously enough is a Sydney scene. Other successful workers are Mr. C. Tofts (the energetic Hon.Secretary), Mr. A. Young (President), Mr. W.S. Sinnett, Mr. P.J. Williams, Mr. A.P. Hogben, Mr. M.G. Miller.

Specimens of the work of several of these being reproduced in the March 1921 Harringtons Photographic Journal and the April 1921 Harringtons Photographic Journal. The Adelaide Camera Club also has several lady members, Miss D.C. Barnes and Miss Robertson both came forward with work of distinctive merit. In the beginners section (open only to members of under two years membership) were several creditable prints showing high promise for the future of the Adelaide Camera Club.




Tuesday 2nd August 1921  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Much interest is shown in a number of fine photographs (exhibited in Kodak window, Adelaide), which are to be submitted for competition in the Salon of Photography and the Colonial Exhibition held in London once a year. These photographs are by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, who has already won many prizes. The salon is the Mecca of photographic art and to have work accepted by it is a coveted honor. The Colonial Exhibition is opened to the British colonies only. Two of Mr. Wilkinson's pictures, "On the Summit" and "Nature's Frieze" — were successful last year. The former was reproduced as one of the pictures of the year. "Nature's Frieze" won distinction in the Colonial competition and was commented upon by one of the leading critics in England. This exhibit won the bronze plaque and was reproduced in The Amateur Photographer. "Overlooking the Plains", "The Ridge", "The Close of Day" and "The Quarry" (are views taken at Glen Osmond), "On the Edge and Beyond", "The Monarch of the Glen", "Owienagin Creek", "The Rugged Edge near Mount Padawurta", "A Misty Morn" (depicts scenes in the Flinders Range), "The Last Haul" is a late evening impression at Henley Beach and "Sunshine and Shower", also had its origin at Henley. A spot near Lockleys formed the subject for "The Pines".


Friday 14th October 1921  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

AN OUTSTANDING EXHIBITION
The educational influence that the Adelaide Camera Club exerts has been apparent for many years, but at no time has its objective — "Nature lost in Art"— been more nearly realized than at this moment, when the ninth of the present series of annual exhibitions is about to be opened. Tonight, in the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, the Lady Mayoress (Lady Hackett) will formally declare open one of the most enchanting displays of the photographer's skill that this club has originated. Last year it was considered that an enviable prestige had been achieved, but the 1921 selection has considerably outdistanced it. The camera can no longer be regarded merely as a mechanical contrivance, for its products, now literally "adorning" the four walls of the Gallery, pulsate with life and expresses the individuality of each creator. The Adelaide Camera Club does nothing by halves, as a peep at the present syllabus discloses. The new itinerary embraces 26 varied outings and lectures, with competent instructors in charge. The President (W.S. Sinnett), Hon.Secretary (R.C. Edwards) and Hon.Treasurer (P.H. Williams) are supported by an enthusiastic group of helpers, so that the organization is setting a high standard in this branch of the fine arts; in fact, it is affiliated with the Society of Arts. New members are constantly being enrolled, but the club is anxious still further to add to its number of both sexes. The splendid collection of pictures, which will be on view to-night and remain open until Tuesday (Sunday included), should not discourage beginners, for one or two specially good productions this year have been done by new members.

There were 103 South Australian competitors for the section dealing with the best 12 subjects; and there are also groups from Victoria and New South Wales. Some of these are excellent, but, as a whole, they do not compare with the local portraits. But there have been so many counter-claims in the eastern States that the cream of their work has probably been requisitioned nearer home. Although, the 12 prizewinners are excellent specimens of the camera's possibilities allied to an artistic temperament, their neighbors on the walls frequently suggest little disparity and rather give a hint of the difficulties that confronted the three judges. These were Mr. L.H. Howie, of the School of Arts; Mr. John White, President of the Society of Arts; and Mr. R. Fraser, representing the photographic section. The old stilted days are over in this realm of "cameraria", for the varied subjects, from rural scenery to portraiture, breathed a reality of vision that showed itself in "living" studies. Once again the work of Mr. Alfred Wilkinson placed him on the heights of championship, for every one of his numerous contributions were masterpieces of light and shade, composition and atmospheric effects. Four of his pictures were selected for places amid "the" 12 and comprised "The Winding Creek", which was given first place of honor and revealed a typical bit of South Australian bush in the Flinders Ranges, with fine old gum trees and the scrub. "Monarch of the Glen" was a similar study of the warrior gum with its twisted branches in the foreground, affording a peep between of other trees and a distant range. "The Quarry" struck another note — an even more impressive one — and the strength of line shown in the contrasting dark and light shading turned Dunstan's prosaic quarry at Glen Osmond into an epic of scenery, the silhouetted trees adding the last touch of romance. "Autumn", typified in a full-blown star thistle, revealed Mr. Wilkinson's versatility in the clever arrangement of the flower. A. Grenfeldt, from South America, has a style of his own, as his three winners showed. "The Oven" gave a graphic idea of an old housewife's baking, in a rugged and isolated region; "Morning Coffee at Valpariso" was redolent of the freedom of that country and its open-air life; "A Portrait" took another phase of life and showed the quiet figure of a woman lost in day-dreams as she plied her needle. "Springtime", by J.H. Hindale (now resident in New South Wales) recalled his former work here by a capital arrangement in which a tangle of trees and scrub made a commendable study. "Fishing Boats, Port Adelaide", made an instant appeal to notice and was a vivid conception, with its boats at the wharf and their wonderful reflections. "The Years at the Spring", from M.G. Miller's dark room, made a contrast in lighter tones which were sympathetic with its central theme framed in a graceful archway of gums. "A Peep Through the Ti Tree", also by Mr. Miller, again showed his method of treatment, for a bit of the Patawolonga in the foreground merged into a distant vision of Glenelg seen through a gap in a cluster of guarded tree trunks. The same artist was selected a third time for honor, "Evening, Birkenhead Wharf", with its steamer in the foreground and other aquatic details, making a pleasant twilight study.

In the general section Mr. Wilkinson held the premier position, but R.C. Edwardes, P.H. Williams and other gifted photographers also are to be complimented upon their productions. Mr. Wilkinson's prolific art was demonstrated in "The Close of Day", suggesting a French atmosphere, with its soft tones, misty sun, "bewitched" saplings and sparkling pool. "Ploughing on a Frosty Morning" was a virile bit of landscape; "Peggy" made an appealing portrait; "A Thistle Patch" proved that this pest could inculcate kindly thoughts; "In the Flinders Range" added its sylvan influence; "On the Edge and Beyond" stressed its rock-bound trees and artistically poised grass tree; "The Ridge", another bush study; "Overlooking the Plains at Glen Osmond" afforded a grand vista; and "Noonday Rest", with its drowsing cows beneath the tree, was a poem of peacefulness. R.C. Edwardes has given some strong portraiture in richly toned views of the Botanic Park, with its fine avenue that gives a cloistered effect. P.H. Williams's "Bridge Street, Sydney" conveyed a fine sense of grouping; and "Man Goeth to His Toil", with its contrasting lights, revealed an experienced "hand". "A Student of Nature", an artistic sea-shore idyll, brought well earned laurels to C.N. Tomlinson. "Cows by the Water", in vivid lights and "The Old Cottage", a happy study were the creditable work of A.E. Young. L.H. Busby proved that new contributors can turn out excellent pictures and a word is due for "A Glimpse Across the River", showing the Torrens Lake in happy mood; and "The Road Home" has conveyed enchantment even to a stone dray on a bush track. Mr. G. Miller was represented by "Youth and Sunshine", a study in soft effects; and E.H.G. Edwards proved his ability with the marine scene, "A Busy Corner of the Docks". In the portraiture branch, Miss Edith Ward was commendably represented by many well-known faces. That of the Rev. D.J. Knox was specially praiseworthy and further artistry peeped out from a series of historic characters. Floral studies did not embrace a big group, but P.H. Williams's "Spring Rose" was a chaste study; and P.J. Williams showed, by his charming bit of wistaria, that his mantle had indeed descended upon his son, the previously mentioned exhibitor.

The interstate competitors were responsible for some interesting and helpful work. For the Victorian section, Howieson displayed delightful atmospheric effects with "A gray Morning" on the river, the mist giving a sense of mystery to even a matter of fact steamer; "Flinders Lane" and "Forest Calm", were also commendable. Lieut. L.H. Coulson, who became an official photographer in Egypt, revealed the influence of the East in most of his studies, which were all of first merit. "The Sphinx" and the "Great Pyramid" made one feel the glare of the sun; and "Ruins of the Crusaders' Church" brought a breath of Palestine with it. There were also some delightful pictures of Cairo life and "The Conspirator" was a clever conception. John B. Eaton had to his credit "Early Morning", a sylvan scene; and "Entrance to the City", showing Melbourne from Princes Bridge. For New South Wales, J.H. Tindale, a former local identity who figures in "the" twelve pictures this year, spent some years in Japan and his work revealed Oriental influence. For instance, "The Old Settler's Home" and "Rising Mists" are treated in no ordinary manner. Monty Lake's portrait of James Lake was a splendid study; D.J. Webster contributed "Landscape, Maria Vale", a clever picture; and C. Goddard's "Out of the Mist", was a harmonious study in soft gray hues.




Friday 14th October 1921  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ART IN PHOTOGRAPHY
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION

The ninth annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened to-night in the rooms of the Society of Arts by Lady Hackett. The collection of work from this state includes the pictures and the inter-state contributions number 24 from Victoria and 11 from New South Wales. Though the work from South Australia shows a distinct advance upon the excellent standard set last year, that from the Eastern States is decidedly below the average. The reason given is that the artists from the Eastern States have very few pictures on hand just now. A good many of them have sent exhibits overseas.

In the local work there is distinct progress, especially among those who were in the beginners class at the last show. This year the work of several beginners has been adjudged worthy of being put into the pictorial class. There has been a decided tendency to break away from landscape into marine work, always a good sign, for it shows that original ideas are being worked out. From the 108 pictures sent in twelve of the best were selected by the judges and from these the champion photograph of the year has been chosen. Owing to the regrettable long continued ill health of Mr. P.H. Williams, who was the champion last year. Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, the veteran champion of the State, had things practically in his own hands. His picture, "A winding creek", which takes the first place this year, is a dreamy, sylvan scene, full of the poetry of the bush. The one tall gum tree against the setting of the smaller trees is well brought out and the atmosphere of the situation has been caught in a remarkable way. "The Oven" a Valparaison picture by Mr. A. Grenfeldt, a new exhibitor, shows an old woman cooking. It is an excellent picture. "Morning Coffee, Valpariso", a little group of people at a street stall, is charming in composition and has softly subdued outlines and excellent atmospheric effects. "The Monarch of the Glen" is another fine study by Mr. Wilkinson, showing a stately white gum and smaller trees well placed beyond. Mr. J.H. Tindale, who has gone to live in New South Wales has contributed "Springtime", a characteristic glade scene near Blackwood. Mr. G. Miller, another new exhibitor to reach the 12 best pictures group, has four delightful studies. The two most pleasing are "Steamer at Wharf, Birkenhead" and "Fishing Boats, Port Adelaide". An arresting piece of composition is Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's picture, "The Quarry". A fine piece of still life by the same gentleman is "Autumn", a dainty study of thistles and thistledown. Mr. L.H. Bushby's first effort in pictorial work, a glimpse of the Torrens Lake, showing Jolly's boat sheds. It reflects credit on this aspiring beginner. "Cows Near Water", by Mr. A.E. Young, a typical Australian work scene, is an arresting piece of work. Mr. P.H. Williams study of lights and shadows in Bridge street, Sydney, shows capable handling. His picture, "Man Goeth to his Work", is an admirable effect, even though it is but a horse and cart going down the new Memorial Drive from King William road, near the City bridge. The beginners section is always a strong feature of this fixture each year. The outstanding features are - "Dawn, Victor Harbour", by Mr. L.W. Bushby and "Near the Coast", by Mr. E.H.G. Edwardes. Miss Edith Ward has really good portrait studies, which shows that she has fully mastered the art of portraiture. "Arab Lament", is a good character study and there is a capital portrait of the Rev. D.J. Knox. The floral section finds Mr. Alfred Wilkinson easily the winner with a picture of a sprig of hawthorn beautifully treated. Clever pictures of roses and a fine spray of wistaria by Mr. P.J. Williams are also included.

The Victorian contributions include "A gray Morning", an ocean steamer at a Melbourne wharf, by Mr. J. Howieson: "The Lone Sentinel", by Mr. J.R. Eaton and a capital portrait by Mr. Monte Luke. Among the exhibits from the Workers Society of Victoria are pictures by Mr. O.H. Coulson, which show an intimate knowledge of things Egyptian. Among the New South Wales work is "The Viaduct", a fine study by Mr. E. Giddon. The exhibition will remain open from this evening until Sunday.




Saturday 15th October 1921  Page 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
The ninth annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by the Lady Mayoress (Lady Hackett) in the Society of Arts rooms, North-terrace, Adelaide, on Friday evening. There was a good attendance. Lady Hackett, who was accompanied by the Lord Mayor, was introduced by the president of the club (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett). She said she recognized that in the Adelaide Camera Club there was true art. It was hard to believe that many of the pictures shown were photographs — they looked like exquisite etchings. It was wonderful what an expert could do with a camera. When photography could reproduce color as well as give the pictures such an artistic touch, the most skilled painters would have to look to their laurels. She liked to be associated with art and she recognized that there were artists with the camera as well as with the brush. She had pleasure in declaring the exhibition open. The exhibition was reviewed in "The Advertiser" on Friday.



Saturday 15th October 1921  Page 6 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES, 14th to 18th OCTOBER
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY, INSTITUTE
BUILDINGS, NORTH TERRACE.
OPEN SUNDAY, 3pm to 5pm,
MONDAY and TUESDAY AFTERNOONS, 12pm to 5pm,
EVENINGS, 7.30pm to 9.30pm.
ADMISSION FREE.




Saturday 15th October 1921  Page 8 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

On Friday evening at the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North Terrace, the Lady Mayoress (Lady Hackett) opened the annual exhibition of pictures by members of the Adelaide Camera Club. Lady Hackett, who was introduced by the President (Mr. W.S. Sinnett), said she appreciated the honor of being asked to declare the exhibition open. She was a keen collector of etchings and engravings and she realized that in this exhibition equally fine works of art to those of the brush and pen could be produced by the camera. Of course it depended largely on whose hands manipulated the camera as to whether portraits were kind or unkind. She had suffered from some of the efforts of her own children in this direction, who had taken some really dreadful photographs of her, but, on the other hand, the results were sometimes pleasing and her second daughter had won the prize at school for her work with the camera. She was happy to be associated that night with the Camera Club and the excellence of many of the pictures was a distinct incentive to the members to go on.

There is no doubt that the really beautiful productions on the walls are a proof of the value of the camera as a medium of artistic expression and a collection of champion pictures from previous exhibitions shows that in Messrs. A. Wilkinson and P.H. Williams the club has two photographic artists of a high order. The champion picture for 1921 is "The Winding Creek" by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, which is an absolute gem. There are exhibits of flowers, landscapes, seascapes, portraits - a fine example in the last named section being "Reverie", a splendid portrait of the Rev. D.J. Knox. Exquisite little peeps at our hills and valleys, with giant gums and peaceful streams, are among the best in the display and everyone should take the opportunity of seeing the exhibition, which will be open tomorrow (Sunday), Monday and Tuesday. Mr. R.C. Edwardes is the Hon.Secretary.




Saturday 15th October 1921  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
The annual exhibition of pictures of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened at the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North terrace, Adelaide, on Friday evening by Lady Hackett. A description of the interesting collection appeared in The Register on Friday morning. The President of the Society (Mr. W.S. Sinnett) introduced Lady Hackett, who said she fully recognized the art of photography. The camera could be very kind and unkind. It could justly be said that the photographer was just as deft with his touches as was the artist with his brush or pen. The exhibition will be open to the public in the afternoons from 3pm until 5pm and in the evenings from 7.30pm until 9.30pm until Tuesday.


LADY HACKETT (born: Deborah Vernon Drake-Brockman)
Born 18th June 1887 Guildford, Western Australia
Died 16th April 1965 (aged 77) Kilsyth, Victoria
Lady Mayoress of Adelaide 1919-1921 and became Lady Moulden in 1922




Monday 17th October 1921  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES
14th to 18th OCTOBER
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDINGS, NORTH TERRACE.
Open Afternoons, 3pm to 5pm,
Evenings, 7.30pm to 9.30pm.
ADMISSION FREE.




Saturday 29th October 1921  Page 40 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

WOMEN'S SPHERE
Conducted by LADY KITTY
PERFECT PHOTOGRAPHS

Of all the interesting exhibitions in the gray-walled society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, none has been more interesting than that recently held by the Adelaide Camera Club. WHAT an eye-opener! One's idea of amateur camera work is snapshots of one's dearest friends looking like apaches or frenzied suffragettes, which the victims proudly display and say "Dick" or "Tom" or some male relative took it and "isn't it awfully good?" One never has the heart to say, "No, it's really too terrible for any thing". On entering the gallery and after one swift glance over the whole 146 exhibits, one stood amazed. Here were no ordinary snapshots, but a series of pictures without color, many in composition and tone values quite perfect. A lovely lot. One imagined a little cretonne furnished boudoir with gray walls and on those walls just a few of these beautiful camera pictures. A. Wilkinson's champion picture, 1921, "The Winding Creek", for instance, showing our well beloved gums, in a country spot through which the bubbling creek winds its way. And that delightfully familiar bit, "A Glimpse Across the River" (L.W. Bushby). The simple dignity of subject "Man Goeth to his Toil", so (beautifully toned by Mr. P.H. Williams, would add distinction to any room and for variety, Miss L.E. Bean's sweet picture, "Aren't my Chicks, Ducks?" would be a worthy addition. A. Wilkinson's charming little nature study "Spring", a beautiful bough of hawthorn blossom simply must be added also "The Old Cottage", by A.E. Young, on looking at which one visualized color and there was the finest of oil paintings. All round the gallery one wove colors into the exhibits. On looking at "Ploughing", taken by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson up at Hans Heysen's, one imagined color and lo! there was a typical Heysen picture - man, horses, upturned earth and all.

EXCELLENT EXHIBITS
There is such a high standard of excellence in the Camera Club work, one feels that every exhibit must be mentioned and its merits descanted on, but that is impossible, for it would fill so many columns. It is so wonderful to realize that a snap by the smallest of cameras can be enlarged and worked up into these artistic pictures. "The Oven" by A.E. Granfelt, though one did not like its mounting or the lettering of the name, which being in gold and rather large, detracted from the general effect, is a really fine thing, showing a woman at a baker's oven. The composition is excellent. "Botanic Park" (R.C. Edwardes) is a lovely bit of the great plane tree avenue, wonderful shadows and lights and on the ground a carpet of fallen leaves. In portrait work Miss Edith Ward shows pictures of real distinction. Some most attractive pictures are shown by Mr. O.H. Coulson, who was a military photographer during the war, his Egyptian subjects being especially good. One wanted to go two or three times to this exhibition and felt it was closed all too soon. It must be terribly interesting to be a member of the Camera. Club and it is nice to know that the owner of even the smallest snapshotting machine in the world can join up and also that new members are welcome. One noted that feminine work was not so largely represented as that of mere man, so here's a chance for more feminine membership. Girls, what a thrilling thing for a woman to secure the championship. Why not?




Tuesday 22nd November 1921  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening last week at the Institute, North terrace, Adelaide. There was a representative attendance of members, who were much interested in Mr. L.H. Howie's helpful criticism on some of the prints which were exhibited at the club's recent exhibition. Mr. Howie showed in many ways how the composition of the various pictures might be improved and he gave many most useful hints, invaluable to the beginner as well as to the advanced worker. Thanks were tendered him at the instance of the Hon.Secretary (Mr. R.C. Edwardes), seconded by Mr. W.G. Miller. An outing in connection with the club which took place at Morialta on Saturday proved most enjoyable. The weather conditions were perfect for the photographer and the cool change made hill climbing not arduous. The outing was well attended, especially so by the lady members.


Tuesday 20th December 1921
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening last week at the Institute Building, North terrace, Adelaide. There was a representative attendance of members. Mr. C.F. Tofts spoke on "Hints to beginners", which subject had been purposely chosen for the benefit of new members. The lecturer dealt with the theme admirably and much interesting and instructive information was imparted to beginners. Advanced workers, also found much to interest them in the many practical hints that were given on developing and printing and so on. The President (Mr. W.S. Sinett) spoke in high terms of the value of such an evening as had been given and thanked Mr. Tofts for his address. An outing in connection with the club, which took place at Brighton on Saturday, proved successful. Ideal weather prevailed and there was a large muster of members. At the end of the afternoon the President with the assistance of Misses Barnes, Laidler and Gilbert, lady members of the club, entertained the members at tea on the beach.



14th January 1922  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 50

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on 12th December, when there was a representative attendance. Mr. C.F. Tofts spoke on “Hints to Beginners", which subject had been purposely chosen for the benefit of new members. The lecturer dealt with the theme admirably and much interesting and instructive information was imparted, while advanced workers also found much to interest them in the many practical hints that were given. The President (Mr. W.S. Smith) spoke in high terms of the value of such an evening as had been given.

The Club outing, which took place at Brighton on 17th December, proved very successful. Ideal weather prevailed and there was a large muster of members. At the end of the afternoon the President, with the assistance of Misses Barnes, Laidler and Gilbert, lady members of the Club entertained the members at tea on the beach.




Wednesday 15th February 1922  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening at the Institute, North terrace, Adelaide. After the conclusion of general business, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, on behalf of the members of the club, presented the President (Mr. W.S. Sinnett) with an artistic flower vase to mark the occasion of his approaching wedding. In making the presentation Mr. Wilkinson referred to the interest Mr. Sinnett had displayed in the welfare of the club and expressed good wishes for his future prosperity and happiness. Mr. L.H. Howie gave interesting notes on "Composition", based upon the ideas of some of the principal artists of the world. Mr. Howie's excellent interpretation of them proved highly instructive and was much appreciated. Final arrangements were made for an outing to take place next Saturday at Stirling.



Wednesday 15th February 1922  Page 13 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening at the Institute. North-terrace, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson on behalf of the members, presented the president (Mr. W.S. Sinnett) with a flower vase to mark the occasion of his wedding, which is to take place on Saturday. Mr. Wilkinson, in making the presentation, referred to the interest Mr. Sinnett had always displayed in matters concerning the club and said he was held in the highest esteem by all. Mr. L.H. Howie then read instructive notes on composition. They were based on the opinions of some of the principal artists of the world and much was to be gained from Mr. Howie's excellent interpretation of them.



15th March 1922  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 53

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the January meeting the evening was devoted to a demonstration on enlarging, by Mr. P.H. Williams. The demonstrator, after having thoroughly explained the enlarging camera to new members made a beautiful enlargement from a very small negative of a pretty corner in the Botanic Park. Exposure, development, etc., were dealt with in detail, much to the interest of those present. Mr. Williams also explained a process for the control of gradation in Bromide printing, known as the Sterry process and originated by Mr. John Sterry FRPS. An exposure was made from a hard negative and by the aid of the Sterry process (which consists of immersing the exposed paper in a dilute solution of chromic acid or bichromate of potassium, etc., for a few minutes and then developed) the range of gradation was considerably lengthened and a very fine soft print resulted.

An outing, in connection with the club which took place at Blackwood, on Saturday 14th January, was most enjoyable. The main factor, the weather being ideal, quite a number of members arrived at the Adelaide Station at the appointed time. After an hour and a half's run in the train, Blackwood was reached and the party were met by Mr. M.G. Miller, who acted as pilot. Mr. Miller proved his knowledge of the locality by the many beautiful spots to which he was able to direct the pictorialists. Many exposures were made and the outing, from all points, was highly successful.

At a meeting held on 13th February, after the conclusion of the general business Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, on behalf of the members of the Club, presented the President of the Club Mr. W.S. Sinnett with a Flower Vase to mark the occasion of his approaching marriage and expressed the members good wishes for his future prosperity and happiness. Mr. L.H. Howie of the School of Arts gave interesting notes on "Composition" based upon the ideas of some of the principal artists of the world. The Club outing which took place at Mt. Lofty on February 18th, proved very enjoyable the weather conditions being all that could be desired.




Wednesday 15th March 1922
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening at the Institute Building, North terrace. The occasion was devoted to a criticism of enlargements by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. Many members brought work along for the opinion and criticism of the advanced worker. Mr. Wilkinson showed how, in composition and otherwise, many of the prints could have been improved and gave valuable advice to both beginners and advanced workers. The President (Mr. W.S. Sinnett) thanked Mr. Wilkinson for the interesting and educational evening he had provided. At the invitation of Sir William Sowden, it was arranged that the outing next Saturday afternoon will take place at his home at St. George's, Glen Osmond.


Thursday 13th April 1922
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The Adelaide Camera Club met on Monday evening at the Institute, North terrace. A demonstration of lantern slide making was given by Mr. P.H. Williams, who explained the process of the exposure, development and binding of slides.



Wednesday 14th June 1922  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening at the Institute Building, North terrace, Adelaide. The occasion, was a demonstration by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson on the process of redevelopment of bromide enlargements. The demonstrator thoroughly explained the process and the advantages gained by its use. He also gave the formulae of the stock solutions generally favored for the work. Mr. Wilkinson followed his explanation with practical demonstrations, which proved highly instructive. Two enlargements were redeveloped and the improvement in both instances was marked, the contrast and tones generally having gained much by the treatment. The President (Mr. W.L. Linnett) thanked Mr. Wilkinson for the trouble he had gone to in providing what had proved, he said, to be one of the most interesting evenings on the syllabus.



15th June 1922  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 310

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting on 10th April, Mr. P.H. Williams gave a demonstration on lantern slide making, during which he explained the process from beginning to end and gave practical demonstrations on the exposure, development and binding of slides. Much interest was displayed by the members, who thoroughly appreciated the manner in which Mr. Williams dealt with his subject.

The club outing, which took place at Dunstan's Gully, Burnside, on 15th April, was a big success, as favorable weather conditions prevailed which permitted many exposures being made.




Tuesday 20th June 1922  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
Taking as his subject "The Composition of J.M.W. Turner R.A.", Mr. J. White delivered an interesting lecture under the auspices of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts Rooms, North-terrace, on Monday evening. There was a large attendance of members and friends. The lecturer first dealt with the forms derived from the straight line and the curve. Mr. White then referred briefly to the life of Turner, after which he showed a number of engravings of the masterpieces of the great artist and pointed out the notable features. The lecturer commenced on the composition, the light, shade, form and conception of the pictures and spoke of the power and genius of Turner and his ability to combine breadth of effect with marvelous detail. The subject of his lecture, he said, had a wonderful imagination and a complete mastery of painting.



Tuesday 20th June 1922  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

THE COMPOSITION OF J.M.W. TURNER R.A.
An interesting lecture was given at the Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Buildings, North terrace, Adelaide, on Monday evening, by Mr. John White, on "The composition of J.M.W. Turner, R.A.". Illustrations of the engravings of the works of that artist added to the educational nature of Mr. White's remarks. The lecture was given under the auspices of the Adelaide Camera Club and there was a large attendance of members and the public. The President of the Club occupied the chair. The lecturer at first dealt with the lines of the circle, square and pyramid, the three principal forms upon which composition is based. All in nature form, he said, was either straight line or curve. In showing what each suggested, he said the curved line stood for completeness and the straight line for infinity. The circle suggested completeness and the square stability and the pyramid, the third form, derived from the straight line, was the next form of stability. The lecturer, dealing with, the composition of J.M.W. Turner, R.A., displayed engravings of that artist's principal works, briefly referred to his life and spoke of his ability, genius and mastery of art. Mr. White then showed each engraving with the composition of light and shade and referred to Turner's conception and the imaginative power be displayed in that sphere of his work.



Wednesday 12th July 1922  Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held at the Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday evening. Interesting lantern slides, produced by members of the Club, were screened. Mr. P.J. Williams had charge of the proceedings and delivered instructive opening remarks. He mentioned various uses to which lantern slides could be put and gave much information regarding the negatives most suitable for working from. Many slides were shown, among which were some of the city, taken by Mr. Williams himself in the days when horse cars were running. The subject of each slide, as it was presented, was explained by the respective owner and this course proved not only interesting but, in some instances, amusing. Among the slides shown were local views by Mr. C.N. Tomlinson, Tasmanian views by Mr. M.P. Briggs, Murray River scenery by Mr. P.J. Williams, coastal scenery by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson and exceptionally fine views of India, including Taj-Mahal Temple, by Mr. B. Williams.



15th September 1922  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 468

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
An interesting lecture was given on June 19 by Mr. John White, on "The Composition of J.M.W. Turner R.A.". Illustrations of the engravings of the works of that artist added to the educational nature of Mr. White's remarks. The lecture was given to assist pictorialists in the composition of their pictures and there was a large attendance of members and the public.

The lecturer at first dealt with the lines of the circle, square and pyramid, the three principal forms upon which composition is based. All in nature form, he said, was either straight line or curve. In showing what each suggested, he said the curved line stood for completeness and the straight line for infinity. The circle suggested completeness, the square stability; and the pyramid, the third form, derived from the straight line, was the next form of stability. The lecturer, dealing with the composition of J.M.W. Turner R.A., displayed engravings of that artist's principal works, briefly referred to his life and spoke of his ability, genius and mastery of Art. Mr. White then showed each engraving with the composition of light and shade and referred to Turner's conception and the imaginative power he displayed in that sphere of his work.

On 10th July, lantern slides produced by members of the Club were screened. Mr. P.J. Williams had charge of the proceedings and he delivered opening remarks of a most instructive character. He mentioned various uses to which lantern slides could be put and gave much information regarding the negatives most suitable for working from. Many slides were shown, among which were some fine examples of Mr. Williams own work. The subject of each slide, as it was presented, was explained by the respective owner and this course proved not only interesting but, in some instances, very amusing. Among the slides shown were local views by Mr. C.N. Tomlinson, Tasmanian views by Mr. M.P. Briggs, Murray River scenery by Mr. P.J. Williams, coastal scenery by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson and exceptionally fine views of India, including Taj Mahal Temple, by Mr. D. Williams.

Club outings took place at Eden Hills on 17th June, Brown Hill Creek, 15th July and Mitcham, 22nd July. The occasions were very well attended.

The Annual Meeting was held on 15th August. The Hon.Secretary's report showed that the membership of the Club had increased during the year and that thirteen meetings, as well as twelve outings, had taken place.

The Exhibition held in October was a decided success, ninety-five pictures, the work of members of the Club, being hung. Interstate workers were also well represented. This year's Exhibition will be open to the public from 4th to 11th October.

The Club's thanks were due to Messrs. John White and L.H. Howie for lectures they had delivered during the year. Successful evenings had also been given by members and in this direction thanks were due to Messrs. P.J. Williams, P.H. Williams and A. Wilkinson.

The Treasurer's report and balance sheet indicated that the Club had had a very expensive year, the credit balance, although small, was, however, considered satisfactory under the circumstances.

The election of officers for the Executive resulted as follows: President, W.S. Sinnett; Vice-President, M.G. Miller; Librarian, G.T. Clarke; Members Representative, A. Wilkinson; Treasurer and Assistant-Secretary, P.H. Williams and Hon.Secretary, R.C. Edwards.




Saturday 30th September 1922  Page 11 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF PICTURES
at the
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH TERRACE.
will be opened by Sir William Sowden on
WEDNESDAY EVENING, 4th OCTOBER, AT 8pm
The Exhibition will be open to the Public on 5th to 11th October.
Afternoons, 12 to 5pm; Evenings, 8pm to 10pm; Sunday, 3pm to 5pm.
R.C. EDWARDES
HON.SECRETARY




Tuesday 3rd October 1922  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHY IN ART
The President of the Public Library Board (Sir William Sowden) has received the following interesting letter from Mr. W. Van der Velden, of Sydney, a prominent authority on all matters relating to photography: "My attention has been drawn to the decision arrived at by the board of governors of the Art Gallery of South Australia to acquire for the National Museum, by purchase from time to time, examples of Australian photographs, representative of our best workers. This decision is undoubtedly a progressive step, which, in my opinion, might with advantage be adopted by other national institutions; for we have now arrived at a period of evolution in photography when its powers as a medium of expression for the artist can no longer be sanely denied. Pictorial art is the expression of thought or emotion by means of light reflected from pigments, as in paintings or drawings; from animal or vegetable fibres as in tapestry; from chips of stone or ceramic enamel, as in mosaics. No one will deny the obvious possibility of the artist to express and thereby again to stir up in the beholder thoughts or emotions, or both. The artist arrives at his results by training his hand to manipulate his medium of expression and it seems to me that, whether he uses a mosaic of pigment granules, a mosaic of fibers or of stones, so long as he succeeds in arousing response in the onlooker, his aim has been achieved. If that be so, why should a mosaic made of finely distributed grains of silver, which form the basis of expression for the artist photographer, be denied? A close acquaintance with the possibilities of photographic manipulation has convinced me that the camera, the bromide print and the bromoil brush are just as much entitled to respectful consideration as implements for the artist as any of the older means of artistic expression. Australian photographic art has already won a distinguished place at the London and the American Photographic Salon Exhibitions and has shown a steadily advancing merit, due almost solely to the enthusiasm of the exhibitors themselves; and the resolution of your board will probably do much to stimulate effort in order that exhibitors may gain the honor of permanent representation in a national collection. That there is a distinctly Australian type of pictorial work is undoubted; but it is rather hidden by the tendency of our workers to copy to some extent the somberness characteristic of the English and the European work. The outstanding characteristic of Australia is its sunshine, both in Nature and in its people; and if the artistic portrayal of these characteristics is found to be encouraged by the very thoughtful and progressive policy the board of governors has put into operation, they will have set going a work of much greater importance than can at present be realized. It will be my endeavor to stimulate the photographic societies of the other States to send contributions of their best work to your annual exhibitions, in order that the Adelaide collection may have the unique distinction of being the first completely representative collection of pictorial photographs to be assembled in Australia.



Wednesday 4th October 1922  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

THE ART OF THE CAMERA
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB'S FINE EXHIBITION

Regarded as a whole, the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club to be opened this evening at the Society of Arts room North-terrace, shows a marked advance, on that of last year in the pictorial division, but the flower and portrait sections are comparatively small and unimportant. The display comprises in all 135 works, including 32 forwarded by the Pictorial Photo-Workers Society of Victoria as a loan exhibit. The 102 South Australian entries have been judged by Messrs John White president of the Society of Arts, L. Howie (principal of the Art School) and R. Fraser and there will probably be a general agreement with their selection for the champion picture of Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's clever study, entitled "Nude", although "Mystic Morn" and "Sand Pines", both typically Australian woodland scenes, by the same exhibitor, rank closely with it in degree of merit. "Nude" is a masterpiece of the photographic art, for the maximum of success has been obtained with a subject that must have presented more than ordinary difficulties. A young man of fine physique is shown in a stooping attitude on a rock at the side of a secluded, shady pool, peering down at the water, as though gauging its depth preparatory to plunging. The body of the bather stands out in relief against a dark background of foliage and the arms and shoulders are lightly flecked with the sunshine. Both in composition and treatment, it is a fine example of Mr. Wilkinson's art and represents his seventh championship win at the club's exhibitions. The judges prior to making this award, chose what they regarded as the 12 best works entered for competition and it was subsequently found that seven of them were by Mr. Wilkinson, his others in addition to "Nude", "Sand Pines" and "Mystic Morn", being "Stringy Bark Gums", "Close of Day", "Red Gum Glade" and the "The Wool Team". All are wonderfully in composition and atmosphere. "The Wool Team", depicting six strong horses hauling a heavy load through a gorge of the Flinders Range, is particularly striking on account of the vigor which has been imparted to the theme. Other works of outstanding merit in the same section are "The Silver Line" by Mr. E.H.G. Edwards, showing the radiance of the setting sun on the sea; "A Distant Hill", a tranquil rural scene by Mr. G. Hutchinson; "A Game with Puss", a pleasing child study, by Mr. P.H. Williams; "Secluded Glade", by Mrs E. Haselgrove, showing a streamlet and gum trees; and "Morning, River Torrens", by Mr. M.G. Miller. Although not numbered among the first 12, Mr. J. McKenzie's harbor scene, "Folded Wings", would not have been out of place in the group and the same exhibitor's "Gleam of Silver" and "A Corner of St Peter's Cathedral are likewise full of merit, especially when it is considered that they were the result of only about eight month's camera experience.

In a display which conforms generally to the high standard set by the Adelaide Camera Club, it is difficult, after noting the works that come within the first flight, to individualize, but among the choicest examples in the pictorial section may be mentioned "The Park Gates" and "The Farmyard", by Mr. G. Miller; "Stradbroke Park" by Mr. P.H. Williams; "Blue Gums" and "Brownhill Creek", by Mr. G.W. Morey; and "The Breaker", by Mr. C.N. Tomlinson.

Mr. P.H Williams has contributed the best panel in the flower section, with a study of gum blossom, entitled "Light and Shade" and "Blackberries", by Mrs E. Haselgrove is not far short of it in merit. Another charming picture is "Roses", by Mr. P.J. Williams. In portraiture Mr. E. Haselgrove is the most successful competitor, with a lifelike photograph of a mother and child, to which he has given the name "Content".

The Victorian loan section contains fine camera studies by Messrs. O.H. Coulson, (mainly glimpses of life in Egypt), J. Eaton, W. Howieson, H. McCrindle and W. Page Hamond. The executive of the club by whom the exhibition has been organized, consists of Messrs. W.S. Sinnet (president); M.G. Miller (vice president); G. T. Clarke (librarian); R.C. Edwards (secretary); P.H. Williams (treasurer and assistant Hon.Secretary) and A. Wilkinson (members representative). The public opening by Sir William Sowden, will take place this evening and the exhibition will be continued until October 11. A gratifying feature is that, although several entrants of other years are not represented, owing to absence from the State or other causes, their places have been filled by newcomers, who give exceptional promise.



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




Wednesday 4th October 1922  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

SOCIETY OF ARTS AND CAMERA CLUB
A "joint evening" of the Society of Arts and the Adelaide Camera Club was spent at the rooms of the former society, North-terrace on Tuesday. The walls were hung with works by members of the Camera Club, which will be comprised in the exhibition which is to be opened this evening. After visitors had admired the works of art, Mr. Edward Davies (president of the Society of Arts) took the chair and explained that addresses were to be delivered by Mr. H. Van Raalte on "Composition" and Mr. W. Donnithorne on "Through Cornwall with Camera and Sketch-book". He was pleased that the Camera Club and the Society of Arts, with which it was affiliated were uniting in a joint evening of the kind. Mr. Van Raalte who was received with applause, spoke on the principles and workings of composition. He said the photographer was working in composition, the two chief elements in which were selection and construction. The worker in watercolors or oils could modify the scene he was treating. He could take a tree out of the scene or put one into it at his will, but the composition of the Photographer was dependent on the number of trees actually there. This did not make any difference to the principles to be observed, but it made the work of composition more difficult. Up to a certain point photography was the easiest medium in the world to work with. After that point was passed it was one of the most difficult. A certain amount of form was easily attained, but to secure depth was a different matter. One of the troubles the photographer had to contend against was flatness. It was necessary that he should study art even more seriously than the ordinary artist was bound to do. The machine with which he worked was powerful and it would give only what was in front of it. This made it desirable that the man who used the camera should study Nature very closely. Two features which he desired to emphasize in connection with composition were balance and rhythm. The eye and the mental interests were closely interwoven. Students would do well to concern themselves largely with eye interest. Mr. Van Raalte dealt with matters of form in composition. He commented on some of the more conspicuous features in the works on exhibition in the room. Referring to some of the works displayed on the wall, he spoke of the value of adhering to Nature in the production of pictures. As a rule, the simpler the scenes were the better. He had been struck with a tendency to weakness in half-tones. It was desirable in certain kinds of composition to endeavor to get light shining in darkness. Some of the effects noted were physical impossibilities. He could not explain how they got into the pictures but they should be guarded against. It was necessary to remember in developing a picture that quality should be superimposed on fact. No matter how charming a composition might be, the charm would disappear if on analysis it was found that the composition did not conform to Nature. They must have truth if there was to be permanent value. Mr. W. Donnithorne said on a recent occasion he had the pleasure of taking a trip overseas. He had been able in a small way to use both the camera and the easel as mediums to obtain a permanent record of many charming scenes. In sketching one could reproduce only that which struck the eye, the one brilliant flash of beauty in the ocean of gloom. The beauty of sketching lay in its singleness, in its broadness of tone. The camera gave the whole scene and with a speed that the artist could not approach. It excelled in depicting light and shade and under a skillful hand and with careful treatment softness and beauty were obtainable. In the sweet English countryside the artist came to his own. Flanked by the shady hedge he could unfold his tent and paint to his heart's content. There were not wanting picturesque cottages roofed with thatch or tiles of every hue from orange to deep red, old village gardens full of roses, fields studded with wild flowers. The old world offered fine studies for both brush and camera, but the light was often bad, especially for photography. It would be hard to find any land with better conditions for the camera and the painter than Australia with its sunshine and fine weather. It was one of the great pleasures in life to study Nature and to give others the benefit of the research. For this they could not do better than employ the brush and the camera. Mr. W.S. Sinnett (president of the Camera Club) in thanking the speakers, expressed pleasure that the two societies were meeting in such conditions.



Wednesday 4th October 1922  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES 1922
at the
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH TERRACE.
will be opened by Sir William Sowden
THIS EVENING AT 8pm
EXHIBITION OPEN UNTIL 11th OCTOBER
R.C. EDWARDES
HON.SECRETARY



SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




Wednesday 4th October 1922  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHY AND ART
Even after many years of wonderful development in photography, some people are disposed to regard the product of the camera, "faked" or untouched, as mainly, if not wholly, mechanical and bearing no more relationship to true art than an oleograph bears to a standard oil painting. Not a few artists resent the application of the word "picture" to anything which has not been placed on canvas by the painter's brush; and acting on a Supreme Court ruling with reference to a bequest which they have to administer, the Governors of the Public Library Board, in their capacity as managers of the National Art Gallery, are restricted in their dealings to the purchase of pictures in oils and water colors. Of course, the ruling of the Court was given in the light of evidence concerning a special set of circumstances; but it expresses the general attitude of the artistic profession towards those who use the sun's rays to depict the object they wish to present to the judgment of the critical and incidentally to the approval of the ordinary person who thinks less of technique than of theme and more of the pleasure derived than of the medium through which it was conveyed. To this day many old world galleries will not admit even the finest art-photographs as exhibits having, or being worthy to have, any status, in spite of the extraordinary manner in which former conceptions of camera work have been revised and expanded.

As was indicated in an interesting letter from Mr. W. Van der Velden, (reproduced below) published in The Register on Tuesday, the local Public Library authorities have led all other institutions of the same kind in Australia by deciding to add to their gallery a select photographic exhibit This action may fairly be interpreted as a recognition on the part of the custodians of our national art treasures of the fact that the true artist who employs the "light machine" requires as much skill to manipulate his photographic negative as is needed by a painter in the usual media. Indeed, if rarity be a special test of quality, the art-photographers have at least one claim to distinction on account of the relatively small number of them. Throughout Australia as a whole there are probably not more than a dozen operators whose work would be worthy of a place in a national gallery. This fact indicates two things — that the building up of the proposed photographic section will be a matter of time as well as of strict selection and that the new enterprise will be likely to have a stimulating influence in popularizing photography. It seems reasonable to assume that the comparatively low estimate which has been placed upon camera pictures has had the effect of preventing it from being undertaken by people who would have chosen it in preference to the older forms of art if the circumstances had been more favorable. Already one result of the latest policy of the Public Library Board is said to be reflected in the unusual excellence of the exhibits hung in the annual exposition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which is to be opened officially this evening. However that may be, an admitted fact is that this State possesses at least one or two art-photographers whose productions are not excelled by the work of anybody else in the Commonwealth.




Wednesday 4th October 1922  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

COMPOSITION ART AND THE CAMERA
The monthly lecture of the South Australian Society of Arts was given in conjunction with the Adelaide Camera Club at the society's rooms, Institute Buildings, North terrace, city, on Tuesday evening. There was a satisfactory attendance of both bodies, over whom Mr. E. Davies presided. The room was decorated with the photographic studies entered for the annual exhibition of the club, which will be opened this evening and these attracted considerable attention before the beginning of the lectures. The first discourse was delivered by Mr. H. Van Raalte (director of the South Australian Art Gallery), who gave an impromptu talk on "Composition". Mr. Van Raalte said that the medium of photography presented a different point of view to composition from that of other branches of art. The composition for photographers was, for the most part, selected, whereas that of artists, water-colorists and etchers was created. Photography, up to a certain point, was the easiest medium in the world, but after it passed that point it was the most difficult. The photographer should study art even more seriously than the artists. He worked with a machine, so mechanical that he could give only what was in front of it. To use it successfully he had to make a close study of nature as the artist. Photography could be divided into two main parts — balance and rhythm. Many things went towards making those and during his experience he had met people who had a good knowledge of both, but lacked a knowledge of things of Nature. When they further examined those two subjects they found there were eye interests and mental interests. They were closely involved and were sometimes difficult to separate, but it was his opinion that it was of the greatest advantage to the student to concentrate, first, on the eye interests. Continuing, Mr. van Raalte alluded to the absurdity of using a particular mechanical form, such as a pyramid, without studying the artistic aspect in relation to Nature. In conclusion, the lecturer proceeded around the room and criticized the various exhibits on the walls. In this connection he gave most illuminating advice and candid opinions concerning the demerits of each. He was greeted with applause at the conclusion of his remarks. Mr. W. Donnithorne, of the Society of Arts, delivered a thoughtful and informative paper on his experiences with camera and easel on the Continent. The traveler, he said, owed a great debt to the camera, in that it enabled him to picture faithfully, for all time, any beautiful view that attracted him. It was a faithful view of the whole scene and in that way had been a great benefit to science. The photograph needed only the colors to become the rivals of the greatest artists. The beauty of sketching was in its singleness and broadness of tone. It was a human medium and portrayed what the eye saw in a fleeting glance. The camera gave perfection of form, but it never could give perfection of color. It could never be done by mechanical means, because it was only by discrimination that form and color could be blended. The camera excelled in depicting light and shade. No person should travel without a camera, the photos had a personal interest, because even at home they illustrated the milestones in our lives. At the instance of Mr. W.S. Sinnett (President of the Camera Club), seconded by Mr. John White, thanks were accorded the lecturers.



Wednesday 4th October 1922  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

TENTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION
This evening the Adelaide Camera Club will inaugurate the tenth of the present series of annual exhibitions, when the President of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery (Sir William Sowden) will declare the 1922 exposition open. This club has set a high standard of achievement and the members are notedly enthusiastic, hence it is not surprising to find that each year eclipses the former display of work. The present exhibition continues that happy tradition, for though the 1921 pictures had beaten all previous records, its successor takes pride of place. What the members have accomplished during the past decade is written upon the walls of the Society of Arts Gallery, where a splendid collection of subjects says eloquent things in the language of photography. Although the club has lost some of its members during the 12 months, new ones have joined and the student section is showing great promise. The greatest harmony exists and the seniors, gladly assist newcomers. As a result, "honorable mention" has been attained this year by more than one junior competitor. The officials of the Adelaide Camera Club are :— President, Mr. W.S. Sinnett; Vice-President, Mr. M.G. Miller; Librarian, Mr. G.T. Clarke; Hon.Secretary, Mr. R.C. Edwardes; Treasurer and Assistant Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Williams; Members Representative, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson.

Every variety of subject has been perpetuated and all the beauty of the Australian bush is revealed in numerous studies. Seascapes, flowers, children, landscapes, all claim recognition. There are 135 exhibits, 102 from local cameras and the remainder from Victoria, being a loan display from the Pictorial Workers Society in the sister State. The judges of the South Australian section were Messrs. J. White (President of the Society of Arts), R. Fraser and L.S. Howie (Principal of the School of Arts), who made eulogistic references to the quality of the work submitted. A pleasing feature, particularly, was the rich promise revealed by students of less than 12 months experience and there is no doubt that some of the seniors will have to look to their laurels in the near future. The champion picture for 1922 is entitled "Nude" and is the work of that veteran prize winner, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. "Nude" is an outstanding and delicately treated study of an athletic figure bent in contemplation of the pool into which he is about to plunge. He stands upon a jutting rock-base and a strong background is formed of massed tree branches. The light rock, the depth of the thicket and shades on the water, from a harmony of tone and the composition is excellent. So satisfactory is the pose of the figure that one might be excused from overlooking the difficulties attendant upon the whole subject. The best 12 pictures have, with the champion, given Mr. Wilkinson a monopoly of seven in that class. There are "Mystic Morn" with the light filtering between the trees in Nature's benediction; "Sand Pine" an arresting example of the contour of those graceful trees; "String Bark Gums" a typical open-country view; "Close of Day" a nocturne with dreaming saplings close to a mystic pool; "Red Gum Glade" showing the rich colors on the boles of those trees; "The Wool Team", a magnificently selected subject in the Farina Gorges, detailing the track beside bare cliffs. Mrs E. Haslegrove, a promising photographer, is represented by "A Secluded Glade", a lovely little bit of a creek, fretting its zigzag course amid gum trees; Mr. E.H.G. Edwards's "The Silver Line" reveals a capital study of sea and beach; Mr. P.H. Williams has succeeded in the same class with "A Game with Puss", a happy subject of two children and their pet; Mr. M.G. Miller is represented by "Morning, River Torrens" with its romantic peep of water through the reeds; and Mr. G. Hutchinspn is another to be congratulated for his "A Distant Hill", which breathes the poetry of a quiet nook, where trees and hill guard a stream.

In the flower section, Mr. P.H. Williams has gained first honors, from five contestants, with an artistic arrangement of "Gum Blossom" in a vase, the light and shade being very fine. Mrs E. Haslegrove was a close runner-up with a spray of blackberries and gained second for a clever picture of the fruit and leaves. A bunch of roses, was also admired and proved to be the work of Mr. P.J. Williams. In the portrait class, there was not much display, but "Content" Mr. E. Haselgrove's portraiture, atoned for the sparsity by a memorable reproduction of a contemplative mother and babe.

To wander round the gallery was to see some captivating reproductions from Nature. Technical ability was evinced in unison with artistic feeling, so that it was sometimes difficult to separate the products of mature and new members. For instance, Mrs E. Haselgrove was further in evidence, apart from her prize work. "Brown Hill Creek", by Mr. G.W. Morey, showed a real bit of Australian scenery, with gums shading a sylvan track. Mr. M.G. Miller showed distinctive promise with "The Park Gates" at the familiar Botanic Gardens entrance. Mr. C.N. Tomlinson's "The Breaker" was capitally executed, the camera having being operated at the psychic moment that the wave was breaking in the surf. "A Corner in St. Peter's Cathedral" belied Mr. J. McKenzie's claim to be called a beginner, for that interior study was excellent. "A Gleam of Silver" (pine trees fringing a stream) was another creditable picture and he even achieved greater things with "Folded Wings", a boat with sails furled. "Stradbrook Park" was a discerning choice of trees and scrub by Mr. P.H. Williams; and one might go on at great length describing the pictures of all grades. Mr. Wilkinson's novel effort in connection with star thistles, "We Hold Our Heads in Defiance Still" was also a notable piece of composition and full of dignity.

In the Victorian display, many subjects were represented, including Egyptian pictures taken by Mr. O.H. Coulson. Others represented on this southern wall were; Messrs. J. Eaton, W. Page, Hammond, H. McRindle and W. Howieson. The exhibition will remain open every day and evening until 11th October.




Thursday 5th October 1922  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OPENED
The tenth annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club (which was fully described in The Register of Wednesday morning) was formally opened to the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery terrace, Adelaide, by the President of the Pubic Library, Museum and Art Gallery (Sir William Sowden) on Wednesday evening. There was a good attendance. In introducing the chief speaker, the President of the Club (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett said Sir William was well known in connection with artistic work, whether in color or photography. Photography had made such strides in recent years that it had been regarded as worthy of special encouragement by the Public Library Board, who proposed to establish a section for the display of selected examples of photographic art.

Sir William Sowden, in declaring the exhibition open, said that after having examined the pictures on the walls, it would almost be better to let them speak for themselves, as they could with distinction. He wanted to say, however, that the authorities who had charge of the national art collections on behalf of the Government hoped to secure in the course of years, many fine specimens from the camera clubs in all parts of Australia. South Australia had led in the photographic revival in Australia generally. He would, however, have liked to see pictures of Australian animals among the collection exhibited that night. He realized the difficulties of obtaining such pictures in natural surroundings; but it was a pity that in most Australian art collections in all mediums there was so little that was characteristically Australian. Regarding the establishment of a photographic section in connection with the Art Gallery, the South Australian Public Library Board were the first to take such a step and in spite of precedent and prejudice. In connection with the movement it had been suggested that the board should — for the sake of encouraging and setting a standard in photographic art — award a gold medal each year for the best specimen in the opinion of the judges. If that were done photographs which would be given special attention, would doubtless be those with distinct suggestions of Australian subjects and conditions.

PIONEER PHOTOGRAPHS
Continuing, Sir William said that it was proposed to select on the following day pictures which would be the pioneer exhibits in the national section of photographic art. The Public Library Board in this State were the first to break down the old prejudice against the photographic artist. He remembered the time when it would have been unthinkable to suggest the inclusion of photographs — as works of art and not merely of record — in any national art gallery. Indeed, it would be inconceivable today but for the improvement which had been shown in art processes and in the class of men who devoted themselves to photography for the love of it. It would be impossible now — the standard having advanced so satisfactorily — for any photographer who was not an artist to find a place on the wall of the Camera Club at such an exhibition as the present. The 1922 exhibition had been so good and of such a high quality all round, that the judges had experienced a great deal of difficulty in arriving at their decisions. In view of the fact that the Public Library Board intended to form its photographic section, not only for South Australian, but also for productions in all the States of Australia, he suggested that the Camera Club should follow the example of the Society of Arts by having a Federal exhibition. That would have a fine educational effect. This year only Victoria, outside of South Australia, was represented. In conclusion, he declared the exhibition open and wished it every success, which on its manifest merits it deserved.

Mr. Van der Velden, a prominent photographic-art authority in Sydney, said that he had been deeply impressed by the high quality of the exhibition and after viewing it he did not wonder that exhibitors like Mr. Wilkinson and Mr. Williams had won such widespread fame for their skill. Mr. Wilkinson, in particular, had gained distinctions in America as well as in England. The Camera Club had done a great deal for the benefit of its members and the advancement of art study in this State; and, considering the substantial assistance which was rendered to it by the authorities, it was surprising to find that its membership was not at all adequate to the opportunities which it afforded to amateurs to improve the quality of their output. Reference had been made to the absence from this exhibition of pictures from New South Wales and it was to be regretted; but it was not due to any lack of appreciation, but simply to the fact that two other exhibitions in Sydney and one in London had exhausted the supply of suitable examples of the photographic art to give a fair representation in Adelaide. This omission, however, was not likely to recur. The action of the Public Library Board in adding a photographic section to its art treasures was a distinct step in advance and he hoped it would be followed by the authorities in the other States.




Thursday 5th October 1922  Page 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The tenth annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by Sir William Sowden (president of the Public Library Board on Wednesday evening at the Society of Arts Gallery, North-terrace. There was a good attendance and the exhibits which were described in "The Advertiser yesterday were greatly admired. In introducing Sir William Sowden, Mr. W.S. Sinnett (president of the club) said the photographic art had achieved such perfection during recent years that it had been worthy of notice by the Public Library Board, who proposed to set aside portion of the Art Gallery for an exhibition of photography. Sir william Sowden, in declaring the exhibition open, said South Australia had led in the photographic revival in Australia. Regarding the formation of a photographic section in connection with the Art galleries this State had been the first to move in the matter. So that a high standard of work should be maintained it had been suggested that the board should give a gold medal for the best specimen each year. He had pleasure in declaring the exhibition open and wished it every success. Mr. van der Velden (of the Photographic Society of New South Wales) congratulated the Adelaide Camera Club on the excellent exhibition and in explaining the absence of exhibits from Sydney, said in Sydney they were preparing for two exhibitions to be held shortly and had sent work to the London Salon. Next year, however he felt sure there would be a representative collection from Sydney at the Adelaide exhibition.



Saturday 7th October 1922  Page 7 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

THE MAGIC LENS
PHOTOGRAPHS THAT ARE PICTURES
CAMERA CLUB'S FINE DISPLAY

From the point of view of public appreciation of the recent advance in the art of photography nothing could have been happier than the close approximation between the exhibition recently arranged by the enterprising Kodak Company and that organized during the past week by the Adelaide Camera Club. In the first, representative instances of the finest workmanship of American photographers indicated the methods and achievements of the world's most progressive camera men. The second showed the resourcefulness and artistic conception of local enthusiasts. Certainly the first concerned itself predominately with portraiture, a department in which the exhibition on North terrace interests itself only to the extent of a few isolated child studies; but in essentials the same factors in it are seen at work, although using means less specialized to attain similar ends.

The result is a display, to the unsophisticated appreciator of photography, altogether charming and surprising — charming by reason of the variety and composition of subject matter, surprising on account of the resourcefulness and imaginativeness of the results attained. It is a moot point whether photography to deserve the name should limit itself to permanent reproduction on sensitized paper of effects true to the life of the moment or whether in the exercise of the art the operator is at liberty to bring other elements into play which, skilfully coordinated, may evolve the customary photographic base into an artistic result as romantic and impressionistic as is to be met with in the products of the painters craft.

So long as his work conforms to the appearance of Nature and in his final presentation he does not by artificial means secure effects false alike to probability or practicability, there is no reason why the photographer should labor under slavish limitations unjustified by any of the canons of art. The richer in conception and expression his work the greater his credit and the more distinguished his occupation. A photograph is always a photograph however close be the similarity of its elaborated form to that of the aquatint or mezzotint, etching or engraving, in which the element of human creativeness is so much more exacting.

Visitors unacquainted with the processes by which modern photography expresses itself will be incredulous that such results as those in the specimens sent on loan by the Victorian Pictorial Workers Society can be derived solely from the operation of a shutter and from subsequent development. Their unbelief has sound justification. The very name "pictorial workers" indicates the enlarged conception entertained by present day photographers as to the requirements and possibilities of their art. There is not a diffusion lens in the possession of any member of the Adelaide Camera Club, but wonders are achieved through the skillful use of chiffon in softening and rounding off outlines without any loss of essential definition. The cream base of bromide paper provides its own fullness of atmospheric content and when such things as the bleaching and redevelopment of initial prints to heighten the natural contrast between light and shade are possible, quite apart from gradation in actual negative development and technical treatment to acquire the desired subtlety of tone, it is understandable that pictures rather than photographs should result, some of them possessed of the almost needle precision of an etching, others of the profundity of a rich engraving.

The exhibition now on view in the Society of Arts Gallery worthily reflects the ingenuity and the ideals of present day photography and may truthfully be reckoned as marking in its general features an advance in the life of the club's consistently progressive attainment. In landscape and in tree and plant studies of natural life it is notable.

Attention naturally centers upon the twelve pictures considered by. Messrs. John White, L.H. Howie and K. Fraser to be the outstanding photographs of the display. Opinion will be general that there are pictures outside of the selection more fitted for inclusion than several of those favored by the judges, who must be considered to have been animated by the quite desirable purpose of making the group as far as permissible representative. That master photographer Mr. Alfred Wilkinson is responsible for more than half of the number and of his seven one is champion and two others are runners up. Mrs E. Haselgrove secures distinction with an attractive rural panel, "A Secluded Glade" and Mr. E.H.G. Edwards with his moonlit seascape, "Silver Line". P.H. Williams, who elsewhere has a romantically treated grouping of gum saplings and a brilliantly clever study of light on flowers and vase, finds his place in the chosen 12 with a domestic subject, "A Game With Puss", distinctive in turn for the even swim of the light playing upon its well arranged subject matter.

The champion picture, that of a nude athlete poised on the sunlit rock of a shadowed river pool, whilst an effective instance of tonal gradation and distribution of light ably taken advantage of, is not convincing. No healthy swimmer clasps his knee meditatively in such fashion unless frankly statuesque and in any case the picture leaves the impression that if by any chance the unattired one were to awaken to the reality of his surroundings and to dive in his head would come into salutary contact, with a shallow bottom or with hidden stones. Mr. Wilkinson has a fine companion picture in "The Wool Team" and a wonderful "photograph" in his magnificently treated "Red Gums" hung in the main body of the exhibition. Two other pictures contributing to the picked 12 are Mr. M.G. Miller's "Morning, River Torrens" and Mr. G. Hutchinson's, "A Distant Hill". The former is an artistic presentation of trees standing clearly in relief against a background of thinning mist; the latter the reproduction of a tree fringed river bed with distant mountain outline is excellent as regards composition, but in printing is flat almost to dirtiness. The one other picture which Mr. Hutchinson shows, that of a modern Crusoe looking oceanwards from a familiar beach, suffers from the same defect. Nevertheless from this exhibitor big work should be looked for next year.

The exhibitor of "A Corner of St. Peters", Mr. J. McKenzie, is another photographer whose work is full of promise. He shows marked originality in his "Folded Wings", a trophy of the Outer Harbour and on another wall indicates his preference for bare outlines in the stripped willows of his "Rippling Brook". Mr. R.C. Edwards ambitious picture of "Torrens Gorge" is beautiful for the flood of soft light suffusing the curved slopes of its precipitous hills. The same artist has a bold picture of the Port, "Shipping". Another arresting shipping subject is Mr. M.G. Miller's "Beached", in which an extraordinary chance grouping of craft presenting variously shaped prows at different angles has been finely availed of. Mr. E. Haselgrove has a charming portrait of his wife and child in "Content" and in other directions shows true photographic instinct in his "Peaceful Ambleside".

There are two pictures of "Evening Glow" in the exhibition. The one is that in which in his picture of Flinders Range Mr. Wilkinson conveys the unmistakable impression of sundown. The other, that by Mrs Haselgrove, whilst being a most satisfying rural study, is more suggestive of the freshness of growing dawn. A further sunny picture is that by Mrs M.A. Briggs, happy in its subject but unnecessarily obscure. Mr. L.W. Busby's gum picture, "Sunshine and Shadow", is a thoroughly pleasant one, well companioned by his equally satisfactory "Glory of the Morn". Other photographs well worthy of detailed inspection are Mr. G.W. Morey's "Brownhill Creek", a clever treatment of light and shade and the same exhibitor's "Lane at Mount Lofty", hot and sandy. Mr. D. Williams secures striking results in the black and white of his "Gathering Storm" and in his "Evening at Glenelg" again displays marked individuality. Mr. E.H.G. Edwards, distinguished by his inclusion in the 'best twelve', has a further straight forward picture of Torrens Lake, full of pleasing harmonies and his "Near Morialta" would please the most legitimate artist by reason of its drawing qualities.

The arrangement of the exhibition, indicating the judicious capacity of the president and Hon.Secretary of the club (Messrs. W. Sinnett and R.C. Edwardes) and their fellow members of the executive, is made the more agreeable to the visitor by the separate grouping of the champion pictures of previous exhibitions and that of the Victorian loan exhibit. The line of champions from 1913 to 1921 presents an imposing sequence of consistent excellence, in which no picture excels that of "The Cathedral Font", shown by Mr. Wilkinson in 1914 and unsurpassed by any individual picture of the present exhibition.

The loan pictures of Messrs. O.H. Wilson, John Heaton, W. Page Hammond, H. McCrindle and W. Howieson constitute a criterion in comparison with which much of the local work is manifestly shown to be of a high standard and at the same time afford an ideal that younger members of the society can work towards.


The exhibition, which remains on view until Wednesday next, will be specially open to the public on Sunday afternoon.



Saturday 7th October 1922  Page 12 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHY AND ART
From NORMAN A. LEES

I heard with pleasure Sir William Sowden's statement at the opening of the Adelaide Camera Club exhibition on Wednesday that it was the intention of the Governors of the Art Gallery to purchase some of the exhibits for the establishment of a new section in the Art Gallery, which I understand is to be devoted to photographic art. In doing so it is to be sincerely hoped that the purchasing authorities will choose pictures which are truly representative of photographic art and not those which are a combination of the work of the camera, crayon, paint and pencil. At the exhibition I was surprised to find that nearly all of the prints selected by the judges were anything but representative of the work of the camera alone, inasmuch as handwork had been used to give the artistic effect which the photographer had failed to secure by photo-mechanical means. The retouching of a negative can not be objected to, as surface errors on a plate, must be corrected, but when the resulting print is "doctored" and "faked" with, pencil, crayon, or brush, the resulting picture is mainly the work of the artist, as such and not of the photographer. Hence it becomes a hybrid — neither, truly a photograph, drawing, or painting. This is not only unfair to zealous photographers, but also prevents the real, camera artist who does not possess real drawing or painting skill having a chance of successfully, competing in such exhibitions. Due to these facts not having been taken into consideration many fine examples of photography were overlooked by the judges at the exhibition and it is to be hoped that the section in the Art Gallery will be entirely devoid of specimens that palpably exhibit the retouching of the print in an effort to make a picture rather than a truly artistic photograph. The camera, properly handled, needs no such assistance to produce artistic photography.



Wednesday 11th October 1922  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHS FOR THE ART GALLERY
The Board of Governors of the Art Gallery has purchased for the photographic art section which is to be established the following pictures, shown at the Adelaide Camera Club Exhibition: "Morning Mist at Blackwood", by M.G. Miller; "Mystic Morn", by A. Wilkinson; "The Wool Team", by A. Wilkinson.



Wednesday 11th October 1922  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES, 1922

INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH TERRACE

Last Day of Exhibition

Open 12 to 5pm




Saturday 14th October 1922  Page 7 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA PORTRAITURE
REMBRANDT STUDIO EXHIBITION

There is a boom in things photographic. Recent exhibitions have drawn the attention of the public to the marked advance made and the high standard attained in the use of the camera and the after treatment of the film and print. The subtle beauty of changing light and the tonal gradations of blending color are captured and reproduced by enhancing artistry in ways that make of the framed results pictures which beautify the home alongside any form of art's expression. Particularly is this the case in regard to portraiture which in the hands of the inspired photographic artist of the present period has been elevated to a high and exacting level of truthful beauty.

The Camera Club's Exhibition was in essence a demonstration of the photographic equivalent of landscape water color. The Kodak Company's display showed chiefly the wonderful achievements of American photographers in the field of portrait-making and the almost equal success of Sydney men. It remains for Mr. S. Witherington Stump to demonstrate in artistic compactness the standard of finished work which is being accomplished in an Adelaide studio at the present time.

The "Rembrandt" Exhibition, which opens on Monday, will be found interesting and attractive in varied ways. First and foremost a glance over the thoughtfully covered walls suggests the sensitivity of the combination of observation and intuition going to the determination of the look, the poise, the totality of effect desired. In ways undreamt of when photography satisfied itself with the silhouette and the daguerrotype, the modern portrait photographer must be a psychologist. By the token of his handiwork Mr. Stump is the artist psychologist skilled in obtaining not only from but for his patron subjects the repose and expressiveness which allow of the recording not of likeness studies but in perfect naturalness the best of all themselves. Next is evident an unusual amount of concentration upon a harmonious background setting to the lifelike appearing. Mostly this is composed of a continuation, heightened or deepened, of the tonal coloring adopted for the treatment of the whole; occasionally by the faint suggestion of an out looming arch or other beginnings of the material accompaniment to the spirit and import of more definite pose, more determined environment is given to arresting figure posture consciously representing some dramatic mood.

Finally there is unescapably noticeable a fastidiousness amounting to artist's love of his perfected craft in the work bestowed upon the finished print. Every beauty of enveloping and truant light, every filminess and softness of apparel texture, every delicacy of tone and shading that makes the portrait individual and personal is livingly reproduced. Visitors to the exhibition during the coming week will see admirable portraits of leading public men. The Premier (Sir Henry Barwell) and the Leader of the Opposition (Mr. J. Gunn), together with such legal luminaries as Mr. Justice Poole, Mr. Justice Parsons. Dr Richards, K.C., Mr. F.V. Smith, K.C. and Mr. E.B. Grundy, K.C., are to be seen, in company with the benevolence of Dr. Bevan and the wisdom of Professor Chapman. Stage favorites such as Vera Pearce, Dorothy Brunton, Cecil Bradley, Minnie Love and Trilby Clarke have been enabled to realize their desire of securing self portraits of natural womanhood apart from theatrical exaggeration. Women prominent in Adelaide's social life and cultural and philanthropic activity appear to unite in selecting the Rembrandt Studio as a dependable source of truthful photography, showing them at their best without the aid of artificiality or affectation. Strikingly dignified portraits of Lady Stirling, Mrs Ronald Angus, Mrs A.C. Cumling and Dr. Helen Mayo are prominent, among a gallery of likenesses in which those of Miss Evelyn Hyland, Miss Molly McFarlane, Miss M. Sweetapple, Miss Badenoch, Miss Phyllis Bray, Miss Joan Cutten and Miss J. Mitchell are especially happy. Pictures of childhood constitute a feature of the exhibition absorbing in itself; a photograph of Mrs C. John's growing son reaching a standard equal photographically to that attained by the greatest of painters of child studies in oils.

Tinted prints are displayed all but indistinguishable in the delicacy of their color blending from actual paintings and by diffusion methods and judicious selection of the tonal possibilities of red chalk or more accommodating black and white results are secured, each and all on a uniform plane of artistry suited to the personality of the subject.

The exhibition is an effective local commentary upon the principles and ideals demonstrated and advocated at the recent larger and international display.




Tuesday 24th October 1922  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

There was a good attendance of members of the Adelaide Camera Club and the general public at the Institute Building on Monday night, when Mr. H. Van Raalte delivered an interesting address on "Ingredients of Photographic Pictures". Mr. W.S. Sinnett, president of the Camera Club, was in the chair.

Mr. Van Raalte said it would be necessary to show how photographers had in his opinion, failed, to a great extent in the recognition of the values of the ingredients of a picture. Technique and composition were so valuable that they were not likely to undervalue them. Other things, however, were so important that if they were in error the result could never be balanced by fine composition. Photography was a medium capable of composition, but it had its limits and the limits of a medium were one of the really important ingredients of a picture. The moment an artist attempted to express more than his medium was capable of conveying the result was failure. Photographers must learn the ingredients of their picture and study them as an artist in any medium had to study. The most important things for them were the relative values of light and shade, quality and texture, the limit of their medium and movement. They must consent to be students before they could expect any achievement in art. The camera was a wonderful machine, but no machine could supply the soul of a picture.

It was essential in either a landscape or interior that there should be a sense of movement, either actual or possible, conveyed in the picture. The feeling of rigidity so typical of photography was merely the result of lack of study on the part of the photographer. The limit of a medium was really an involved subject. Let them fake the relative values of light. Nature's scale in landscape, for instance, ranged from a light full black to something more intensely brilliant than the whitest production. They had only to look at black and white paper to realize that. In other artistic mediums they had to adjust their limits, cutting out some parts thereof in order to secure the contrasts which were more important than the real tone. There was a vast difference in the scale of nature and that afforded them by their medium. Quality and texture were difficult to handle in photography, which was inclined to overburden both with a mass of interfering detail. It was in the effort to broaden that one lost the true texture of the picture. The quality of the picture surface should be beautiful and interesting in itself, not monotonous, but full of variety as the composition itself. The painter, it must be remembered, loaded his lights, while keeping his shadows transparent. That was the general principle of change of quality. Photography, on the contrary, was equal all over. Where the etcher changed his cross hatchings in his dark effects and employed an enormous variety of lines to obtain the light ones, the photograph was still the same all over. The mechanical surface of a photograph was one of its limits. The things he had spoken of should all be interwoven in the picture. Each one was a means of expression and combined a further means for the man who had studied nature, as every student of art must do.

The lecture was illustrated by diagrams. Mr. Van Raalte was warmly thanked. An interesting discussion ensued.




Tuesday 24th October 1922  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

THE CAMERA'S ART
LECTURE by Mr. VAN RAALTE

In the Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday evening, Mr. H. Van Raalte, of the Adelaide Art Gallery, gave a talk to members of the Adelaide Camera Club. The President of the club (Mr. W.S. Sinnett) occupied the chair. Mr. Van Raalte absorbed the attention of his auditors for more than an hour. He said that in the old days artists found no art in photography and perhaps there was no art in it. Times had changed with a vengeance, but photographers had still much to learn. Some of them did little more than stick their heads beneath the dark cloth and press the bulb. Whether an artist was or was not born an artist, he had to learn and study. Each and every one started as a baby. Artists, whether they wielded the brush or drew a slide, must study Nature first of all and render her moods if they wanted to create pictures. Nature could not always be seen with the eyes. The characteristics of the operator must be considered and then the character of the subject. As an instance, painters showed running horses with their fore legs and their hind legs spread wide out. The camera caught the running horse with his legs doubled up beneath it. Which was right? He thought that while the camera was technically correct, yet from a human point of view it was wrong, as no human eye could catch the action of the horse with its fore and back toes touching one another. This declaration was received with laughter and applause by Mr. Van Raalte's audience. The speaker went on to say that composition was the foundation of photographic art. Study was the key word — the looking around from every point of view. He saw flat pictures of wedding groups and football teams, at which any one with a trace of an artistic soul should shudder. Nature should be studied, but how many photographers studied it? One fault, as he had already indicated, was the flatness of photography. It did not respond enough, or its operators did not study enough, the gradations of light and shade — the use of black. He was, however, convinced that both sides, with careful study, could give an intelligent version of the beauties of Nature. Mr. Van Raalte was heartily thanked for his discourse.

The officials of the Adelaide Camera Club are: President, Mr. W.S. Sinnett; Past President, Mr. A.E. Young; Vice President, Mr. M.G. Miller; Librarian, Mr. G.J. Clarke; Members Representative, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson and Hon.Secretary, Mr. R.C. Edwardes.




Wednesday 1st November 1922  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ALFRED WILKINSON
Notable distinctions, in addition to the many previously received, have been gained by Mr. A. Wilkinson, the well-known South Australian art photographer and ex-President of the Adelaide Camera Club, two of whose pictures were recently purchased by the Public Library Board a a nucleus of the first photographic section to be established in Australia as a supplement to a National Gallery. English newspapers report that Mr. Wilkinson has had hung in the gallery of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain two of his art works, "The Monarch of the Glen", and "Overlooking the Plain of Adelaide", both studies of Glen Osmond, as also is another, "The Quarry", which has been accepted by the London Salon of Photography as one of the 414 selected from more than 4,000 which had been sent in for competition.



15th November 1922  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 580

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The Tenth Annual Exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened on 4th October. In declaring the Exhibition open, Sir William Sowden, President of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery Board, said that those in charge of the National Art Collection on behalf of the Government hoped, in the course of years, to secure a selection of the best Australian art photographs from all the States to be permanently housed in the Adelaide Art Gallery.

The Public Library Board was the first to thus break down the old prejudice against photographic art. The speaker would like to have seen pictures of Australian animals among the exhibits. He realized the difficulty of obtaining such pictures in natural surroundings and considered it a pity that in most Australian art collections in all mediums, so few exhibits were characteristically Australian, The awarding of a gold medal each year by the Art Gallery Board was foreshadowed and the speaker said that if this came about it would be for art photographs of strictly Australian subjects.

Mr. W. van der Velden, as a representative visitor from New South Wales, being invited by the Chairman to speak, commended the Adelaide Camera Club for its holding up of a high photographic art standard and the unique position it occupied in relation to the Society of Arts. He also considered the action of the Art Gallery Board as being on the crest of the wave of progress and explained the absence of exhibits from New South Wales by the fact that pictorialists had sent away all available pictures to The Salon, London and to their own show being held at Sydney almost simultaneously.

There were 135 pictures cataloged, which, together with the Champion pictures of previous nine years, made exactly 144 exhibits passed by the Hanging Committee. The show contained a fine representative exhibit by the pictorial workers of Victoria.

The close association existing between the Adelaide Society of Arts and the Camera Club was shown by the meeting of the two Societies in the Exhibition Hall on the evening prior to the opening of the show. On this occasion Mr. H. van Raalte, Director of the South Australian Art Gallery, delivered an address on Composition, in which he combined an analysis of the subject with useful instruction to both artist and photographer, concluding by a constructive criticism of individual exhibits to emphasize the points of his discourse. The fact that artists and photographers could thus meet in harmony and in mutual appreciation deserves more than passing notice.

On making their official inspection of the exhibition, the Art Gallery Trustees purchased three of the exhibits to form the nucleus of the new photographic art collection and Messrs. A. Wilkinson and M.G. Miller are to be congratulated on the honor of being first in the field to be represented in a National Art Collection. "Mystic Morn" and "The Wool Team" represent Mr. Wilkinson; "Morning Mist, Blackwood", being the picture selected from Mr. Miller's exhibits.




PROMINENT CONTEMPORARY LADY PHOTOGRAPHER


ESTHER (LEGOE) BAYLIS

24th May 1898 - 1960


Esther (Legoe) Baylis was one of the first woman architecture students at the School of Mines in South Australia but did not qualify, believing there was no future career for her as an architect. She made her mark instead with photographs in which she explored the lines and shadows created by the built environment.

Esther (Legoe) Baylis grew up in a wealthy family in Adelaide where girls were not encouraged "to do anything but go to parties". From an early age she was interested in photography and in painting; as a career she wanted to be an interior decorator, considered a male profession in early 20th-century Adelaide. Instead she enrolled in Architecture at the School of Mines, though she was the only woman student.

She turned to architectural photography. In 1923 she spent the £100 she had won in Australasian Photo-Review Kodak magazine competitions on a new camera while on her first trip to England. She had the family cellar converted to a dark room and took private lessons from the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society.



Esther (Legoe) Baylis exhibited frequently in photographic exhibitions winning medals in a 1925 "All Australian Exhibition" in her home state. She was attracted to working in the pictorial style, being particularly interested in the lines and shadows of buildings in her photographs. The Art Gallery of South Australia was possibly the first Australian public gallery to buy art photographs, including those of Esther (Legoe) Baylis, in 1926 partly due to its adviser John Kauffmann a Pictorialist photographer.

Esther (Legoe) Baylis was one of many very good contemporary woman photographers at the time in South Australia. One quarter of the record 85 entries in the pictorial section of the 1923 Adelaide Camera Club exhibition were submitted by women. In 1928 though Esther (Legoe) Baylis was the only woman exhibitor in the more conservative Adelaide Photographic Society, where most of her fourteen or fifteen exhibited prints sold for between £1.15.0 and 2 guineas each, in an exhibition of 135 entries.

She described herself as an "amateur photographer, would-be artist", writing in 1985 that the important thing is the know-how to compose a picture and one must see the picture at a glance in one’s mind for it to succeed. Esther (Legoe) Baylis’s photographs are now in the collections of the National Art Gallery in Canberra as well the South Australian Art Gallery in Adelaide.


For more information  ESTHER (LEGOE) BAYLIS



PROMINENT CONTEMPORARY LADY PHOTOGRAPHER


ESTHER LENN (LEGOE) BAYLIS

24th May 1898 - 1960


Esther Legoe was the first woman to study an architectural course in South Australia although she did not practice as an architect, instead becoming a noted photographer.

Esther Lenn Legoe was the daughter of businessman and grazier Glen Legoe and his wife Jessie (nee Dean) and had a brother, Richard and a sister, Nancy. She was born at Largs Bay on 24th May 1989. As a girl Esther was a keen photographer and painter and began taking photos with a Box Brownie gift aged 12, (DAAO) converting a cellar of her home into a darkroom and studio. The Legoe home was "Trefresa", at 16 Victoria Avenue, Unley Park, which had significant alterations and additions in the Arts and Crafts style designed by Louis Laybourne Smith of Woods, Bagot, Jory and Laybourne Smith, in 1919, a watercolor of which by Arthur d’Auvergne Boxall (1895-1944) is held in the Gavin Walkley collection of the Architecture Museum, University of South Australia.

Esther had been schooled as a boarder at the Church of England Girls Grammar School at Geelong, Victoria and when she returned to South Australia to embark on an architectural course she was the first woman to do so. She recalled in a letter to Gavin Walkley that "when I was 17 years old – wanting really to be an interior decorator. Architecture was the nearest thing". Much of her story has been compiled using letters she wrote to former lecturers at the South Australian School of Mines and Industries (now University of South Australia), Louis Laybourne Smith and Gavin Walkley and held in the Architecture Museum at the same institution.

Esther Legoe attended the South Australian School of Mines and Industries from 1917 to about 1921. She had almost completed the course, with only two more exams to undertake when she gave up, mistakenly believing women would never be admitted to the Institute of Architects. Esther Legoe began her architectural training when she turned 18 years old, beginning her articles with Woods, Bagot, Jory and Laybourne Smith after filling in time after leaving school with watercolor lessons with Gwen Barringer and modeling at the School of Mines and Industries and English and Geology lectures at the University of Adelaide.

Louis Laybourne Smith, with the aid of Walter Bagot had founded the Architectural Department at the School of Mines and Industries in 1906. Later, in the 1910s, the School of Mines and Industries and the University of Adelaide agreed to offer a combined four-year course leading to a joint award of Fellowship of the School of Mines and University Diploma in Applied Science in Architectural Engineering. This is the course Esther Legoe enrolled in. Esther recalls attending: "I went to Physics lectures at the University given by Prof. Kerr Grant, first year Maths at the University, Architectural History lectures given by Walter Bagot (quite my favorite subject), all those drawing subjects given by Mr. Pavia at the School of Mines and lots of lectures by Louis Laybourne Smith. I attended all the lectures from the office and looked in the shop windows as I walked en route along Rundle Street!!" Esther recalled, "My chief memory of Louis Laybourne Smith is one of kindness. One dark winter’s night I left the School of Mines after a lecture and running across North terrace was knocked over by a bicycle! Mr. Laybourne Smith coming along, I think on his motorcycle, picked me up and guided me – still seeing stars – to the oncoming tram bound for Unley Park. I used to enjoy Mr. Laybourne Smith’s lectures. He sometimes wore a bow tie".

In 1917 Esther was "the most successful student in the department" (School of Mines and Industries 1917: 32). It was reported in the Royal Australian Institute of Architects Architecture magazine on 20 November 1918 that "The Council awarded the annual book prize, value £3, for the best student in the Architectural Course, to Miss Esther Legoe". Esther recalled, in a letter to Gavin Walkley, that she "topped the classes and won a scholarship … with which I bought two lovely books, Lutyens English Houses and another one of Italian Gardens. D’Auvergne Boxall, made a very attractive plate which he stuck in the Lutyens book". The full titles are E.L. Lutyens, 1914, Houses and Gardens, published by Country Life and E.March Phillipps, 1919, The Gardens of Italy, published by Country Life, these copies are held at the University of South Australia Library in the Gavin Walkley Special Collection.

While she studied Architecture Esther was also an articled pupil in the office of Woods Bagot Jory and Laybourne Smith, who in a letter to her father expressed the partners "entire satisfaction" that she did "better than we expected" and had an "excellent attitude towards the routine of the office". However in a draft of a letter regarding Miss Legoe, Laybourne Smith wrote of his concern that “she must be prepared to meet the various grades of people employed in the Building Trades to face any slight disabilities attendant on inspection of works such as mounting scaffolds”, there he trailed off and the draft of the letter was left unfinished. (Laybourne Smith to Glen Legoe Esq., 7th June 1917).

Esther Legoe noted on the reverse of a watercolor sketch of an office interior made in about 1917-1919 that it was "A sketch by d’Auvergne Boxall of part of Woods Bagot Jory and Laybourne Smith’s office in the Steamship Buildings. Mr. Harris leaning on his drawing board – strong room on right. My board in foreground and Boxall’s is behind where he sketched this!" (D’Auvergne Boxall, c.1918). The Steamship Buildings were on Currie Street, Adelaide and are now demolished. Esther Legoe remained working in the office for four and a half years before leaving the profession having "heard rumours" that women would never be admitted to the Institute of Architects.

In 1923 Esther began to pursue "an interest in artistic photography as a serious amateur" and was a member of the Adelaide Photographic Society exhibiting in group exhibition in 1928. Her talent was such that her photographs Esther was the first female photographer represented in an Australian public collection at the Art Gallery of South Australia. Recently her photographs were included in a significant exhibition of South Australian photographers in 2007 at the Art Gallery of South Australia. Curator of the exhibition, Julie Robinson, noted in "A century in focus: South Australian Photographers 1840s - 1940s", that her works "reveal her love of architecture, gardens and travel" (2007, p.158). Later, her love of painting took over from photography and she was a member of a women’s art group called "The Gropers" (DAAO).

Esther married Denis Gordon Baylis (1901-1973) in the mid-1920s and they lived at Binnum in the southeast of South Australia and later, possibly from 1958 they lived at Kongbool, Balmoral, Victoria. They had two sons. Esther passed away in 1960 and is buried with her husband at the Municipal Cemetery at Drysdale, Victoria.


Citation details JULIE COLLINS, "Legoe, Esther Lenn", Architecture Museum, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA, 2013, Architects of South Australia




Wednesday 14th February 1923
Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening, at the Institute, North terrace, Adelaide. An interesting demonstration was given by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, who clearly explained "uranium toning" and its value for obtaining an excellent tone in a "foxy" bromide print. After having described the process, Mr. Wilkinson gave the formulae for preparing the toning solutions. Both black, white and sepia prints were then treated, showed marked improvement upon the original, having acquired a rich sepia tone. The process gave a bright tone to the poor prints submitted for treatment, but good prints so toned would yield results ranging from warm black to chalk red. At the instance of Mr. J. McKenzie, Mr. Wilkinson was heartily thanked for his address. The Chairman (Mr. Miller), then judged prints, submitted by members, competing for a prize awarded by Mr. D. Williams for the best photograph of a group taken at the last club outing at Morialta. Mr. McKenzie was declared the winner.



Wednesday 14th March 1923
Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 13 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


Mr. VAN RAALTE ON COMPOSITION
Composition was the subject of an interesting and highly educational chat given by Mr. H. van Raalte, of the Adelaide Art Gallery, to members of the Adelaide Camera Club on Monday evening. There was a large attendance. Mr. van Raalte, in dealing with the composition of a photographic picture, laid stress on the fact that it was a common fault among photographers to rely on purely mechanical means for obtaining a picture. Composition, light and shade should be carefully studied by the camera operator before making the exposure. Bad composition, however effectively rendered mechanically, was always a source of distraction and a fault which could not deceive the artistic eye. Mr. van Raalte spoke at length on the difficulties under which the artist worked in comparison with the photographer and also mentioned the advantages which the photographer had over the artist. Composition, he said, was, above all, the making of the picture. Without it no coloring from the artist or toning by the photographer could ever compensate for lack of balance. Photography had a great future, provided, of course, that it was studied from the artistic point of view. He regarded photography as an art, for the reason that to be proficient in it the student had to study nature as the eye sees it. Composition, light and shade and color value had all to be reckoned with in the production of a photographic picture that could be classed as an artistic production. Mr. van Raalte, who was accompanied by Mrs van Raalte, was heartily, thanked for his kindness in giving an evening so full of interest and of such value to the student of composition. He was also thanked for the very great help that he had given to the Adelaide Camera Club since his arrival in this State. His lectures and advice, it was stated, had proved invaluable.



Wednesday 11th April 1923  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, last Monday. There was a good attendance of members, Mr. J. Holden, an old and experienced member of the club, gave an interesting and instructive demonstration of the process of "cloud printing" by the wet method. Mr. Holden prefaced his demonstration with an outline of the process. He said that a bromide print was either by contact or projection of the landscape portion of the picture which was to have clouds printed in. That was fully developed in a very dilute solution of developer; the paper was then replaced in the printing frame or on the enlarging easel behind the cloud negative, which was to be printed in the white sky of the landscape print. The paper was then replaced in the developer which only acted on the clouds. As the other portion of the print had been developed to the utmost they would not darken. Also, it was seen that the already developed parts acted as a mask to cover the portion of the print which had no clouds printed on it. The disability of reprinting by contact on to a wet paper was overcome by inserting a piece of thin gelatine between it and the negative after the paper had been surface dried with blotting paper. Several prints were then made by the demonstrator. Mr. Holden was thanked for his demonstration.



Thursday 12th April 1923  Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Buildings, North-terrace on Monday last. There was a good attendance on Monday last. There was a good attendance of members. Mr. J. Holden, an old and experienced member of the club, gave an interesting and instructive demonstration of the process of “cloud printing" by the wet method. Mr. Holden prefaced his demonstration with an outline of the process. A bromide print, he said, was made either by contact or projection of the landscape portion of the picture, which was to have clouds printed in: this was fully developed in a very dilute solution of developer. The paper was then replaced in the printing frame or on the enlarging easel behind the cloud negative, which was to be printed in the white sky of the landscape print. The paper was then replaced in the developer which only worked on the clouds, as the other portions of the print had been developed to the utmost, they would not darken. It was also seen that the already developed parts acted as a mask to cover the portion of the print which had no clouds printed on it. The disability of reprinting by contact on to a wet paper was overcome by inserting a piece of thin gelatine between it and the negative after the paper had been surface dried with blotting paper. Several prints were then made by the demonstrator and judging from them this process should commend itself to those whose negatives print unnaturally white skies. At the instance of Mr. McKenie, Mr. Holden was thanked for his demonstration. Reference was made by the president (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett) to the forthcoming outing to Horsnell Gully on April 14.



Wednesday 16th May 1923  Page 12 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Monday. Mr. P.H. Williams gave a lantern evening. Mr. Williams said the greatest test of a negative was a lantern slide, which, owing to its fragile emulsion, did not allow any retouching. It was shown by the speaker that clouds might be printed into a slide by printing them on a separate plate and using it as a cover glass. Mr. Williams then projected numerous fine slides on the screen, showing pictures with and without the "cloud" cover-glass; also slides of members who had made them for the occasion. Following upon a house exhibition last Saturday, the Judges, Messrs. Holden, Miller and P.J. Williams, gave helpful criticism of the prints exhibited. In their opinion, Miss Jenkins's picture of an old barn was the best of the open section and Miss Holden's picture of the Women's Memorial was first in the set subject, with Mr. G.T. Clarke's picture of the same subject second. Miss Holden was presented with the prize awarded by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson for the best picture of the Cross and Mr. Clarke received Mr. Hutchinson's award for the best rendering of the same subject by a member of less than 12 months standing. The President (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett), who made the presentations, referred to the outing to be held at Belair on Saturday.



Wednesday 13th June 1923
Page 5 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 12 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The Adelaide Camera Club members met in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Monday evening, when Mr. M.G. Miller (Vice-president), gave an instructive demonstration on 'Intensification and reduction.' Before the subject was discussed, the President (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett) and the Hon.Secretary (Mr. C. Edwards) referred to the great loss the club had sustained in the death of Mrs L.H. Gordon. The President alluded to the newly-formed 'beginners' section, which is intended to give instruction in elementary principles to new members. Mr. Miller then addressing the gathering on the subject indicated, said the statement that 'the best way to improve a bad negative was to take another', could not always be applied, owing to variation of lighting and alteration of composition of the subject. Intensification could be looked upon as a furtherance of the process of development, but it should not be relied upon by the photographer, when making an exposure. Intensification would only improve the density of an existing image on the plate and would not give detail which was invisible before treatment. A number of plates, which the demonstrator had prepared for experiment, were displayed. The plates were all alike and showed a series of five gradations varying from clear glass to black. Three of these were treated with the following intensifiers: Mercuric bromide, chromium and mercuric Iodide. A comparison, on completion of the process, showed that the first increased the contrast and the second and third built up the deposit evenly. The chromium and Mercurie Iodide formulae indicated two advantages over the Mercuric Bromide, in that they could be used after a few minutes washing of the negative and could be repeated. The mercuric bromide formula required the hypo to be entirely eliminated from the plate and could only be applied once. Plates were then treated with three reducers. The results noted were that Farmer's reducer removed fog and increased contrast by reducing the lighter parts of the negative, while ammonium persulphate reduced contrast by thinning down dense parts. A copper reducer was applied locally in prints for removing black spots. Mr. Miller stated that the processes he had demonstrated were typical of the many formulae which had been compounded for reducing and intensifying.



Monday 25th June 1923  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ART PHOTOGRAPHY
In view of the establishment by the Public Library Board of the nucleus of a photographic section, it is interesting to note that the judgment of the board in selecting the two first pictures from the art photographs by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, of Adelaide, has been confirmed by prominent art authorities in England. Mr. Wilkinson has received satisfaction of the acceptance by the Royal Photographic Society of London of two pictures, "Looking from Glen Osmond" and "The Monarch of the Glen". The London Salon of Photography has accepted. "The Quarry" and all the art photographs submitted to the colonial competition held in London once a year by him and he was awarded the bronze plaque. This is the fifth plaque which he has won, besides a silver plaque in the colonial competition.



Wednesday 27th June 1923  The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, last Monday. There was a good attendance of members, Mr. J. Holden, an old and experienced member of the club, gave an interesting and instructive demonstration of the process of 'cloud printing' by the wet method. Mr. Holden prefaced his demonstration with an outline of the process. He said that a bromide print was either by contact or projection of the landscape portion of the picture which was to have clouds printed in.

That was fully developed in a very dilute solution of developer; the paper was then replaced in the printing frame or on the enlarging easel behind the cloud negative, which was to be printed in the white sky of the landscape print. The paper was then replaced in the developer which only acted on the clouds. As the other portion of the print had been developed to the utmost they would not darken. Also it was seen that the already developed parts acted as a mask to cover the portion of the print which had no clouds printed on it.

The disability of reprinting by contact on to a wet paper was overcome by inserting a piece of thin gelatin between it and the negative after the paper had been surface dried with blotting paper. Several prints were then made by the demonstrator. Mr. Holden was thanked for his demonstration.




Wednesday 27th June 1923  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ART PHOTOGRAPHY
From R.C. Edwards, Hon.Secretary, Adelaide Camera Club: Having noticed the report on art photography in The Register of June 25, I would like to draw attention to the fact that at the exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, held during last October, the Public Library Board selected three picture from that exhibition for the photographic art section of the Art Gallery, which, some time ago, it was decided to establish.

The three pictures referred to were "Morning Mist at Blackwood" by Mr. M.G. Miller; "Mystic Morn" and the "Wool Team", by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson - which were the first three pictures selected by the board.

The report gives the impression that only two pictures were selected on the occasion when the board met at the exhibition with a view of making its first purchase of photographic art. "Morning Mist at Blackwood" was generally admitted as the finest work at that exhibition and it is a matter for regret that no mention was made of it or its author.




Mr. Alfred Wilkinson




Wednesday 11th July 1923  Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Building, North-terrace, on Monday. Since the last general meeting the first of a series of demonstrations to beginners was given by Mr. Hutchinson on "Developing Negatives". Mr. H. Horsnell gave an interesting talk on "Panochromatic Photography". He said there were three stages through which the photographer passed. First he used only the special rapid type of plate, then, desiring better color rendition, he turned to orthochromatic plates and finally the panchromatic, which rendered perfectly in monochrome all the colors of Nature. Panochromatic plates were used in all the best portrait studios of England and America and to a small extent locally, for on account of the correct gradation given, no retouching was necessary. The speaker exhibited several fine sets of photographs, showing comparison between pictures taken with ordinary orthochromatic and panchromatic plates. A set of photographs of distant landscapes showed the advantage of a "G" screen, which eliminated haze from the atmosphere and permitted the photography of objects 25 miles away when using only a small camera.



Wednesday 11th July 1923  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The members of the Adelaide Camera Club held their monthly meeting in the Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday evening. The President (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett) stated that during the past month the first of a series of demonstrations to beginners was given by Mr. G. Hutchinson, on Developing negatives. Mr. H. Horswell gave an address on Panchromatic photography. He said that there were three stages through which the photographer passed. At first he used ordinary plates, then orthochromatic and finally panchromatic. The last plate gave a perfect reproduction of Nature in monochrome. The advantages of panchromatic plates was portraiture, since the plate almost eliminated the necessity for retouching. Specimen plates were shown. On an ordinary plate, or a photograph of narcissi, the trumpet was almost black, number two plate showed a slight improvement (an orthochromatic plate having been employed), but number three showed a considerable improvement in the relative tones, having been taken on a panchromatic plate, with a K2 filter. The substitution of a K3 filter and a proportionate increase in exposure rendered the subject perfectly. A similar set of photographs of distant objects, made by rising a small camera, demonstrated the advantage of a Wratten G screen, which removed all haze from the landscape and rendered quite distinctly, objects 25 miles distant. Mr. Horswell concluded by urging photographers to take up panchromatic work. The monthly outing of the club will take place at Port Adelaide, on Saturday.



Thursday 16th August 1923
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The twenty-first annual meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held at the Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday evening. The Hon.Secretary's report stated that the club had made great strides during the year. Several innovations had been made with success and others were contemplated. The beginners section had proved highly successful and a program of lectures and demonstrations on photographic processes would be arranged for that section in the syllabus of the year. The treasurer's report showed that the financial position of the club was sound.

Election of officers: President, Mr. M.G. Miller; Vice-President, Mr. G. Hutchinson; Hon.Secretary, Mr. R.C. Edwardes; Hon.Treasurer and Assistant Hon.Secretary, Mr. G.T. Clarke; Librarians, Miss E.M. Jenkins and Miss Dorothy Barnes; Committeemen, Messrs. H.T. Holden and Stone. Preparations for the annual exhibition in October are well advanced.




Thursday 16th August 1923  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Mr. W.S. Sinnett has for two years been President of the Adelaide Camera Club. He retired at the twenty-first annual meeting and Mr. M.G. Miller was elected in his stead. Mr. G. Hutchinson said Mr. Sinnett had so successfully and impartially carried out his duties that he had won the full confidence of his fellow officers and members. That fact alone had played no small part in the loyalty of the executive, which had been pronounced during the period of Mr. Sinnett's occupancy of the chair.



Thursday 30th August 1923  Page 6 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

HELPING PHOTOGRAPHY
Semaphore Society's Work
INTERESTING HISTORY

Founded in 1908, the Semaphore Photographic Society has done much to advance amateur photography. Among the foundation members were Captain T. Creer, Messrs. H.H. Wright, John Smith, C. Mart, Rendall, J. Gill and R. Fraser (present president). The first president was Mr. Rendall, with Mr. C. Mart as Hon.Secretary and treasurer. From the beginning of the society and up till 1920 all meetings were held at Captain Creer's residence, Esplanade, Semaphore, in a large boardroom, which had formerly been used by the directors of the Adelaide Steamtug Company. The society grew rapidly to a membership total of 30. It became something more than a mutual improvement photographic society, with Captain Creer as "mine host". His happy and fine instructive social qualities proved captivating and contagious and so the society gradually assumed the sociable qualities of a club, plus its photographic aspect and training. For many years, managers of Messrs. Baker & Rouse (New Kodak Company), Harrington & Co. and S.P. Bond and Co., greatly assisted the society by providing competent demonstrations to the syllabus year after year. They are still assisting through members of their staffs.

VALUED MEMBERS
Mr. H. Wight, of Kodak, Limited, a foundation member, is still connected with the society and Mr. Sims, chief of the Kodak staff, noted for his kind courtesy and helpful spirit, is, as usual, one of the demonstrators for this year. Mr. S.P. Bond has ever been a sympathetic helper of the society. Several years ago, when he was the sole agent in Australia for the Paget color process by photography, he gave the society the very first demonstration of that wonderfully fine and comparatively simple system. Today, Mr. P.H. Williams, of S.P. Bond & Co. and one of Adelaide's most prominent and successful pictoralists, regularly and with untiring zeal and ability, contributes his quota to the year's instructional work. Messrs. Harrington & Co. are represented by Mr. H. Horsewill, a photographic worker of considerable versatility and an indefatigable worker and helper. He is also a member. During the 15 years of the club's existence there have been five presidents: Messrs. Rendall (three years), J. Gill (two years), J. Smith (two years), C.J. Caire (two years) and R. Fraser (seven years). During the years of the war this society did good work, in conjunction with the Y.M.C.A., in sending snapshots from home to a large number of Australian soldiers in France, Palestine and Gallipoli and was represented actively in the North Sea Fleet by Lieutenant D. Scratton (a society member) of H.M.S. Ganges. Lieutenant Scratton held a master's certificate in the mercantile marine, but responded to the call of duty, went into the fray and survived all its perils. He is a brainy man, a keen student and a thoughtful photographic worker and the society was sorry to lose him.

NUMEROUS EXHIBITIONS
The society has held several exhibitions of pictorial work, on each occasion winning public and press appreciation. It has, on a few occasions, exhibited specimens of its members work in Adelaide, in conjunction with the Adelaide Camera Club. Some of the members have won distinctions in Adelaide and London for pictorial work and one of the club's workers has recently been honored by the committee of the S.A. Art Gallery by the purchase of one of his pictures for the photographic section now being established. Time has wrought many changes in the personnel of the society. A few have gone out into the realm of the great unseen; others have been removed to Adelaide, or to other States by promotion; a few have wearied of the constant effort to excel without adequate results and have retired. Still, the society lives and is rejuvenated by new aspirants, male and female. The club holds out welcome hands to desirable applicants to join its membership. It always gives its best to assist members to a higher plane of technical and artistic skill and to teach them to see beauty everywhere, even in the common things of life.

The first Hon.Secretary of the society was Mr. C. Mart and since he vacated office those who have held the position are Messrs. Whitcombe, A. Upton, McIvor and R.C. Shinkfield (present Hon.Secretary). The next meeting is set down for 3rd September, when an exhibition of members own lantern slides will be screened. The meetings are held on the first Monday of each month in the Semaphore Masonic Hall. The society has its own photographic apparatus and enlarging lantern.




Tuesday 2nd October 1923  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened by Mrs G.H. Dean at the Society of Arts Gallery on Wednesday 3rd October, at 8pm.



Wednesday 3rd October 1923  Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION

The idea that in photography the operator had only to press the button and light and a few chemicals did the rest, was long ago exploded. With the camera, no less than with the brush or the pen, the question of balance, light, shade, inclusion or exclusion of detail must be brought into play. How far judgment can be carried, is proved by the rich tone effects secured in modern photography. The exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts rooms; North Terrace affords an excellent opportunity for studying all phases of lens work and it is particularly interesting to note how strongly each photographer's work is influenced by his or her individuality. The 1923 exhibition is the eleventh of the series and marks a distinct advance in quality and quantity. There are about 140 works cataloged. The Melbourne exhibits arrived too late for many of them to be included. The Adelaide Camera Club will this year make a special effort to induce beginners to join. It is interesting to note that the award for the best picture in the portraiture section fell to a new member, who had not before sent work to the exhibition. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. R.C. Edwardes) expressed gratification at the strikingly high-grade photography sent in. There is a marked note of originality both in the portraiture and the pictorial sections. One interesting point is a tendency to see the picturesque side of everyday life. Some street scenes have a charm all their own. Men at work, ordinary folk on their homeward way caught without any effort at posing, have been depicted picturesquely. Then the outdoor work in the country is also good. The cult of the gumtree is ever growing as it should be and various phases of Australian country are fittingly represented.

PORTRAITURE
The first section is devoted to portraiture. Here the chief award has been awarded to Mr. T.H. Stoward for a delightful child study called "Happyhood". The posing and expression are excellent, as also are the tone and general effect, which is at once rich and delightfully soft. This is the first time Mr. Stoward has sent anything in to the Camera Club exhibition. "Baffled" shows a small child trying to understand the working of a clock and the expression has been wonderfully well caught. "Danger Ahead", is another fine study, while in "The Elementary Stage" there is a happy contrast of old age and youth - a little girl showing her grandmother her kindergarten frame. Mr. Stoward seems to have a real gift for seizing the moment when his model is at the very best. His "Head of a Dog" in the pictorial section is remarkably natural. A fine piece of portraiture is a "Portrait of the late Gus A. Barnes", by Miss Dorothy Barnes. The character of the subject is finely brought out. "The Text" is a picture of a girl with flowing hair leaning over a Bible the subject being reflected in a polished table. This is by Mr. J.C. Stone, who also shows another study of a girl entitled "Thelma", In total contrast to the foregoing, but of striking interest in their way are several studies of aborigines by Mr. G.W. Morey.

PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPH
In the pictorial section a distinctly Australian note is sounded. Mr. L.M. Holden has a picturesque glimpse with a team of horses. In Mr. H.T. Holden's picture, "What's Ahead?" there is a telling representation of a bullock team and wagon on a narrow road. An example of originality in the use of the camera is given in a series of four studies by Miss Dorothy Barnes called "The Enchanted Garden", which shows two children discovering some "brownies" in their garden. It is a happy idea, prettily carried out. "The Sentinel", by Miss E.J. Jenkins, depicts a lone gum by the sea, with a picturesque headland beyond. "Sturdy Sisters", by Mr. W.S. Sinnett, is a study of tea trees, effectively managed. Mr. D. Williams has a particularly forceful Study of St. Peter's Cathedral, North Adelaide. "A Sunny Spot", by Mr. P.H. Williams, is a pleasing study of a climber wreathed verandah and some old stone steps. Mr. G. Hutchinson is responsible for a characteristic representation of "The Hindmarsh", There is nice feeling and tone about the "Carpenter's Shop", by Mr. W.S. Sinnett, in which the main figure is seen outlined against the light from the door. A charming little study of a picturesque home, with a small boy in a garden is called "Scene at Stirling" and is exhibited by Mr. R.C. Edwardes. "Sunlit Steps", by Mr. P.J. Williams, is a pleasing study. "Vanity" is a clever portrayal of a girl in Japanese garb bending forward before a mirror, by Miss Barnes. Strong and effective in every way good is "Labour", by T.H. Stoward. Other examples of the effects to be attained in the life of the city are "Evening, North terrace" (P.J. Williams). "Holiday, Adelaide Station" (A. Wilkinson) and "Another No. 1" (M.G. Miller), the expressions of disappointment about the figures of would-be passengers being well conveyed.

THE CHAMPION PICTURE AND OTHERS
The position of champion picture for the whole exhibition was awarded to "The Sunlit Quarry" by Mr. G.H. Hutchinson, which is a fine example of photography. It not only conveys facts, but a mood and touches wonderfully well on the atmosphere and feeling of the scene. The lighting, vivid but soft, is particularly happy. Other successful studies from the same camera are "Sunrise on the Dunes" and "Windswept" and "Where Winds Have Their Day". An interesting lighting effect is to be noted in "Winter Sunshine at Ambleside", by Mr. R.C. Edwardes. Close, too, is a striking representation of "An Old Garden", by Mr. M.G. Miller. An effective study in softly toned sepia by Mr. G.W. Morey is "National Park, Belair", showing trees and hillsides. Mr. P.H. Williams has several artistic and well managed street scenes.

NON-COMPETITIVE
There is an interesting selection of photographic studies by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, especially attractive being the treatment of the grand old gum trees. Also "not for competition" is a series of six studies by Miss E.G. Legoe, including figures and some delightful architectural "bits". There is a loan exhibit from the Western Australian Camera Club, in which some fine examples of photography are included. The exhibition will be opened this evening by Mrs G.H. Bean. During the time that pictures are on view, Mr. H. Van Raalte, curator of the Adelaide Art Gallery, will give two lectures on "Photography compared with other art". The public may view the collection from 4th to 8th October.

The officers of the Adelaide Camera Club are President, Mr. M.G. Miller; Past President, Mr. W.S. Sinnett; Vice-President; Mr. G. Hutchinson; Librarian, Miss E.J. Jenkins; Hon.Treasurer and Assistant Hon.Secretary, Mr. G.T. Clarke; Hon.Secretary, Mr. R.C. Edwardes; Committee, Miss Dorothy Barnes and Messrs. H.T. Holden and P. Stone. The JUDGES were Messrs. R. Fraser, R. Craig and J. C. Goodchild.




Wednesday 3rd October 1923  Page 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

At the Adelaide Camera Club meeting held in the Society of Arts room, North terrace, last night, an entertaining discourse on "Some Problems of Photography" was given by Mr. M.G. Miller. There was an appreciative audience, over whom Mr. Edward Davies presided. Mr. Miller stated that the aims of the Adelaide Camera Club were the inculcation of a love of the artistic and beautiful and the development of photography as a medium of pictorial expression. Could photography be so improved as to achieve those aims? In order to find this out they must look at some of the problems of the past, together with those of the present. Many minor difficulties presented themselves when photography was commenced by Daguerre in 1830 and when exposures of several hours were necessary. One chemical after another was tried, till gradually the use of mercury brought more happy results and exposures were brought down to twenty minutes. The great invention of a new lens in Vienna in 1841 was really the foundation of all the successful modern lenses. The first photographs on paper were produced by an Englishmen about two years after Daguerre's process, but the grain of the paper was a difficulty which had to be got rid of. In 1847 glass plates were introduced and a few years late collodion and still later gelatine were utilized, but all the various processes were common in their one point of attempting perfect impression. Stating that lenses were one of the first problems of the art and that the first made were single lenses. Mr. Miller gave illustrations on a screen showing the difficulties in obtaining a proper image. Of all problems the most important, however, was that of color. A diagram prepared by the lecturer showing six distinct colors and the results obtained in the attempts to reproduce them by photography aroused considerable interest. The introduction of commercial plates on the market and the experiments of English and German experts in chromatic work were detailed. Summing up, the lecturer stated that the greatest difficulties in the way of artistic work had been removed. One thing remained and that was the difficulty in the artistic training of the photographer. There could be no definite rules for attaining this end. Art could not really be taught - it must be "caught" for its true development. The chairman voiced the appreciation of the audience and on the proposition of Mr. Goodchild, seconded by Mr. Boxall, the lecturer was accorded a vote of thanks.



Thursday 4th October 1923  Page 8 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA CLUBS BIRTHDAY
Art lovers gathered to celebrate the coming of age of the Adelaide Camera Club last night. Mrs G.H. Dean, in opening the exhibition, wished it many happy returns of the day. She issued an invitation to the members to visit her Mount Lofty home and photograph some of the picked spots of the neighborhood.

Mr. H.G. Mibler (president) welcomed Mrs Dean and those present. Mr. W. Sinnett (past president) thanked Mrs Dean and Mr. G. Hutchison (vice-president of the association) also spoke. The demonstration will be open day and evening until Tuesday.




Thursday 4th October 1923  Page 15 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

HAPPY COMING OF AGE
Beauty assumes many equally constraining forms, as the Adelaide Camera Club annually demonstrates. Last evening the formal opening ceremony was performed by Mrs G.H. Dean and it signalized the club's twenty-first birthday — a happy coming-of-age. There was a large gathering of art lovers to admire the fruits of 12 months devoted work by members of the society and it was generally conceded that the standard attained was a very high one indeed. The inner vision had obviously been realized by many of the exhibitors and even a sand-drift had become a thing of beauty. Equal artistry was displayed in the rigor of storm wracked trees, the restless sea, peaceful twilight scenes, quaint old dwellings, portraits and studies of animals.

A LAUDABLE AMBITION
The President (Mr. M.G. Miller) welcomed Mrs Dean. He said his pleasing duty was of a two-fold order. In the name of the Adelaide Camera Club he welcomed the gathering to the exhibition and also hoped, later on, to greet many of them as members. They had been trying steadily for 21 years to raise the standard of pictorial photography in South Australia and thus help on the movement all over the world. Pictures had been sent to London and had received favorable comment and now the members were awaiting a verdict from the Batavia Exhibition, in Jamaica, to which other pictures had been forwarded. In welcoming Mrs Dean, he said she had evinced a practical interest in the show and had expressed her great appreciation of the exhibits.

THE PROGRESS OF THE CAMERA
Mrs Dean acknowledged the honor paid to her in being asked to open so excellent an exhibition. As they were all face-to-face with the pictures, it was unnecessary to commend them. She understood that it was the twenty-first birthday of the Adelaide Camera Club and she took the opportunity to wish it very many happy returns of the day. It had grown a lusty, young body and she hoped it would go on to a still better middle age and an equally happy, old one. Mrs Dean referred to the leaps and bounds made in photography in recent times and contrasted the primitive efforts of 1839. She dwelt, in humorous strain, upon the carte-de-visite; how so called, one never knew, for they were never taken on a visit. Then there was the cabinet and later the tortures of the iron grip of head and arm. "I fancy", observed Mrs Dean whimsically, "that it was a recognized thing in those days that being photographed was a duty that took the form of torture. Once I went to have my portrait taken and was bidden to 'think of 'im'. I tried it, being young, but whether or not it was the wrong 'im', will never be known. But that picture was a failure and I have not tried the method since". The speaker passed on to the modern day, when one of the best portraits she ever had taken was the result of being told to walk about in an unstudied way. Referring to the exhibition, she said that she had had no idea that amateurs could take such pictures. Eulogies were expressed with regard to the winning exhibits. A wonderful standard had been reached locally and the scenic studies were more like beautiful etchings and prints and she congratulated all concerned. A cordial invitation was conveyed to the Adelaide Camera Club members to visit the Mount Lofty home and photograph some of the beauty spots in the vicinity. There was a great charm in the camera's art which made one often idealize the commonplace. In conclusion, Mrs Dean referred to the assistance rendered by Sir William Sowden to the cause. It was through his exertions that a special part of the Art Gallery had been reserved for photography work and some of the pictures had already been purchased in readiness to perpetuate the member's work. With pleasure Mrs Dean said she declared the exhibition open and wished it every success.

Mr. W. Sinnett (Past President) thanked Mrs Dean and spoke of Sir William Sowden's generous help to the Camera Club. They had been indebted to him on so many occasions that they had been loath to again ask him to open the exhibition, so had resolved to let him off for that year. Mr. G. Hutchison (Vice-President) also spoke. The assemblage made an inspection of the display and expressions of admiration were heard on every side. The exhibition will be open each day and evening until next Tuesday.




Saturday 6th October 1923  Page 2 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

Few branches of art have made such strides in the last few years as photography and the studies seen at the annual display of the Adelaide Camera Club testify to the excellent work being done in Adelaide.

South Australia is full of beauty spots and these are seen to advantage in the studies exhibited. Stormy seas and picturesque gum trees, quaint old dwellings, twilight scenes and studies of animals have all been faithfully and artistically reproduced. The exhibition, which was opened on Tuesday night by Mrs G.H. Dean, will be open each day and evening until next Tuesday.




Saturday 6th October 1923  Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES 1923

SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute buildings, North-terrace,
NOW OPEN
Daily, 12 to 5pm. Evening, 8pm to 10pm.
Sunday, 3pm to 5pm.
ADMISSION FREE.
R.C. EDWARDES
HON.SECRETARY




Tuesday 9th October 1923  Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

To-day will afford the last opportunity for a visit to the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, at the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, Institute. The sessions have been thronged by art enthusiasts. A number of the pictures have been sold.



Tuesday 9th October 1923  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ARTISTIC MEDIUMS
SECOND LECTURE BY Mr. VAN RAALTE

The concluding portion of a lecture upon "Photography compared with other artistic mediums", the first part of which was given last Thursday evening at the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace Institute, was given by Mr. H.B. Van Raalte (Curator of the Art Gallery) on Monday evening. These lectures, which were arranged under the auspices of the Adelaide Camera Club, have been hailed with enthusiasm, for they reveal a very able exposition upon a difficult technical subject. The President of the Camera Club (Mr. M. G. Miller) welcomed a large audience and introduced the lecturer.

THE CAMERA'S LIMITATIONS
Mr. Van Raalte recapitulated some of his previous statements on the subject. He added that because the photographer, as a whole, was satisfied with his medium, he was unteachable. The large range of the mediums was explained and their adaptability and controllability by the artist referred to. They were still being improved, after hundreds of years, by individual artists — in contrast to the photographer's medium. Photography contained a certain amount of advantage, but it was more than counter-balanced by its intractability. That was proved by two things — the great artists did not see fit to adopt it as a medium and secondly, many of the best photographers were aided by mediums outside photography to obtain the limited effects they could get therewith. The lecturer referred to special ingredients, pointing out how in other mediums they were more or less controllable and how, in photography they were not so. He quoted examples of composition, relative tone values, texture and particularly emphasized color and drawing. Mr. Van Raalte made recommendations to photographers that they should endeavor to improve photography, just as artists improved their mediums. But they could not improve a medium without understanding its application and its application if they were endeavoring to be artists, was that a photographer must study art to improve photography.

A DECORATIVE VERSION OF FACT
The speaker defined art as a decorative version of fact. The version really referred to the individuality or taste of the artist and scientific facts in nature, by themselves, could not produce art. The camera being a machine, gave little more than scientific facts. It was up to the photographer to put his individuality behind the machine. Technical matters were then dealt with, including composition and its value and the relationship to other ingredients of picture making. Light and shade were also discussed, as well as color translation in monochrome photography and other technical aspects of the subject. Mr. Van Raalte concluded by urging, as on the previous occasion, that they would not turn out hundreds of photographs, as the means of obtaining art, but would concentrate on some effect or problem in nature and persistently endeavor to find how the camera could be made to render that fact. Be the medium what it might, an art student must be an art student and art could not be encompassed by machinery.




Wednesday 14th November 1923  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The first meeting in the twenty-second year of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in the Institute Building, North terrace, Adelaide, on 12th November. The President (Mr. M.G. Miller) occupied the chair and there was a good attendance of members. Mr. G. Hutchinson contributed a paper on "The Camera". Much useful information was given regarding the lens and its use, the testing of shutter speeds, the rising and falling front and its use in the field and in photographing architectural subjects and the actual taking of photographs. The next outing of the club will be made on Saturday at Birkenhead, where the Royal Yacht Squadron will be in action.



Wednesday 14th November 1923  Page 13 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Monday evening The president (Mr. M.G. Miller occupied the chair and there was a good attendance. Mr. G. Hutchinson delivered a paper on "The Camera". Much useful information was given regarding the lens and its use. The testing of shutter speeds received attention and the rising and falling front and its use in the field and in photographing architectural subjects was explained. With regard to the taking of photographs the speaker stated that the member should become thoroughly acquainted with the instrument, or those who were constantly changing their apparatus rarely succeeded in making the most of their camera. Even the box type of camera, with its inexpensive lens was capable of producing excellent landscape work.



Wednesday 16th January 1924  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

At the Adelaide Camera Club's monthly meeting in the Institute on Monday the president (Mr. M.G. Miller) occupied the chair. Mr. G.T. Clarke, A.O.U.A. in an interesting paper on the action of light in photography, outlined the theory of light waves, explaining their origin in the electrical activity of the atom. It was explained that light could travel in a vacuum, as the vibrations of the light waves were transmitted by the universal medium, ether. The three theories advanced by physicists relating to the formation of an image on chemically prepared plates were dealt with. The chemical hypothesis was explained with symbols and showed that the particles of bromide which had been loosened from their intimate connection with the particles of silver by the action of light were entirely dissociated from the silver when a developer was applied. The ionization theory and the molecular strain theory were outlined. Halation and the phenomenon of reversal of the negative were dealt with and means stated whereby these effects could be avoided or eliminated in an exposed plate. With the aid of diagrams the speaker explained the relative sensitiveness of plates coated with silver bromide, silver chloride and silver iodide respectively. It was seen by the graphs exhibited that even a panchromatic plate, used in conjunction with a ray filter, failed to record exactly in monochrome a correct rendering of the visual spectrum and so far no substance had been discovered which would render the spectrum in relative tones to the colors seen by the eye. So far nothing definite was really known of the effect of light on the photographic plate, he said, though the chemical theory formed a good working basis for the beginner in photography.



Wednesday 16th January 1924  Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, City, on Monday. The President (Mr. M.G. Miller) occupied the chair. There was a large attendance of members. Mr. G.T. Clarke A.C.U.A. contributed an interesting paper on 'The action of light in photography'. The speaker outlined the theory of light waves, explaining their origin in the electrical activity of the atom. It was stated that light could travel in a vacuum, as the vibration of the light waves were transmitted by the universal medium, ether. The three theories advanced by physicists relating to the formation of an image on chemically prepared plates were dealt with. The chemical hypothesis was explained with symbols and it showed that the particles of bromide which had been loosened from their intimate connection with the particles of silver by the action of light, were entirely disassociated from the silver when a developer was applied. The ionization theory and the molecular strain theory were outlined. Halation and the phenomenon of the reversal of the negative were dealt with and ways given by which these effects could be avoided or eliminated in an exposed plate. With the aid of diagrams, the speaker explained the relative sensitiveness of plates coated with silver bromide, silver chloride and silver iodide respectively. It was seen by the graphs exhibited that even a panchromatic plate used in conjunction with a ray filter to record exactly in monochrome a correct rendering of the visual spectrum. So far no substance had been discovered that will render the spectrum in relative tones to the colors seen by the eye. In conclusion, Mr. Clarke stated that so far nothing definite was really known of the effect of light on the photographic plate, although the chemical theory formed a good working basis for the beginner in photography. The President announced that the annual visit to Brighton would take place next Saturday.



Thursday 24th January 1924
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Saturday 2nd February 1924  Page 36 - Observer (Adelaide, South Australia)

At the first International Salon of Photography held by the Dutch East Indies Amateur Photographic Society at Batavia, Java, in the Salon the Adelaide Camera Club was represented by an exhibit of pictorial, landscape and marine studies, the work of some of its members. Advice has been received from Java that two members of the Adelaide Camera Club were fortunate in gaining distinction. Mr. M.C. Miller was awarded a diploma and a certificate of merit for his collection of six pictures and Mr. R.C. Edwardes was awarded a diploma for his picture entitled "Overlooking the Sea". This picture was sold at the salon to a buyer at Batavia.



Wednesday 13th February 1924  Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club met in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Monday. The Vice-President (Mr. G. Hutchinson) occupied the chair. There was a large attendance to listen to an instructive paper, which was given by Mr. G.I. Meller. He dealt with the subject of Portraiture and discussed types of cameras and lenses which were most suitable for that branch of photography. A lens with a long focal length was advised as the best for portraits, as the distortion would then be reduced to a minimum, while a wide aperture used in conjunction therewith would add a pleasing softness to the negative, which could not be duplicated with chiffon. With regard to the lighting of the sitter, the speaker clearly explained how electric light was used to supplement daylight and produce spotlight and other unusual effects in illumination. The arrangement of the model was dealt with and fine prints were exhibited, illustrating different types in a variety of poses. Other points mentioned by the speaker included the development of the plate or film, local reduction in the negative and the choice of printing mediums. Mr. Meller, in conclusion, urged beginners in portraiture to start with children as models, as the unconscious pose of the child and its natural expression, greatly assisted in the composition of the picture. At the instance of Mr. P.H. Williams, Mr. Meller was heartily thanked for his paper.



Wednesday 13th February 1924  Page 15 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club met in the Institute Buildings, North-terrace on Monday. The vice president Mr. G. Hutchinson occupied the chair. The members, of whom there was a large attendance, were greatly interested in a most instructive paper by Mr. G.I. Meller of Messrs Chas Moore's studio.

Mr. Meller dealt with the subject of portraiture and discussed the types of cameras and lenses most suitable for that branch of photography. A lens with a long focal length was advised as the best for portraits, as distortion would then be reduced to a minimum, while a wide aperture used in conjunction there with would add a pleasing softness to the negative, which could be duplicated with chiffon. With regard to the lighting of the sitter, he very clearly explained how electric light was used to supplement daylight and to produce spot light and other unusual effects in illumination. The arrangement of the model was dealt with and some very fine points were exhibited, illustrating different types in a variety of poses. Other points mentioned were the development of the plate or film, local reduction in the negative and the choice of printing mediums.

Mr. Meller urged beginners in portraiture to commence with children as models, as the unconscious pose of the child and its natural expression greatly assisted in the composition of the picture.

At the instance of Mr. P.H. Williams, the lecturer was heartily thanked for his paper and for his invitation to visit his studio, where a practical demonstration in portraiture would be given. The monthly outing of the club will take place at Burnside on Saturday next.




Wednesday 12th March 1924
Page 14 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 16 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting at the Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday evening. There was a large attendance of members. A most instructive talk on 'Development' was given by the President (Mr. M.G. Miller). He stated that the purpose of development was to reduce the particles of silver bromide in the emulsion of the photograph to a metallic state in which form the particles affected by light appeared black. There were many chemicals which brought about that condition, including pyro gallic acid, metal hydroquinnene and elon. No special one of the chemicals was best, as all the formulae given in standard text books produced almost identical results, with the exception of pyro, which gave a yellowish green tint to the negative. The addition of potassium bromide to a developer acted as a restrainer and prevented fog on the plate, especially if the plate, as was often the case, was slightly affected by light owing to leaking 'dark' slides. With the aid of various tinted papers the speaker explained how the plate was affected by different intensities of light and how over-exposure caused a general veiling of the high lights when examined in the finished picture. Photographers were urged to expose for shadow detail, as there was in Nature, the lecturer said, only a pitch black in a subject, such as a deep hole or a railway tunnel. An explanation was given of various formulae and their application to development in the dish with and without the factorial system and their use with the developing tank. It was announced by the President that the first of a series of fortnightly meetings for the purpose of assisting beginners would be held on March 31.


Thursday 17th April 1924  Page 15 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

A meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held at the Institute Building, North terrace, on Monday evening. The President (Mr. M.G. Miller) gave demonstration of trimming and mounting photographic enlargements. The need for discrimination in trimming was emphasized by the demonstrator, who illustrated his remarks by prints and cardboard squares, which were placed on the prints and moved in such a way as to obscure all unnecessary foreground, sky and so on and to leave exposed the part of the picture showing completeness of composition and balance. It was explained how an important part of a picture was emphasized by obscuring the unimportant portions. Mounting was dealt with in detail and much information on the subject was imparted. An outing of the club, will take place at Aldgate on Saturday.


Wednesday 18th June 1924
Page 14 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 16 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Monday, when Mr. John White delivered an interesting talk on "Holiday rambles". The speaker, with the aid of blackboard diagrams, explained the composition of a number of beautiful water color sketches. The majority of the watercolors were typical scenes from Kangaroo Island bush and showed color and pleasing composition. Several charming little sketches of little known beauty spots in the Reedbeds evoked admiration. The use of cloud shadows and the juxtaposition of darks and lights was clearly shown in selected sketches. It was pointed out that the photographer was at a disadvantage compared with the worker in water color or oil, in that he could not reproduce the depth of color in the landscape, nor modify to any considerable extent imperfections in the composition. The need for a principal object in picture to attract the eye was stressed and the beginners were urged to concentrate on the chief item of interest to which other details should be subordinate.


Thursday 17th July 1924  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club's monthly meeting was held on Monday evening at the Institute Buildings, North-terrace and took the form of a lantern evening, when slides made by members were screened. Mr. P.J. Williams presided and gave the members helpful criticism on their slides. Mr. Williams also traced the origin of the modern lantern from the old-fashioned oil-burning magic lantern, with its gaudy slides and insufficient illumination, a large number of slides were projected, ranging from humorous pictures to still life and landscape. The monthly outing of the club will take place at Markham on Saturday.



Thursday 17th July 1924  Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

Last Monday evening the Adelaide Camera Club met in the Institute Buildings, North terrace. The evening was devoted to the screening of lantern slides made by the members. Mr. P.J. Williams presided and gave some interesting facts relating to the development of the lantern, progress being traced from the old oil or acetylene burning "magic lantern", which projected a picture from behind the screen, to the present up-to-late plant. A number of slides were projected. They covered a wide range of subjects, including still life, landscape and holiday records, each slide being described by the maker. Helpful criticism, was given to those who had made slides for the first time. It was announced that the club would visit Marino Rocks on the following Saturday.



Saturday 19th July 1924  Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

A meeting of the board of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia was held on 18th July.

It was recommended that the Adelaide Camera Club should be permitted to erect a fireproof darkroom in the western basement room and to use it during the pleasure of the board, all expenses, including cost of erecting, to be paid by the club.




Wednesday 10th September 1924  Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Building, North-terrace, on Monday last, when the members listened to a most instructive talk on "The Composition of Turner", by Mr. John White. This was the second occasion upon which Mr. White had spoken on Turner's work. Mr. White stated that in approaching the subject of composition it was to be remembered that all pattern was based on one of the three primary forms, the square, the circle or the triangle. These forms permitted a great variety of arrangement and were always present in nature in a modified form. As an aid in his composition, Turner introduced brilliant luminosity in the sky and though he was by no means a good draughtsman of the human figure, the people which he placed in his pictures to aid the composition were always so useful that the picture would be spoiled without them. Turner's genius was clearly demonstrated in the picture "Dutch Boats in a Gale" of which a particularly beautiful engraving was shown by Mr. White. The marked ability of the artist was shown in a picture of one of England's most prosaic watering places, Brighton, which under the master's hand became poetical. Mr. White pointed out many features of landscape composition which should appeal to the photographer.



Wednesday 10th September 1924  Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club held its monthly meeting in the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on Monday last, when the members listened with interest to a most instructive talk on the "Composition of Turner", by Mr. John White. This was the second occasion upon which Mr. White had spoken on Turner's work and, as previously, illustrated his remarks with some fine engravings of the artist's pictures. Mr. White stated that in approaching the subject of composition it was to be remembered that all pattern was based on one of three primary forms, the square, the circle, or the triangle. These forms permitted a great variety of arrangement and were always present in nature in a modified form. As an aid to his composition Turner introduced brilliant luminosity in the sky and though he was by no means a good draughtsman of the human figure, the people which he placed in his pictures to aid the composition were always so useful that the picture would be spoiled without them. Turner's genius, was clearly demonstrated in the picture "Dutch Boats in a Gale", of which a particularly beautiful engraving was shown by Mr. White. In that picture, painted while Turner was still a young man, his style was shown emerging from that of the Old Dutch masters, which had influenced his earlier work. The marked ability of the artist was shown in a picture of one of England's most prosaic watering places, Brighton, which under the master's hand became poetical. Mr. White pointed out numerous features of landscape composition, which should appeal to the photographer. A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. Sinnett and was earned with acclamation.



Tuesday 7th October 1924  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The President and committee of the Adelaide Camera Club have issued invitations to the official opening of the annual exhibition of pictures at the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, on Thursday evening, October 9. The opening ceremony will be performed by the Lady Mayoress (Mrs C.R.J. Glover).



Tuesday 7th October 1924  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
Admirers of pictorial photography will have an opportunity to visit the Adelaide Camera Club 's twenty-second annual exhibition, which is to be opened by the Lady Mayoress (Mrs C.R.J. Glover) on Thursday evening. The photographs, which will be on view in the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North terrace, will be open to the public for a week, beginning next Friday. The work of the members this year fully maintains the high standard of previous exhibitions and an incentive to still better productions has been given this year by the awarding of diplomas for the best prints in the various sections — still life, portraiture, landscape, seascape and so on. Additional attractions to the display will be exhibits of pictorial work from the Western Australian Camera Club and from the Pictorial Workers Association of Victoria. There will be, altogether, about 100 prints from members of the Adelaide Camera Club and about 50 from interstate exhibitors, which include a great variety of subjects. Landscapes, however, will be the prevailing section, but there will be also a large number of portraits, including several of outstanding merit. The seascapes will also call for special commendation, notably the diploma winner in that section, which depicts a section of the Brighton coast. A charming study of roses and a remarkable cloud picture are among other photographs which have gained awards, while a photograph of a Sydney scene, which will be exhibited, has won special commendation. Awards of diplomas to interstate exhibitors have also been made for work of very high standard, technically and pictorially.


Wednesday 8th October 1924  Page 10 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

FINE PHOTOGRAPHS
Camera Club Display
MARKED ADVANCE EVIDENT

Mrs C.R.J. Glover (Lady Mayoress) will open the exhibition of works by members of the Adelaide Camera Club in the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, tomorrow evening.

When one has viewed the portraits, landscapes and other studies, one agrees with the judges - Messrs. John White, R. Fraser and A.A. Stump - in their opinion that the exhibition far exceeds any previous ones held in connection with the club as regards the quality of work and the variety of subjects chosen. On former occasions the meritorious portraits and landscapes have been confined to two or three members, but the diplomas have been awarded in this exhibition to a greater number of individual artists.

There are 105 photographs shown by members of the Adelaide Camera Club and of these mention may be made of those to whom the judges awarded diplomas and honorable mention.

Miss Esther Legoe is represented by a remarkably fine "Figure Study" of her sister in ballet costume, posed beautifully. Her "The Shearing Shed" is also a realistic and clever piece of work.

F.H. Howard's work pleased the adjudicators and he received a diploma for his "portrait" and honorable mention for a study of Port Adelaide. Another exhibit by him which calls for comment is "A Murky Evening", in which the dusky, smoky atmosphere is finely suggested. His "An Even Game" (honorable mention) is a good study of an interior with two men playing cards and their facial expression is excellent.

R.C. Edwardes received a diploma for a remarkably clever study of "Ketches - Port Adelaide" and for "Seascape". In this latter one the light of the setting sun is shown on the rippling sea, one wave just breaking on to stern rocks in the foreground.

"A Dusty Road" by Miss C.M. Browne, is one of the gems of the collection. It is exceptionally clever, picturing a flock of sheep traveling along a road. In the distance their forms are almost hidden by the dust and those in the foreground stand out clearly by contrast. Another good one by the same artist is "A Misty Morning". She has met with much success in her misty and dusty effects.

P.H. Williams was awarded a diploma for his exquisite study of "Roses" and his other work proves him a master of his art. Highly decorative is "O'er Land and Sea" by G. Hutchinson and a wonderful effect is achieved by the heavy cloud through which the sunlight is about to break.

G.W. Morey has achieved a happy effect in "The Big Schoolroom, Radley College". It is almost like an etching. "News From Home" by J.C. Stone, is soft in treatment and most pleasing and the same exhibitor shows a clever study of two lads, "Making Something".

Among the exhibitors from the Victorian Pictorial Workers Society is one of outstanding merit by O.H. Coulson, awarded a diploma. He calls it "Storm Twisted" and it is a veritable work of art. In the Western Australian Camera Club's section one is attracted by A. Knapp's "Misty Morning". It is extra ordinarily soft and entirely without blemish. Mrs Will Davies shows a charming child study, "Piper, Sir!" One can almost hear the child saying it.

The aims of the Adelaide Camera Club are the inculcation of a love for the artistic and beautiful and the improvement of photography as a medium of artistic expression. The present exhibition demonstrates this in a high degree and the collection is one of which Adelaide may well be proud.




Wednesday 8th October 1924  Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual combined meeting of the affiliated Art Society and Adelaide Camera Club was held in the Institute on Tuesday night. The President of the Adelaide Camera Club (Mr. G. Hutchison) took the chair. He introduced Mr. John White, President of the Art Society, who had acted as one of the judges of the exhibits. Mr. White congratulated the club on its display. He said it was wonderful to reflect on the immense advance on the early days of photography. The pictures this year were not mere reproductions, but showed imagination and expressed the personality of the artist. He proposed to make a few comments on the pictures and if he had the temerity to criticize any of the exhibits, he would like it to be remembered that he would welcome similar criticism of his own work. The judges had found the standard particularly high and the subjects much more varied than in previous years. They had had a difficult task and had spent a great deal of extra time over it. He regretted that the exhibition did not attract more public interest and that people did not purchase works of this nature to hang in their homes instead of some of the trash to be seen nowadays. It would, he thought, be a good idea if it were guaranteed that only a limited number of prints be taken of certain photographs and the plate subsequently destroyed. This would materially enhance the value of the best works and consequently make them more popular. Mr. White then toured the room, making, some interesting comments on the principal exhibits. A vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. W.S. Sinnett (Vice President of the Adelaide Camera Club).



Thursday 9th October 1924
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES

1924

Official Opening by the Lady Mayoress
(MRS. CHARLES R. J. GLOVER).

Thursday Evening, October 9th, 8pm.

Exhibition Will Remain Open to the Public until October 17th.

Daily 12 to 5pm, Evenings 8pm to 10pm, Sunday 3pm to 5pm.

R.C. EDWARDS
HON.SECRETARY




Thursday 9th October 1924  Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The increasingly high artistic standard of modern photography is well exemplified in the twenty-third annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which will be opened by the Lady Mayoress at the Society of Arts Gallery, North-terrace, this evening.

The exhibits this year have been divided into several sections, in each of which a diploma and minor prizes have been awarded. This has resulted in an infinitely greater variety of work and the present exhibition is far in advance of those of previous years. The inclusion of exhibits from Victoria and Western Australia gives additional interest to the show. There are comparatively few lady exhibitors, but those who have entered have shown several exceptionally fine pictures. There is a true figure study of a ballet girl lacing her shoe by Miss E. Legoe. The composition is excellent and it has all the merit of a true black and white. The judges awarded Miss Legoe the diploma in the figure section. In the portrait section Mr. T.H. Steward gained the diploma for an arresting picture of an old man. It is a subtle piece of craftmanship, in which light and shade are well handled. The fact that no retouching has been done makes Mr. Stoward's achievement more meritorious. In this division Miss O. Barnes received honorable mention for her portrait of a young woman.

The special section allotted to shipping has brought forward some beautiful studies. Of these Mr. R.C. Edwardes striking study, "Ketches, Port Adelaide", has been awarded the prize. There is nice balance and composition in this picture, the excellent sense of value which distinguishes all Mr. Edwardes work is notable. This artistic photographer achieves a special effect in the richness and depth of the darker portions of his work, a full black, which does not obscure detail, lending distinction to several of his pictures in this exhibition. In the seascapes he has been successful with a picture of the rocks at Marino, in which the reflected light on the water is well handled. A study taken at Grange is remarkable for its excellent light and shade, the clear-cut shadows giving a good effect. Mr. P.H. Williams picture of a bowl of wild roses thoroughly deserves the diploma awarded. The almost transparent whiteness of the petals and the fragile delicacy of the stamens, have been well conveyed. One or two other pictures of roses suffered through bad grouping of the blooms. In the general exhibits there are many charming views. One of the gems of the collection is "A Dusty Road", by Miss G.M. Browne. This picture, which shows a number of sheep on the track, has all the softness of a pencil drawing. Mr. P.H. Williams has used the Bromide effect with good results, particularly in a study of gum trees and again in "Loading at the Quarry" a picture replete with life and movement. A view of a Sydney Park on a sunny afternoon is full of fascinating detail, all of which has high composition value. Although the little girl in "The Call of a Spring Fairy" is too stiffly posed. Mr. Williams has achieved a fine poetic effect. Mr. T.H. Stoward's "An Even Game" shows two men playing cards in a corner of a sunny kitchen while a charming damsel looks on. The sunshine which floods the room delightfully bright and clear. Mr. C.M. Tomlinson has several good photographs to his credit and "Nature's Carpet" is of outstanding merit. A rare mellow effect has been obtained by Mr. G.W. Morey in the old English stonework of his picture of the Big Schoolroom, Radley College. The details of the brickwork about the quaint doorway are plainly visible through the shadow of the portico. A broad panoramic view of King's Park, Perth by Mr. P.J. Williams merits attention and the clear, high sunshine of Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's "Droving" is handled with artistic grace. Mr. G. Hutchinson's "By the Brook" is full of quaint charms. Mr. O.H. Coulson has an effective study of a storm twisted tree which stands out boldly against the skyline. This exhibit gained the diploma in the Victorian section. An Egyptian scene showing a fisherman digging for bait is exceptionally well balanced. The picture of a huge wind swept gum tree br Mr. W. Howieson is distinguished by fine detail and broad perspective.

The difference in treatment of the same subject is responsible for a startling contrast in two studies of "The Narrows" by Western Australian artists. The pale radiance of morning light suffuses the view at this spot by Mr. A. Knapp and an exquisite softness permeates the picture. Mr. Will Davies photograph, taken at almost the same angle, has the sharp contrast of sunset light and shadow. Mr. A.C. Coulson has an excellent picture of An Ancient city. A view of the Yosemite Valley by Mr. E. Haselgrove and some Californian studies have reproduced the clarid atmosphere with wonderful fidelity. Mr. A. Mountford's photography of a leaning palm against an evening sky has a wistful charm. Miss E. Legoe's study, "A Shearing Shed" is a spirited production and there is a natural grace which is most refreshing in Mr. K. Phillip's picture of three girls. A picture of two happy youngsters at a carpenter's bench is good, as are Mr. T.H. Soward's sepia print of "Shipping, Port Adelaide" and Mr. Hutchinson's Morialta study.

The judges were Messrs. John White, R. Fraser and A.A. Stump. Mr. R.C. Edwards, the Hon.Secretary of the society, has spared no endeavor to make the exhibition a success.




Thursday 9th October 1924  Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ART OF THE CAMERA
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
A MAGNIFICENT COLLECTION

When it is remembered that the Adelaide Camera Club has a member ship of only 40, the remarkable talent displayed fit the exhibition, opening to-day in the Institute Buildings, is remarkable. The mere mechanism of the camera has been, in all eases, bent to the will of the artist. There is no trace of what the word 'photograph' conveyed at its inception not so many years ago. Every exhibit is a picture, as surely as if it had been produced with exquisite cunning by brush or pencil. The actual effect produced by lenses on the 'pressing of a button forms only the basis of the work. It is the art which improves on Nature that subdues or brings out each detail in its true proportion. This year, the judges considered the work to be of a very high standard and that the variety of subjects indicated the true artistic development of the exhibitors. There is rather less of the usually all pervading giant gumtree, a fine study always, but absolutely overdone from a photographic point of view. Usually the judges have been artists, as distinguished from photographers, but this year the only artist among the judges was Mr. John White. He was assisted by Mr. R. Fraser and Mr. A.A. Stump, both photographers. As the exhibition is being considered from a purely artistic point of view, is especially interesting to note Mr. White's comments on the more notable exhibits.

SOME OF THE EXHIBITS
One of the diploma winners was the figure study by Miss Esther Legoe, of a girl in ballet costume. The effect is most artistic and satisfying. The general composition is in the 'pyramid' form, pleasingly broken by the lines of the dress and neck. The judges were unanimous in their opinion of this picture. Also noteworthy was "A Pitt Street Corner" (Sydney), by Mr. P.H. Williams. This is an excellent example of how the photographic artist can impart poetry and romance to the most prosaic subject. A landscape, taken in the Stirling Ranges by G.W. Morey, also attracted the attention of the judges, although not given any award. In this picture a better effect would have been obtained had the light been concentrated in one spot to the same extent as is the shade. It is nevertheless, a very fine landscape. Mr. T.H. Stoward's picture, "The Old Man", is a delightful piece of portraiture and was awarded a wall-deserved diploma. It portrays faithfully an old man who has seen much of life and has yet retained his sense of humor. It was considered by some: the finest picture in the exhibition. A photo of shipping at Port Adelaide, also by Mr. T.H. Soward, secured honorable mention. It shows in the foreground a ship lit up by a rift of sunlight out of a stormy sky. It is open to the technical criticism that the ship of out of 5 keeping with the rest of the picture, but it is a very true portrayal of the conditions of a gathering storm. A charming study by Miss Dorothy Barnes, entitled "One Fine Day", of a Japanese girl in a garden, gives a perfect example of the relationship that should exist between setting and the central figure. The pose of the girl is admirable, with the exception of the fact, that the right hand is too tightly clenched. This suggestion of strong emotion would have been overcome if something had been held in that hand.

STILL LIFE AND FIGURE STUDIES
The still life diploma was awarded to Mr. P.H. Williams, for his picture entitled "Roses". The effect is weakened by the fact that it is not shown what the vase is standing on. This gives it an air of unreality from a photographic point of view. The figure study by Mr. R. Phillips is extraordinarily good, considering the difficulties he had to combat. The picture represents three girls standing on a doorstep. The figures are not well posed; only the outstretched arm of the center girl giving it from being entirely, studioesque. But the print has been so beautifully worked up that the colors of the door, the steps and the girls light frocks are vividly suggested. "News from Home", by Mr. J.C. Stone, is another example of the 'pyramid' composition, Nature's most common form. Here, as in Miss Legoe's picture, the outline is broken so as to relieve, any rigidity. The arrangement and reproduction are charming and the expressions on the girls faces are absolutely true to the title. The picture secured honorable mention. "The Track", by Mr. W.S. Sinnett, was also awarded an honorable mention. The judges were especially pleased with the faithfulness of detail and the manner in which the big tree in the foreground was so subdued as not to draw the eye from the main theme. The picture of "The Sentinel" by the same artist, was a fine presentment of sun light and shadow, the detail of the middle distance being faithfully preserved, in spite of the effect of failing light. "Morning at the Farm", by Mrs E. Hazelgrove, was an example of a commonplace subject treated in a commonplace way, as contrasted' with "The Sentinel", which is a commonplace subject glorified. It is, however, a fine portrait of the slab and thatch outbuilding of the pioneer days and will stir a throb of memory in many. There are however, more of the elements that go to make a picture in Mr. G. Hutchinson's "My Country Home". "A Murky Evening", by Mr. E.H. Stoward, might be contrasted with his other picture, "Port Adelaide", in which there is a consistent atmosphere of gloom. Mr. J.C. Stone's "Under the Bowsprit", is a fine piece of work, although it gained no special mark of commendation. It possesses force and character and the soft treatment of the sun on the water is most pleasing. Another of Mr. Stowards landscapes which will certainly be popular with the general public is "On the Land". The picture is taken near Port Noarlunga and depicts a man walking behind a plough. The placing of the team is splendid and the picture would have had more success in the judging had the treatment been a little lighter. "Making Something", by Mr. J.C. Stone, was awarded an honorable mention. The figures are full of interest and well treated. A picture which has been previously exhibited in Adelaide is Mr. Alfred Wilkinson's "The Scoup". This is chromoil work and is a wonderfully fine reproduction of, a subject full of poetry, the toiler and his horses in a cloud of dust. Mr. G. Hutchinson exhibits a most pleasing reproduction of a glen at Morialta. The effect could be improved, however, by bringing out more the trees in the foreground. "The Fisherman's Cottage", by C.N. Tomlinson, is of that high standard of photography in which the actual color of the objects portrayed can be visualized. The way in which the, house and barn have been made to balance the firtree is a particularly fine piece of toning. A small picture by Miss C. M. Brown, entitled "A Dusty Road", is well worth mentioning, in fact, had it been enlarged, it would undoubtedly have been successful. The judges, described it as faultless. The way in which the sheep stand out in clear outline against the misty dust and the perfect way in which the picture is neatly bounded by the wayside trees, seem to justify this verdict.

OTHER SUCCESSES
The street scenes diploma went to Mr. P.H. Williams, for "Sunny Summer Morning". The variety of tones in the picture produce an almost stereoscopic effect, with the line merging into the hazy background. The figures are most fortunately 'placed and' combined with the other effects to produce perfect realism allied to art. "An Even Game", another of Mr. Stoward's works, secured honorable mention. This is an excellent portrait study and the manner in which the two minor figures set off, without detracting from, the principal figure is a masterly example of correct grouping. Mr. R.C. Edwards was awarded a diploma for his picture of ketches at Port Adelaide, an excellent piece of composition; also for his seascape, which was an exceedingly well-chosen view. The breaking waves on one side perfectly balance the rocks on the other and the sunlight on the still water in the lee of the rocks gives a charming effect. The picture entitled "The Call of a Spring Fairy" was noticed by the judges more for its pretty and original subject than for any particular skill in the portrayal. This was the work of Mr. P.H. Williams. The most beautiful landscape in the exhibition was Mr. G. Hutchinson's "O'er Land and Sea". This was a difficult subject and the manner of its portrayal places it on a high level. It suggests to the observer "the light that never was on sea or land". Such an effect produced by photography is even more creditable than if it were the work of brush and paints.

INTERSTATE EXHIBITS
Some especially fine work was received from Victoria and New South Wales. Mr. O.H. Coulson, who won the diploma for Victorian exhibits, has four splendid photographs in the exhibition. His winning piece, "Storm Twisted", is a most artistic production. "Digging for Bait", without having the poetic suggestion of the other, has, nevertheless, a faithfulness of detail which causes it to express the whole charm of the East. His other works are "An Ancient City" and "Ancient Relics". "The Harbour", by Charles Webb, was, in Mr. White's phrase, "Turneresque". The Western Australian diploma went to Mr. A. Knapp's "Misty Morning", full of beauty and realism. Other Western Australian exhibits were "Piper, Sir", by Mrs Will Dairies, a capital snap and "Paper Barks", by Mr. L.E. Pearce. This last is a most realistic photograph of ti-tree. The show contains 147 exhibits, all of a very high standard and it is impossible to describe all of them. The following, in addition to those mentioned, secured commendation from the judges:— "Misty Morning" (Miss C.M. Browne), "Nature's Carpet" (C.N. Tomlinson), "Big Schoolroom, Radley College" (G.W. Marey), "Portrait" (Miss Dorothy Barnes), "The Fishing Boat" (C.N. Tomlinson), "Help Yourself" (Mrs E. Hazelgrove), "The Thatched Cottage" (Miss E.M. Browne), "The Shearing Shed" (Miss N. Legoe). The exhibition will be opened to-night at 8pm by the Lady Mayoress (Mrs C.R.J. Glover).




Friday 10th October 1924  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION - OFFICIAL OPENING
The annual exhibition of work by members of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened on Thursday evening by the Lady Mayoress (Mrs C.R.J. Glover). The Vice-President of the club (Mr. W.S. Sinnett), in introducing Mrs Glover, appealed to everybody who owned a camera to join the club, for their own benefit. The Perth Camera Club had a membership of 140, while here there were less than 40. There was a great deal of talent lying idle whom the advanced workers could assist.

The Lady Mayoress remarked that it gave her great pleasure to be present. The number of exhibits had completely eclipsed those of previous years and those from Victoria and Western Australia were very fine. Each State seemed to have its own characteristics. Pictorial photography was an art in every sense of the word. Lectures and classes of instruction were held monthly throughout the year, both for beginners and advanced workers and it was to be hoped that the exhibition would provide a stimulant to people to avail themselves of those benefits.




Friday 10th October 1924  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OPENED
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, held in the Society of Arts Gallery, North-terrace, was opened on Thursday night by the Lady Mayoress (Mrs Glover). She was introduced by the vice-president (Mr. W.S. Sinnett). He said the club offered a splendid inducement for amateurs or novices to learn the art of photography and he appealed to picture lovers to support it. Although there were thousands of owners of cameras the membership of the club was only 40. A similar body in Perth had 130 members.

The Lady Mayoress congratulated the club on the high standard of the work exhibited. Pictorial photography was an art in the real sense of the word and the club was deserving of greater support than it had received. However, the work of the few who exhibited was of splendid quality. There were also some specimens of the work of Victorian and Western Australian artists, which showed distinct characteristics. The show was the best the Adelaide club had held and she had much pleasure in declaring it open.




Saturday 11th October 1924  Page 14 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF PICTURES
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE,
The exhibition is open to the Public from 10th to 17th October
Afternoon 12pm to 5pm; Evening, 8pm to 10pm; Sunday 3pm to 5pm
R.C. EDWARDS
HON.SECRETARY




Wednesday 15th October 1924  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE,
Open to FRIDAY 17th October
Daily 12pm to 5pm; Evening, 8pm to 10pm.
R.C. EDWARDS
HON.SECRETARY




Friday 17th October 1924  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

EXHIBITION OF PICTURES

INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE,
LAST DAY OF SHOW
Afternoon, 12pm to 5pm; and Evening, 8pm to 9pm.
R.C. EDWARDS
HON.SECRETARY




Sunday 2nd November 1924  Page 30 - Sunday Times (Perth, WA)

Throughout the past week numbers of interested spectators have viewed the photographic studies exhibited by members of the W.A. Camera Club at the Kodak Salon, 672 Hay-street. Mr. F.R. Perrot, president of the club, declared the exhibition opened last Monday evening. The exhibits were attractively arranged and are divided into numerous sections, including portraits, landscape, architecture, marine, etc. Many of the exhibitors have displayed delightful taste in toning and shading. Mr. F.R. Berry was the winner of the first prize in the landscape section for beginners under the title of "In the Park". For the character study of "A Little Mother", Miss Clinch carried off first prize for her portraiture. Mr. Baker gained dual honors and was successful in securing a silver medal for his study of "Sunset". Another piece of work which awarded him another prize was "When the Cows Come Home". Dr. Badock gained honors for his work, "The Silent Pool". To Mr. Perrot, for portraiture work, went the first prize and silver medal, whilst Mr. W. Davies study, "Rose Softly Blooming", was specially singled out for its high standard of excellence. In the animal life section Mr. A.J. Burgess won the highest honors for his clever and finished presentation of a fox terrier under the name of Spot. Mr. A. Knapp also carried off a silver medal for 16 pictorial photographs, which were of a most artistic nature. Two exhibits that attracted much attention were a portrait study and "Crossing Over". These works were the finished work of Messrs. Knapp and G.A. Rowe and Messrs. Knapp and Mannix. Mr. F. Dempster secured first prize for the Guildford Grammar School Camera Club for his exhibit of "Evening". An attractive feature was the showing of some work done by members of the Adelaide Camera Club.



14th February 1925  The Australasian Photo-Review - Page 84

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
On the 28th January the Club arranged an outing to Port Noarlunga. During the day the sky was overcast and very little photographic pictorial work could be done, but no doubt the members albums will be added to by record “snaps”.



Thursday 19th February 1925  Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Saturday 28th February 1925  Page 46 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

Next Friday entries for the grand musical competitions and trade competitions will close and on Friday, February 27, entries are due for the individual effort section, technical colleges, apprentices under repatriation education scheme and for women's work. That will conclude the receipt of entries and from thence onward the exhibition staff will be engaged night and day in preparing for the reception and staging of exhibits. The exhibition staff, which is responsible for the staging of the individual exhibits, will be assisted by the Adelaide Camera Club, who will superintend the hanging of photographs. The technical schools exhibits will be staged by the masters under the direction of the Director of Technical Education. The School of Mines will stage its exhibit and a beginning has been made in the erection of fittings. Every manufacturer exhibiting arranges for the erection of his own stand and a number have already begun putting in concrete foundations for machinery for working exhibits. The Broken Hill Proprietary Company is having a special exhibit prepared for the exhibition and all the products of its steel works and it has decided to erect its own building to accommodate it. This will be constructed of iron made at Newcastle from Iron Knob ore.



Friday 17th April 1925  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

WONDERLAND OF INDUSTRY
QUARTER OF MILLION VISITORS
FINE PHOTOGRAPHY DISPLAYS

The attendances at the All-Australian Exhibition at North terrace passed the quarter of a million mark on Thursday evening. The judging will not be completed for some time. On Wednesday afternoon 4,457 visitors were attracted to the displays and the evening attendance was 5,450, making a total of 9,907 for the day and of 243,562 for the period of the exhibition. On Thursday the attendance was 10,213,taking the total well over the quarter of a million to 253,775.

MAGNIFICENT PHOTOGRAPHY
To the expert and more particularly to the amateur the photography displays at the exhibition are of deep interest. The pictures by the well-known firms of Reinbrandt, Charles Moore & Co., Van Dyke, Hammer & Co. and Kodak's are particularly fine, although those of Van Dyke and Hammer are spoiled to some extent by their poor position, as they are hung at the bottom of the main stairs leading from the main hall to the basement and rely on the glare of high powered electric globes for the lighting effect. Reinbrandt's (Mr. S.W. Stump) display is situated just to the left of the concert platform and is entirely comprised of portraiture. Among the prominent public men whose likenesses are displayed are the Administrator (the Acting Chief Justice Poole), the Premier (Hon. J. Gunn), Mr. Justice Napier, Sir Langdon Bonython and Professor Chapman. The likenesses are excellent. Another striking bromide picture portrait is of an old lady, busy at her fancy work, every pattern of the fine old lace being clear cut in outline. The exhibit of Charles Moore's, Limited, Studio consists almost of bromide enlargement portraits. Two poses by Miss Josie Melville of "Sally" and "Good Morning, Dearie" fame, are particularly fine and the same remarks will apply to the hand-toned miniatures featured. A new departure in photography exhibited are portraits on porcelain. These are reminiscent of the oval photos, which most people will remember as being prized possessions of their grandmothers. A profile portrait of a man is a fine piece of work, more especially in regard to the lighting effects which have enabled one of the outstanding portraits of the whole exhibition to be secured. Delightful in poise and line is the photo, of a dancer. Van Dyke have particularly good half length hand-painted portraitures of Sir Tom Bridges, in full dress uniform and of Lady Bridges in the uniform of Girl Guide Commissioner. The display is mostly in oil tints, but two bromides, more particularly that of a male dancer (Mr. Bobby Helpman), which is extremely artistic in line, are very good. Hammer's Studio display nothing but portraits, which include those of Mr. Justice Angas Parsons, Sir Lewis Cohen, Sir Lancelot Stirling and Sir Josiah Symon, K.C. These four studies form a first row of excellence. A good deal of soft focus lens work is displayed in this exhibit, while the hand-colored work is good. Kodak's, unlike the other exhibitors, deal entirely with landscapes and seascapes and their tropical pictures, from negatives supplied by Capt. Hurley and secured in Papua, are particularly splendid. The views of native villages and of the natives themselves, more especially one of a group in front of a native temple, are splendid in movement and in the wealth of detail contained. Views around Mount Buffalo are also particularly fine, as are those taken by flashlight in the Jenolan Caves.

SPLENDID AMATEUR WORK
The central corridor of the basement of the main building is mainly given over to the exhibits of amateur photographers. The Adelaide Camera Club has nearly 100 of the 238 exhibits. This club, which is now in its twenty-first year and comprises 30 members, has done informative work during its existence. It conducts lectures on various photographic subjects, at which advanced workers instruct the amateurs in the more intricate processes of the art, arranges monthly visits to beauty spots in and around the city and each year holds an exhibition of its own in the Society of Arts headquarters in the Institute buildings. The result of its activities is to be seen in the high calibre of the exhibits. Walking along the line of hangings, the first picture that catches the eye is "The Homestead", Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, the exhibitor, is essentially a landscape worker. He has often exhibited in the London Salon of Photography, where his work has secured very favorable comment. "In Tow" by Arthur Ford, is an excellent seascape, the huge P. & O. liner in the grip of the tugs forming an excellent foreground to the massed clouds background. "Early Morning at Mary's Peak" and "Clare Valley" are two more of Mr. Wilkinson's which excite very favorable comment. One of the finest sunlight effects seen for some time is secured by P.H. Williams with his "Midst Palms and Gums" and Miss E. Legoe in "Bullock Team" has an excellent scene of advancing cattle through the morning mist, with a gnarled tree trunk forming an effective foreground. Mr. W.S. Sinnet also secures particularly good sunlight effect in his "The Sunlit Track", which depicts a winding path through the teatree scrub. "A Carpenter", from the same camera, is a fine portrait study. Mr. A.W.C. Ford has attained excellent results with "The Dusty Road", depicting a team of horses. The shimmering dusty haze of the sunlight meeting the dust is fine. The water scene, "The Wollondilly", is also good. C. Webb's "A Wintry Morn" shows a solitary tree rearing its head above a misty valley. The solitude imparted to the picture is effective. J.D. Bland's "A Beach Idyll" is on much the same lines, the winding stretches of sea-washed sand serving as an effective background to the waste of sandhills and the one windblown stunted teatree. T.H. Soward has four life studies, "Danger Ahead", depicting two children clutching one another for protection from some danger seen, is remarkable for the wealth of expression shown in the faces. "Happyhood" secured a diploma at the 1923 exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club. "Baffled" and "Daydreams", are two other very fine studies. "Reverie", by M. Elliott, is a good study of firelight effect.

Seven sets of photographic studies were entered by the club, for which it was thought there would be competition from the other States, but the expected entries were not forthcoming. "A Sunny Afternoon, Sydney", by P.H. Williams and "An Old Garden", by H.C.G. Miller, are splendid sunlight and shadow treatments. Another of Mr. Wilkinson's which has secured favorable London comment when hung in the Salon is "The Winding Creek". Fine effects of light and shade are shown in the "Bambra Arrives", a Port Darwin scene. Effective sunlight effects are secured in "The Sunlit Quarry", by G.H. Hutchinson. This study is one of the best seen in the display. A wonderful line effect is secured by Mr. Wilkinson in "Apparelled in Celestial Light". "Sunlit Sea", a Port Darwin photograph, fully shows the wonderful charm of the tropics, the shimmering sea and silver-tipped clouds forming a very picturesque scene through the fronds of tropical verbiage. Mr. C.P. Mountford is the photographer. The fairies of our youth are brought to life in two photographs by Miss Dorothy C. Barnes, "The Enchanted Garden" and "Fairy Playmates". A high degree of excellence is reached by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson in his studies "Sunshine and Shade", "The First Load", "Gums in Sunlight", "Graceful Gums", "Valley Lake in Mount Gambier" and "The Daily Task". Mr. Wilkinson is truly gifted with the eye of an artist, for in all his photographs he secured the greatest effect from his subjects. Pretty sheep scenes are shown in "Overlanding" and "The Spell". Panoramic views of the Port River are given in the picture of the same name and in "A Crowded Berth". The photographer has snapped the harbor at a moment when many boats, both steam and sail driven, are at the wharves. Another sea study, "The Winchman", shows any amount of life. Mr. T.H. Soward exhibits it. Mr. Wilkinson further demonstrates his abilities in flower studies. Two particularly good studies of clouds are those taken on Bribie Island, Queensland, by Mr. R.J. Davies jun. They have achieved an attractive sunlight effect on the dark masses of clouds, with the island just dimly discernible as a background. Mr. T.F. Brady has a fine exhibit of colored photography, his subjects being lifelike in the extreme. Some good album snaps are also exhibited.

PHOTOGRAPHY: INDIVIDUAL EFFORT: SECTION C: Judges — Messrs. S.W. Stump; J.G. Goodchild and H. van Raalte.


Landscapes: Division 1: A.E. Wilkinson, "Clare Valley", silver medal and Kodak prize (highly commended); "Wilpena Station", silver medal, P.H. Williams. "Apparelled in Celestial Light", silver medal; N.R. Burnell, certificate of merit; G.H. Hutchinson, "The Sunlit Quarry", certificate of merit; M.C.G. Miller, certificate of merit.

Portraits of Figure Studies: Division 1: T.H. Stoward, "Happyhood," silver medal, "Danger Ahead," silver medal, "An Elderly Gentleman", bronze medal and Kodak champion second and third prizes. Division 3: B.M.G. Woodards, certificate of merit.

Genre: Division 1: T.H. Stoward, "The Winchman," silver medal (specially commended) and Kodak prize; M.C.G. Miller, "The Sailmakers", bronze medal.

Twelve Contact Photographs from Film Negatives: Division 1: C. Tomlinson, silver medal and Kodak prize; L.G. Bond, three entries, silver medal and second Kodak prize, bronze medal and third Kodak prize and certificate of merit.

Twelve Contact Photographs from Film Negatives: Division 2 — S. Beare, certificate of merit.

Enlargement Accompanied by Contact Print: Division 1: A. Wilkinson, "Gums in Sunlight", silver medal and Kodak prize, "Graceful Gums", bronze medal, "The Daily Task", bronze medal.

Enlargement, Touched or Worked up by Crayon, Oil, or Water color: Division 1: Miss M.R. Jackson, certificate of merit.

Lantern Slides (collection of 3): Division 1: M.E. Sherrah, silver medal and Kodak prize; C. Tomlinson, two sets, silver medal; A.W.C. Ford, bronze medal.

Hand Camera Work (collection of 3): Division 1: A.W.C. Ford, certificate of merit and Kodak prize.

Hand Camera Work (collection of 3): Division 2 — R.K. Monro, bronze medal and Kodak prize.

Seascapes: Division 1: C. Webb, silver medal (commended) and Kodak prize; A.W.C. Ford, set of three, two entries, bronze medal; T.H. Stoward, certificate of merit.

Clouds: Division 1: A.W.C. Ford, two entries, silver medal, bronze medal and Kodak prize.

Clouds: Division 2 — Miss M.R. Jackson, certificate of merit and Women"s Work Fund prize.

Flower, Fruit and Still Life Studies: Division 1: M. Elliott, silver medal and Kodak prize; A. Wilkinson, certificate of merit.

Stereoscopic Paper Prints: Division 1: H.A. Tregallis, certificate of merit.

Architecture (interior): Division 1: Miss E. Legoe, silver medal, Kodak prize and Women"s Work Fund prize; A. Wilkinson, certificate of merit.

Architecture (exterior): Division 1: A.W.C. Ford, silver medal and Kodak prize; C. Webb, bronze medal; Miss E. Legoe, certificate of merit.

Retouching, Head of Elderly Man or Woman: Division 1: Mrs. K.M. Oliver, silver medal; C. Tomlinson, certificate of merit.

Micro-Photography: Division 1: S.F. Tee, silver medal; W. Blackney, certificate of merit; M.P. Briggs, certificate of merit.

Natural color Photography: Division 1: E.P. Simons, silver medal.

Tinted Photos, (set of 6): Division 1: Miss H.M. Furner, silver medal and Kodak prize.

Inter-club Competition (six pictures): Division 1: Adelaide Camera Club, gold medal (highly commended).

Photography (not elsewhere included): Division 1: P.H. Williams; silver medal; H.S. Golding, bronze medal: C.P. Mountford, certificate of merit; M.E. Sherrah, certificate of merit.

Special Group Prizes: Division 1: T.H. Stoward, "The Winchman".

Special Group Prizes: Division 2: R.K. Monro, group of three.

THOMAS SLANEY POOLE
Born 3rd July 1873 Strathalbyn, South Australia
Died 2nd May 1927 Prospect, Adelaide, South Australia

ACTING CHIEF JUSTICE


SIR JOHN LANGDON BONYTHON KCMG
Born 15th October 1848 London, England
Died 22nd October 1939 (aged 91)

Member of the Australian Parliament for South Australia
In office: 30th March 1901 – 16th December 1903




Thursday 23rd April 1925  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

At the monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club, which was held at the Institute Buildings, North terrace, on April 20, an instructive talk on portraiture was given by Mr. G.I. Meller. The President (Mr. W. Scott Sinnett) stated that members of the club had been successful in obtaining one-third of the total awards given at the Chamber of Manufactures Exhibition. Mr. Meller had spoken previously at the club on the subject of "Lighting in portraiture" and the lecture on Monday was a continuation of those remarks. He stated that an essential to good results was correct exposure. Under exposures meant absolute failure and though over-exposure marred results, it could be remedied to an extent by the application Farmer's reducer (which would reduce the contrast in a hard negative), persulphate (which would increase contrast in a foggy negative), or a general reducer such as permanganate (which would not affect the relations of lights and darks. A portrait negative straight developed would render a reproduction of the image created by the lens, but there were negatives, which required slight modifications in high lights or shadows, so that texture of light draperies and soon might not be obscured through over-exposure. The speaker also explained how such a treatment, which was purely chemical, could be applied. The plate, he said, should be immersed in developer at the standard temperature of 65 deg. and after a certain stage in development had been reached the negative must be removed from the solution. The parts requiring accentuation were treated with a weak solution of carbonate of soda, which was applied with a brush. That method was preferable to retouching, which, in his opinion, should be used as little as possible. The use of friction reducers, such as chamois cloth or metal polish, was described. The former, after being dipped in methylated spirits, was rubbed over the dense portion's of the negative to remove particles of silver. The metal polish or a reducing paste was applied with a soft cloth. The lecturer regarded bromide papers as the best medium for printing completed negatives in portraiture, owing to its variety of surfaces and facility for varied toning. Dry mounting of prints was advised. At the instance of Mr. P.H. Williams, supported by the Hon.Secretary (Mr. Mountford), a vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Meller. The President announced that the next monthly outing would be held at Horsnell's Gully on Saturday.



Saturday 2nd May 1925  Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, of Prospect, has again been awarded the silver plaque in the recent colonial competition of The Amateur Photographer in London. He has also had two pictures hung - in the London Salon of Photography and one produced in The Photograms of the Year. In a letter of congratulation to Mr. Wilkinson, Mr. O.J. Mortimer, of The Amateur Photographer, writes: "Your prints have been retained for a while to include in the Colonial Exhibition, organized by The Amateur Photographer, at the Royal Photographic Society's house. I hope to see further examples of your excellent work for our next competition, also for the London Salon of Photography and Photograms of the Year".



Mr. ALFRED WILKINSON




Tuesday 3rd November 1925  Page 2 and 13 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Wednesday 4th November 1925  Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club's Exhibition of pictures at the Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Buildings, North terrace, from 3rd to 10th NOVEMBER. Admission — Free.



Tuesday 3rd November 1925  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
The PUBLIC are INVITED to INSPECT the EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHIC PICTURES at the S.A. Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building, North terrace, to be opened by Sir William Sowden, under the auspices of the Adelaide Camera Club, daily from 3rd to 10th November (12 to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm). No charge for admission.


SIR WILLIAM JOHN SOWDEN
Born 26th April 1858 Castlemaine, Victoria, Australia
Died 10th October 1943 Victor Harbor, South Australia




Wednesday 4th November 1925  Page 12 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The 1925 exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was officially opened in the S.A. Society of Arts Gallery at the Institute Buildings, North-terrace, by Sir William Sowden on Tuesday. The photographs will be on view until 10th November.

The President (Mr. W.S. Sinnett) in introducing Sir William Sowden referred to his repeated assistance and kindly sympathy to the Camera Club and the Society of Arts. Sir William Sowden recalled the controversy regarding the propriety of the board of governors of the Art Gallery in beginning a photographic section and said that no one viewing the present exhibition could gainsay the wisdom of that departure. Emulation being such a great stimulus in art, the pictures would not have been so good had the photographers not been urged on by the high standard set by the Gallery board in its first selection. The photographer had one great advantage over the artist in color, in that the acceptance of a picture by the Gallery should increase the value of copies at least 25 per cent. The board had been conditionally recommended to purchase two of the works exhibited. Few painters realized that the production of an art photograph was almost as difficult as the production of a water color or oil painting and the photographer had the advantage of being able to reproduce his work almost ad lib. He considered the present show the best which, the club had had and as President of the Public Library Board, he congratulated the exhibitors and the Camera Club on having brought out such a fine display.

The exhibition, consisting of 75 works (including a magnificent loan exhibit by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson) maintains a very high standard, technically and artistically, Mr. Wilkinson's collection consists of seven beautiful studies. "Railway Station Entrance" reveals a hidden delight in a commonplace subject; and the others are examples of picturesque rural scenes. The four works which won diplomas are striking in the interest of the subjects and in the excellence of the workmanship. "The Lady Chapel", by Miss Dorothy Barnes, is a chaste architectural study; "The Arch of Steel" is an artistic glimpse of a bridge rendered with a fine sense of values and composition by C.P. Mountford; the same artist's flashlight study of "Colliphilum Apples" is a faultless production and a thoroughly satisfying effect has been achieved by C.N. Tomlinson in his photograph of "Onkaparings Bay". Mr. Tomlinson has also the distinction of an hon. mention for "The Brow of the Hill". "Spring", an idyllic conception, showing a flock of sheep browsing among gum trees; "A Bend on the River" and "Launching the Fishing Boat", are also specially mentioned Mountford prints. Mr. G. Hutchinson is awarded a certificate of merit for "The Old Way", upon which a bullock team crawls wearily. A shipping study at Port Adelaide earned hon. mention for the same photographer. The name of P.J. Williams is a household word among pictorial photographers and several important examples of his work are shown. "Harbour Works" is the beginning of the big bridge at Milson's Point, Sydney; and other interesting pictures by him include "A Tidal Stream", "The Edge of a Shady Pool. "Harvest Festival". "On the Patawalonga" (certificate of merit). "At Milson's Point" (certificate of merit) and "A Hillside Track" (hon. mention). "Ploughing" is the title of a beautiful picture which earned a certificate for Miss C.M. Browne. The portraiture section has stimulated some highly commendable work. A portrait of "Miss E.R.", shown by K. Phillips, has been awarded the Gilbert Mellor Cup and diploma and a panel of four portraits earned a certificate of merit for the same exhibitor. "Miss T" is the charming subject of a J.C. Stone portrait, for which the photographer was awarded a certificate. A similar distinction was achieved for the artist's portrait of "Miss S". Mr. C.P. Mountford has captured an impish smile of an aboriginal urchin named "Mattie". Other fascinating productions include "The Violinist" (2) by K. Phillips. "Portrait" and "The Ivory Fan", by Miss Dorothy Barnes.




Wednesday 4th November 1925  Page 15 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual exhibition of work by members of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by Sir William Sowden at the Society of Arts Gallery on Tuesday evening.

The exhibits which number 75, show evidence of careful and painstaking study. So far as portraits are concerned this seems to be a branch of the photographer's art which has not received the attention it deserves. There are only twelve exhibits in this class and they are contributed by four artists. The work shown is undoubtedly good and a "Portrait of Miss R", by Mr. K. Phillips, is deserving of special mention. It is a portrait in sepia and is a particularly fine effort. In awarding Mr. Phillips the Miller cup and diploma a wise decision was arrived at. Another fine study is "Miss S", by Mr. J.C. Stone. This is treated in an entirely different manner. It is, however a picture rather than a portrait. It is the head only and the charm of it lies rather in a suggested grace of expression, with outlines artistically softened. It is a black and white study. Of the landscapes and seascapes there is a very wide choice. The honors in this section were divided. Mr. C.N. Tomlinson's "Onkaparinga Bay" was awarded a diploma. Mr. C.P. Mountford's "Arch of Steel" was also a fine conception and was awarded a diploma. Mr. Mountford was granted a diploma for a wonderful study of "Colliphillum Apple". The wealth of detail in this small study is surprising.

"The Lady Chapel", by Miss Dorothy Barnes is in a class by itself. It is a fine example of interior photography. Dignified and clear of outline, with all suggestions of harshness removed, it instantly suggests tranquility and a peaceful sanctuary. Miss Barnes was awarded a diploma. "Hidden Light", a rather ambitious study of confusing lights, by Mr. G. Hutchinson, has distinct artistic merit. The photographs as a whole are in every way satisfactory and indicate marked improvements in this delightful form of art.

In declaring the exhibition open, Sir William Sowden said a great stimulus had been given to photographic art by the fact that the Adelaide Art Gallery now included a photographic section. It was the first Art Gallery in the southern hemisphere to adopt such a course. He hoped some of the photographs now exhibited would be purchased for the gallery. The production of art photographs was almost as difficult a task as the production of oil or watercolor paintings. But the photographer had the advantage of being able to make as many duplicates as he pleased. The advantage of having photographic pictures hung in the gallery was that it enhanced the selling value of reproductions and the artist got a better return for his work than he otherwise would. He congratulated exhibitors on the excellence of their work.




Saturday 21st November 1925  Page 15 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

At a Board meeting on Friday of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery.

FINE ARTS COMMITTEE:  Received advice from the Hon.Secretary of the Adelaide Camera Club that Mr. Mountford's photograph, "Colliphium Apples" (which was recommended for purchase by this committee on 30th October), had been published and that the board's requirements of copyright could not be complied with regarding that photograph; but that Mr. Mountford had offered to present a copy of the photograph if the board would accept it. It was decided to recommend the acceptance of Mr. Mountford's offer.



Friday 1st January 1926  Page 26 - Harringtons Photographic Journal

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Annual Exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, the premier Photographic Association of South Australia, was opened under most favorable conditions at the Society of Arts Gallery, North Terrace, on Wednesday 3rd November, at 8pm.

Sir William Sowden, a leader of art circles in South Australia, was introduced to the visitors by the President, Mr. W.S. Sinnet, whose words of welcome found ready support from those present. Sir William Sowden then declared the Exhibition officially opened. During the course of his remarks the speaker expressed his admiration at the great showing of the Club and said as a South Australian, he was proud of such a fine show. He also commended the Society for doing its share to uphold the fame for culture that Adelaide proudly possessed. He stressed the point of support for local artistic talent and these sentiments found ready response from the assembly. He concluded his address by congratulating the Club on the grand showing and wished it the success it deserved.

The exhibition might easily be described as a record one in every respect. The attendance exceeded all previous functions; the sales amounted to well over ₤20, which constitutes a pleasing record and the fact that the Art Gallery authorities purchased several works also speaks well for the type and excellence of the work.

The judges, Messrs. R. Frazer, G.I. Meller and J.H. White are prominent gentlemen in the artistic life of the State and as anticipated, their verdict in each case was fully endorsed by all concerned. Their task was indeed made difficult by the general high standard submitted and they are to be complimented on the results of their deliberations.

The completed list of prize winners is as follows:

Portraiture section  - Meller Cup and Diploma: K. Phillips; Certificate of Merit: J.C. Stone (2), K. Phillips, C.P. Mountford.

Pictorial section  - Diploma: Miss Dorothy Barnes, C.P. Mountford (2), C.N. Tomlinson; Certificate of Merit: Miss C.M. Browne, G. Hutchinson, C.N. Tomlinson, J.C. Stone (2), P.H. Williams (2), C.P. Mountford; Honorable Mention: C.N. Tomlinson (3), G.W. Morey, G. Hutchinson, K. Phillips (2), J.C. Stone, P.H. Williams.

As a result of this Grand Exhibition, the Adelaide Camera Club is one of the foremost artistic organizations in the State and the membership has grown considerably in the last few weeks.

The following images are some of the prize winning works, two of which were Diploma winners.



THE LADY CHAPEL
by Miss Dorothy Barnes

was one of the outstanding pictures of the Exhibition and attracted a large audience by the fine treatment of a most delicate subject. The general softness creates an appropriate atmosphere and the presence of evenly distributed detail gave the work a fine effect.


ONKAPARINGA BAY
by Mr. C.N. Tomlinson

one of the finest pieces of seascape ever shown in the city and assumed the quality of greatness as a true reproduction of a well known spot.


CALLOPHYLLUM APPLES
by Mr. C.P. Mountford

was a subject of tropical fruit and unknown to most of the visitors, but the lighting effect was so well handled and the disposition of the detail so artistic that it attracted great attention. The fact that this work was purchased by the Art Gallery authorities speaks volumes for the quality of the picture.


THE OLD WAY
by Mr. G. Hutchinson

had a special charm inasmuch as the scene is so typical of the country life to be found in almost any part of the State.


ON STRIKE
by Mr. G. Hutchinson

was also easily recognized as a local spot at Port Adelaide and was much admired by all. These two pictures were excellently handled by the photographer and well deserved the awards won.


MYSTIC LIGHT
by Mr. K. Phillips

was distinctly of the advanced soft focus school and earned general praise. The preservation of the major details, combined with the excellent lighting effects, went to make the work of a finished artist.


ON THE PORT RIVER
by J.C Stone

was one of the few Bromoils submitted and it was indeed a pleasing and worthy attempt in this new school. The subject suitable lends itself for the process and was well handled by the exhibitor.



Monday 1st March 1926  Page 37 - Harringtons Photographic Journal

The usual monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club, held at the Society of Arts Rooms, North Terrace, on the 8th February, was well attended. After the Club's business was dealt with, Mr. K. Phillips gave a demonstration on dry mounting, which proved very beneficial to many of the members who had not had the advantage of seeing this class of work demonstrated and those present greatly appreciated the opportunity. Mr. Phillip's dealt chiefly with the different brands of dry mounting tissue. He also dismounted a picture to show that by dry mounting a picture could be transferred to another mount if necessary, which is much less trouble than the paste method. A free discussion followed and many questions were asked and replies given, which members greatly appreciated.



Saturday 10th April 1926  Page 14 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Saturday 17th April 1926
Page 44 - Observer (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 20 - Chronicle (Adelaide, South Australia)


OBITUARY
The death of Mr. M.C.G. Miller, Senior Inspector of Inflammable Oils and Explosives, occurred at his residence, Blackwood, on Thursday. Mr. Miller was the only son of the late Professor C.G. Miller, LL.D., of Melbourne. He was born at Howksburn, Victoria and was educated at Wesley and All Saints Colleges. He came to South Australia on the death of his parents. In 1908 he joined the Education Department as a teacher and after 12 years he was transferred to a position in the Department of Chemistry, which he held until his death, after 27 years in the State's service. Mr. Miller was very interested in all matters relating to inflammable oils and was to a great extent responsible for many of the regulations governing the storage of oils and explosives. From his father he had inherited a great love of books and music and he had a wide and varied knowledge of English literature and poetry. His two chief pleasures were walking and pictorial photography and most of his holidays were spent tramping the Mount Lofty ranges with his camera in search of beauty spots. He was a member and past president of the Adelaide Camera Club and exhibited at most of its annual exhibitions. He was awarded a special prize and two bronze medals at the Peace Exhibition for architecture and genre studies. He had also exhibited at and obtained diplomas from, the Batavia Salon of Photography. His picture, "Early Morning", was bought by the trustees of the National Gallery for their collection of art photography. For the last 14 years Mr. Miller had resided at Blackwood, where he was an active member of the Church of England, being church warden and lay reader. He leaves a widow and two children.


Tuesday 26th October 1926  Page 12 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

ART PHOTOGRAPHY
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
EXCELLENT DISPLAY

This evening the annual exhibition of art photography promoted by Adelaide Camera Club will be opened in the rooms of the South Australian Society of Arts by Mr. S. Talbot Smith (president). The exhibition this year is proclaimed the largest and most meritorious for some years past. Some specially fine work is seen in Bromoil, the process which softens a picture and sepia photography.

A diploma has been awarded P.H. Williams for a striking study in composition and light entitled "The Guests Have Departed" (champion exhibit) and a certificate of merit for "Noon at Littlehampton". "The Aisle", a difficult indoor picture of Stow Memorial Church, is of local interest. For this and a study from "Carmen" Miss Dorothy Barnes has been awarded a certificate and honorable mention respectively.

DELIGHTFUL REFLECTIONS
"Sand Dunes" is a remarkable study by J.C. Stone and "Botanic Garden" is a virile Bromoil by C.M. Tomlinson. The latter has been awarded a diploma for a high-keyed marine study, "The Majestic".

W.S. Sinnett is responsible for a bold study, "The River Brink", which shows stately gums in the foreground and delightful reflections in the flowing stream. R.D. Farquharson has in "Break in the Woods", a study in contrasts of light and shade. An exhibit of distinction is the work of K.P. Phillips, who has gained the Gilbert Meller trophy and diploma for a portrait study, "Southern Maid" and certificates of merit for "Anna Christie" (Mrs Wilfred Neill) and "Child Study" and in the seascape class a diploma for "The Silver Streak".

SEASCAPE CAMEO
"Moored Ketches" (certificate of merit), L.J. Gill, is a seascape cameo, clear cut and natural, showing signs of careful handling in production. "Tumeri", an aboriginal study by C.P. Mountford and "On the Road Home", by Miss C.M. Brown, are two excellent works which gained awards.

The judges were Messrs. Gilbert Meller, R. Fraser and Fred Britton.

The officers of Adelaide Camera Club are: Messrs. G. Hutchinson (president), C.P. Mountford (vice-president), G.T. Andrews (treasurer), K.P. Phillips (assistant Hon.Secretary), R.D. Farquharson (secretary) and Miss Dorothy Barnes (librarian).




Tuesday 26th October 1926
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 14 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

Wednesday 27th October 1926  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute buildings, North-terrace,
Open 27th October to 2nd November
Noon to 5.30pm; 7.30pm to 9.30pm
ADMISSION FREE.



Tuesday 26th October 1926  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHIC BEAUTY
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUBEXCELLENT DISPLAY

"Art that conceals art" is undoubtedly the text of the 1926 exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club. Tonight there will be opened in the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, one of the finest shows yet held by that competent company of camera enthusiasts. Begun in a small way, by a few lovers of the photographic cult, the club, in the past two decades, has gradually gained in local importance, until to-day, it ranks with one of the most popular displays held in the gallery. Upon the present occasion the exhibition, numbering about 90 studies, is one of the best ever held here. The quality of the work, the skillful handling of the subject matter, judgment in light and shadow, composition and technique each and all are admirable. 'To make the commonplace divine' has been successfully essayed, so that everyday subjects bear the hallmark of an originality and artistry that merit the awards bestowed upon them. Scenic studies and portraiture form the two branches of competition in this pictorial photography that has quite deposed the former mechanical workmanship and fostered a love for the beautiful in Nature.

Every variety of subject, in all varieties of mood has been selected, so that one beholds many beauty spots in South Australia, on land and by the sea: studies of animals; poetic monotones; all kinds of portraiture; colored photography, bromides and bromoils. The three judges Messrs. Fred C. Britton, C.E. Mellor and Fraser, warmly commended the quality of the work submitted and spent a considerable portion on Monday in finalizing their decisions. Then the members of the committee, with the Hon.Secretary (Mr. R.D. Farquharaon) gave their services to the uninviting task of arranging and hanging the exhibits. This evening the President (Mr. G. Hutchinson) will ask Mr. S. Talbot Smith (President of the Fine Arts Committee) to declare the exhibition open. Mr. P.H. Williams, who can now be regarded as a "veteran" prizewinner, has again scored. A diploma has rewarded a clever verandah study, "The Guests Have Departed", showing chairs and table pushed back in curveless grace. Admirable treatment of light is a marked feature, also. Mr. Williams has also secured a certificate of merit for a beautiful little harvest wane, dominated by a central gumtree, "Noon at Littlehampton". Miss Dorothy Barnes, one of the most liberally rewarded 'of the exhibitors can' claim a diploma, a certificate of merit; and honorable mention. "Close of Day" represents the diploma award, an alluring bit of the Hindmarsh River, at Victor Harbour, with a black horse and a white horse straying at the edge of the rippling stream. The certificate has gone to a cleverly selected portion of Stow Church interior, showing the aisle bathed in light filtering through the side windows. A unique color study, of photography in oils, "Michaela", from "Carmen" has gained honorable mention. K.P. Phillips's work has been obviously successful, no less than four honors decorating his entries. The Gilbert Mellor Cup, the only trophy connected with the club and originated last year through Mr. Mellor's generosity, has been bestowed upon "A Southern Maid", an expressive portrait full of vivacity and a diploma has been also added. Another diploma has been conferred upon "The Silver Streak", a seascape, showing the Tortoise winning the Griffiths Cup and contriving also to produce most effective glinting lights in the pathway of her success. Two other portraits have gained further honors for K.P. Phillips, certificates of merit being scored by "Anna Christie", a wonderful study of Mrs Wilfrid Neill and "Hullo, Stranger!" a well nigh speaking picture of a lovely little child.

C.N. Tomlinson's artistry has been demonstrated in several successful exhibits. Two diplomas and a certificate of merit have crowned land and sea scenes. A veritable forest picture has been contrived in an early morning view of the Botanic Gardens, a bromoil rich in light tones, that has gained one of the diplomas. The other diploma has distinguished a seascape, Majestic, showing — in high key— a six masted vessel at anchor in Port Adelaide. Stronger lights envelop 'The Ferry Boat' a happy study, also taken at the Port, which has been awarded a certificate of merit. To Miss C.M. Browne has gone the respective recognitions of a certificate of merit, "On the Road Home", a typical hills view of wagon and team; and "Glen" a very clever reproduction of a horses head. J.C. Stone's certificate of merit is justly won by an arresting study in tones, in which sand dunes and tussocks form a delightful medium. For a strong bit of work, "The River's Brink" depicting two giant gum trees, taken between Renmark and Berri; W.S. Sinnett has gained a certificate of merit. R.D. Farquharson, in submitting "A Break in the Woods" a splendid piece of work, has won honorable mention for his arrangement of trees and saplings. Serenity is the keynote struck by L.J. Gill in "Moored Ketches" a gem of the Port River, that has secured a certificate of merit. The remainder of the pictures are well worthy of inspection also and can be seen daily and each evening for a week.




Tuesday 26th October 1926  Page 17 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Far removed from the realms of snapshot photography are the exhibits at the annual display of the Adelaide Camera Club which will be opened at the Society of Arts room at the Institute to-day by Mr. S. Talbot Smith. The display is the best the club has had during its existence. Compared with last year there is a notable advance in technique and composition and the general standard of artistry is high. Seascapes, river scenes, pastoral compositions and animal studies are all well represented and the portrait section is strong. Bromide prints are in the majority, but there are several bromoils and one or two works colored in oils. The president of the club is Mr. G. Hutchinson and the Hon.Secretary Mr. R.D. Farquharson. The judges were Messrs. F. Britton, Fraser and G.J. Mellor.

One of the most successful exhibitors was Mr. K.P. Phillips, who gained two diplomas, the highest award of the club. One a portrait, "A Southern Maid" also won for him the Mellor Cup, presented by Mr. Mellor for the portraiture section. The other was an Outer Harbor, seascape depicting the Tortoise winning the hydroplane championship. Mr. P.H. Williams gained his diploma with a verandah study entitled, "The Guests Have Departed" a feature being the contrast in lighting effects. A picturesque reach of the Hindmarsh River wit two horses drinking in the foreground furnished Miss Dorothy Barnes with the subject for her diploma study. She also gained awards with "Micaela" a portrait artistically colored in oils and an interior showing an aisle of Stow Church. Mr. C.N. Tomlinson chose for the subject of his diploma picture a rear view of a six masted sailing vessel partially shrouded by morning mists, lying at the anchorage. The title, "Majestic" was an apt one. Mr. L.J. Gill gained a certificate of merit with a study of moored ketches on the Port River, Mr. P.H. Williams with a harvest scene with a huge tree in the foreground, Miss C.M. Browne with faithful studies of horses, Mr. J.C. Stone with a view typical of the sand dunes. Mr. W.S. Sinnett with a riverside glimpse between Renmark and Berri and Mr. Tomlinson with another well treated river scene. Mr. Farquharson's "Break in the Woods" which gained honorable mention, was another well-balanced composition. Similar awards went to Misses Brown and Barnes.




Wednesday 27th October 1926  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH TERRACE
Open October 27th to November 2nd. Noon to 5.30pm; 7.30pm to 9.30pm
ADMISSION FREE




Wednesday 27th October 1926  Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The opening night of the Adelaide Camera Club's annual exhibition was well attended on Tuesday and visitors were delighted with the splendid show made, both with regard to the merit and number of the pictures. Mr. W. Sinnett, a Vice-President, asked Mr. S. Talbot Smith, Chairman of the Fine Arts Committee, to declare the exhibition open. Mr. S. Talbot Smith congratulated the members upon the present display, which was praiseworthy in every respect. In former times photography, had been regarded as a kind of Cinderella sister of Art, but now it was recognized and accepted in its fuller value, as shown by the fact that the Art Gallery included photographs in its collection, on account of their artistic qualities. There had been a tendency to convert photographs into an etching like, treatment, but he was glad to see that the specimens before him were examples of are pure photographic art. Photographs were invaluable, also, in an Art Gallery, for the archives department. In fact, many of the so-called "horrors" of the Victorian era - on which the speaker touched humorously — were now treasured as evidence of things that might otherwise be forgotten. The moving picture, which was just photography carried a step further, could bring processions and other ceremonies from the other side of the world before their very eyes. It might also be of great value in preserving native corroborees and other dying customs. The speaker again eulogized the Camera Club's exhibition and, with pleasure, declared it open.



15th April 1927  Page 188 - The Australasian Photo-Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting held on the 14th February, Mr. K.P. Phillips, holder of the Gilbert Meller Trophy, gave an interesting lecture and demonstration of Bromide Enlarging, which was greatly appreciated. Mr. Phillips emphasized the need for absolute cleanliness in the darkroom when handling photographic materials, especially Bromide paper and explained the various processes of multiple printing through an enlarger.

On the 19th February a large party of members and their friends, under the direction of the Hon.Secretary (Mr. C.T. Andrews), picnicked at Long Gully grounds (refer to the photo below). While some of the members hunted for "Bits" along a nearby brook, the others enjoyed games of tennis, etc.






Saturday 21st May 1927  Page 14 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PUBLIC LIBRARY BOARD
A meeting of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery Board was held on Friday.

The fine arts committee reported that it had received a letter from the Adelaide Camera Club, suggesting that an exhibition of photographs and etchings in the board's collection should be made each year and informed the club that most of the photographs and a selection of the etchings were on exhibition. The curator to report as to the stands and material necessary for an exhibition of prints in the Art Gallery building




Thursday 1st September 1927  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PUBLIC INTEREST IN THE KODAK EXHIBITION
A record of attendance has been kept at the Kodak Exhibition and it shows a steady increase in the number of visitors. The crowds are particularly dense during the luncheon hour. Many people seem to have settled down to a regular visit in the middle of the day, on account of the widely different tastes appealed to in the pictures on view.

Monday's attendance was 1,500, the figures for Tuesday were slightly more than 2,100 and those of Wednesday just exceeded 2,500 — striking proof of the growing interest in the display. At yesterday afternoon's kodascope exhibition of moving pictures a number of school boys were present and the enthusiasm which prevailed is sure to be infectious. On Monday evening Mr. J. White (President of the Society of Arts) interested a large audience in his constructive criticism on a selection of the pictures. Most of those present were members of the Adelaide Camera Club and other art students.

On Tuesday evening the professional photographers had a private demonstration on new apparatus for portrait photography by artificial light and last night there were lectures on various subjects of interest to the profession. At the same time the main floor of the exhibition was open for inspection to the general public. This afternoon there will be a further program of cinematograph films dealing with educational and other subjects. The exhibition will remain open daily from 10am to 10pm and will close on Saturday at 1 pm.




Wednesday 16th November 1927  Page 18 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened on Thursday evening at the South Australian Society of Arts Rooms, Institute Building, North terrace. The exhibition will be continued each afternoon and evening until November 23. Twenty-three prints have been received from the Melbourne Camera Club and leading local photographers have contributed.



Wednesday 16th November 1927  Page 13 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

SUPERFINE PHOTOGRAPHY
CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION

Abundant evidence of the pitch of excellence to which photography may attain is furnished by the pictures in the annual exhibition of Adelaide Camera Club. Mr. L.H. Howie (president of the South Australian Society of Arts) will open the display tomorrow night in the Institute Building, North terrace.

In each of the sections - portraiture and pictorial - there are highly commendable exhibits and Messrs. F. Millward Grey, R. Fraser and Gilbert Meller (judges) must have found the task of awarding diplomas and certificates no easy one.

In portraiture the diploma for the Gilbert Meller trophy has been secured this year by Miss Dorothy Barnes for an artistic and perfectly finished study, "A Mediaeval Headdress". "The Paisley Shawl" by Mr. K.P. Phillips received honorable mention.

REALISTIC ART
"Evening Quiet" by Mr. J. McAskill has been awarded a diploma in the pictorial section and it well deserves it. It is comparable with a delicate aqua tint. "Through the White Foam Proudly Dashing" by P.H. Williams has also secured a diploma. It represents a hydroplane at full speed and the heaving of the water and the dashing spray are most realistic. Other diplomas in this section have been bestowed upon Mr. J. McAskill for a beautiful study of "Roses", Mr. C.N. Tomlinson for a fine photograph of "University Entrance", Adelaide and Mr. G. Page for "The Guardian of the Brook".

"The Silvered Sands", by Mr. C.P. Mountford received a certificate of merit, as did "Durham Cathedral" and "Through the Eiffel Tower" by Mr. P.H. Williams. "Boats at Anchor" by Mr. J.C. Stone was awarded honorable mention.

EXQUISITE WORK
Mr. Alfred Wilkinson exhibits a group, not for competition, in bromoils, each of which is characterized by an exquisite delicacy and softness, almost pastel-like. One of the finest of these is "The Sun's Last Rays, Poltalloch". Another loan collection is the work of Miss N.G. Bruce and it includes clear delineations of Continental scenes at Bruges and elsewhere.

On the southern wall of the gallery is a loan exhibit from Melbourne Camera Club, in which are some charming studies, notably "Grief" by Mr. H. Beggs, which is a beautiful nude and "The Glory of Autumn" by Mr. A.E. Stevens, wherein one delights in the grace and aristocratic bearing of poplars. "Brothers All" by Miss Ruth Hollich is a delightful study in expression on the faces of three small boys.

But Adelaide compares favorably with Melbourne and the exhibition should attract crowds of artistic folk until it closes on November 23.

Mr. C.T. Andrews is Hon.Secretary of the Adelaide Camera Club.




Thursday 17th November 1927  Page 16 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

Many people make a practice of visiting the rooms of the Society of Arts, in the Institute (building, at regular intervals, to view the pictures hung there from time to time. Those who go there next week will see the fine collection of photographs on show at the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club. Few opportunities are offered to the public of seeing choice examples of the work of photographers and a pleasant hour may be spent in inspecting the productions of members of the club. The club has been in existence about 15 years and the exhibition this year is probably equal to the best in its history. The types of subjects attempted are more comprehensive than usual and in addition to the popular portraiture series, there are seascapes and beach scenes, landscapes and architectural studies. Most of the pictures are in bromide and a few in bromoils. Among the latter is a collection loaned by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson. Other loan collections are those by Miss N. G. Bruce and by the Melbourne Camera Club. The latter are hung on the southern wall and are an attractive feature of the exhibition, although the exhibits of the Adelaide members lose nothing in comparison. Well-chosen subjects have been artistically handled and some striking effects in light and shade have been caught. The exhibition will be opened this evening by the president of the Society of Arts (Mr. L.H. Howie) and will remain open until next Thursday.

The following awards have been made: — Landscape — Diploma, Mr. J. McAskill, "Evening Quiet" and certificate of merit, "Shadowed Roadway"; hon. mention, Mr. W.S. Sherrar, "Creeping Shadows". Seascape — Diploma, Mr. P.H. Williams, "Through the white foam proudly dashing"; certificate of merit, Mr. C.P. Mountford, "Silvered Sands"; hon. mention, Mr. J.C. Stone, "Boats at Anchor". Architectural subjects — Diploma (tie), Mr. C.N. Tomlinson, "University Entrance" and Mr. P.H. Williams, "Uffizi Gallery" (Florence); certificate of merit, Mr. P.J. Williams, "Government House Entrance". Miscellaneous — Mr. J. McAskill "Roses"; certificates of merit, Mr. P.H. Williams, "Durham Cathedral" and "Eiffel Tower". The exhibits in the portrait competition for the cup presented by Mr. Gilbert Meller, are hung on the western wall, the winner being "A Medieval Headdress", by Miss Dora Barnes. This is the third year of competition for the cup, which was won twice by Mr. K.P. Phillips. He gained a certificate of merit and an honorable mention for his exhibits this year.



Thursday 17th November 1927
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 21 - News (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
Institute Building, North terrace.
OPENING TO-NIGHT, AT 8pm.
ADMISSION FREE




Thursday 17th November 1927  Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

BEAUTY PERPETUATED
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION

One of the finest exhibitions yet held by the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened this evening at the Society of Arts Gallery North terrace. There are more than 130 exhibits and each commands its own share of attention. The studies have been grouped into their respective classes that include portraiture; a pictorial selection comprising seascapes, views of the countryside, flowers and architecture and three loan sections, from Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, the Melbourne Camera Club and Miss N.G. Bruce. The action of the Melbourne association in sending over some of their work has been much appreciated and the southern wall has been devoted to displaying their 23 pictures. This portion is non-competitive and consists of a variety of subjects from children's portraits to gum tree studies. Three children, sheltering under an umbrella, form a happy theme; a poplar tree against the deepening tones of a cloudy sunset sky; windblown trees silhouetted against a darkening landscape, portraiture, including the nude; and a beautiful; sylvan scene, a glade done in sepia, are other engrossing subjects. A prominent treatise of light and shade is that entitled "The Shadow of Destruction", showing a building in the process of demolition and yet the photographer has so caught the light values that the archway, men and horses become a poetical study.

MERITORIOUS PRIZE WINNERS
The principal mediums used in the production of the various groups were ordinary bromide prints and bromoils. Prizes were awarded in each section, the judges being Messrs. L.G. Meller, F. Milward-gray and R. Fraser. Mr. T. Andrews, as the new Hon.Secretary, ably managed the initial arrangements, aided by his committee. In the space reserved for portraiture, excellent specimens of that branch of art were on view. Miss Dorothy Barnes won the trophy given by Mr. Gilbert Meller, with an expressive study of a girl's face, set off by a medieval head dress. The quality of light and the animation caught by the artist, were outstanding points. Mr. K.P. Phillips was successful in achieving a double award, Portrait of a girl and one of an elderly lady wearing a Paisley shawl, both indicated Mr. Phillips's facility in conveying a "living" impression. For the former he secured a certificate of merit and for the latter honorable mention. The pictorial series embraced as wide a meaning as was conveyed in scenes, architectural grouping and miscellaneous. Charming effects were those gained in 'Evening Quiet' by Mr. J. Askill, a very gifted member of the club. The picture breathed atmosphere in keeping with its title and the creek and shadowing gum trees were well balanced in artistic values. A diploma was the award bestowed by the adjudicators. "The Shadowed Roadway", another gem perpetuated by Mr. McAskill's camera, gained a certificate of merit. The poet spoke through the graceful turn of a winding roadway, sentineled by luxuriant trees. Their dark trunks threw a strong shadow of weird ribbing across the white road and the whole effect was impressive in its strength. Mr. W.S. Sheerah was given hon. mention for 'Creeping Shadows' an appealing old-world scene embodying a tree-shaded approach to a farm and its outbuildings.

Seascapes contributed a wide measure of beauty to the show. The sea, in all its moods had been captured, from storm to serenity at eventide. Mr. P.H. Wilhams's cleverness in catching a picture on the spur of the moment was indicated in a diploma-winning pilot boat churning its way through the foam crested waters, off Albany coast. It was taken on Mr. Wilhams's way to Europe. One of the cleverest expositions of 'Nature lost in art' was 'The Silvered Sands', a midday impression of a winding beach, gleaming in the ripple of wavelets fringing the wet sands. By a process of extreme difficulty, a wonderful contour has been secured by Mr. C.P. Mountford, richly deserving the certificate of merit that crowned it. Tranquility was the keynote struck by Mr. J.C. Stone in "Boats at Anchor", three fishing smacks riding upon dancing sun-flecked ripples. The shadows were a feature in themselves and the whole scene merited the hon. mention given to it.

VARIETY AND VERSATILITY
The value to a city of its architecture has induced the club to speed on this portion of their work. A number of fine specimens adorn the walls of the gallery and among the notable ones are two that shared the diploma. Mr. C.N. Tomlinson made a fine picture of the Adelaide University entrance, despite the difficulties to be met with in the matter of catching adequate sunlight. Mr. P.H. Williams, the other winner, gained his honors with a clever impression of the Uffizi Gallery entrance, at Florence. A fine vista has been secured in looking through the arched entrance to the pathway.

Night photography enabled Mr. P.J. Williams to win a certificate of merit for his effective picture of Government House, illuminated so that the whole structure was thrown into artistic relief. Turning to the miscellaneous portion of the exhibits, one found a graceful and gracious study of roses that added further prestige to Mr. J. McAskill, in the form of a diploma. To Mr. P.H. Williams was given recognition, through the medium of a certificate of merit, for a clever and difficult portrait of Durham Cathedral, in England, containing delightful effects in the foreground. The same competitor secured another certificate for an unusual view, taken in Paris, from the Eiffel Tower, conveying all the sense of that long distance to the boulevard. The prize winning section of the exhibition by no means limited the scope of its merits. There was not a poor picture upon the walls and the lover of 'the out-of-doors' will find much to occupy him, from boats drifting idly in mid-stream to sheep browsing on secluded hillsides.

SPECIAL DISPLAYS
The club is indebted to Mr. Alfred Wilkinson for showing half a dozen laboratory studies to be placed on view, not for competition. Mr. Wilkinson showed numerous typical bush scenes at prominent London galleries during his recent tour abroad and won many prizes. Among the series now in evidence are such subjects as sheep mustering, shed machinery, a view on the lakes, at Poltalloch and some gems of the countryside. Miss N.G. Bruce's camera was kept busily at work during her trip to the Continent and seven of the pictures thus obtained are to be seen at the exhibition. They comprise bits of Merano and of Bruges.

This evening the opening ceremonial will be held at the Society of Arts Gallery, when the President of the Adelaide Camera Club (Mr. C.P. Mountford) will ask the President of the Society of Arts (Mr. L.H. Howie) to declare the show open. Subsequently it will be available to the public, free of charge, every day from noon and each evening.




Friday 18th November 1927  Page 21 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

THE CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION OPENED

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by the president of the Society of Arts (Mr. L.H. Howie) at the Institute on Thursday night. He was introduced by the president of the Camera Club (Mr. C.P. Mountford), who said pictorial workers were particularly fortunate in having the co-operation of the Society of Arts.

Mr. Howie, after announcing the winners of the various diplomas, whose names have already appeared in "The Advertiser", said there was a good deal of affinity between painting and photography. So far as it was possible to make rules for the making of pictures, the same rules applied to each. Rules would not be regarded as fetters, except by the weak worker. A study of art was helpful to photography, training the eye to judge the main characteristics of a picture and to secure the arrangement of light which would bring those out and eliminate those not desired. Those who viewed the work on the walls would agree that the members of the Camera Club had not taken a matter of fact view of their subjects, but had succeeded in making beautiful pictures.




Friday 18th November 1927
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Saturday 19th November 1927  Page 10 - News (Adelaide South Australia)
Monday 21st November 1927  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION 1927

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
Institute Building, North terrace.
from 17th to 23rd NOVEMBER
12pm to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9pm
ADMISSION FREE




Friday 18th November 1927  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHS CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
The attractive exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts Gallery, North terrace, was formally opened on Thursday evening by Mr. L.H. Howie (President of the Society of Arts). He was introduced by Mr. C.P. Mountford (President of the Adelaide Camera Club ) and announced the winners in the various sections as follow:— Winner of the Gilbert Meller Trophy for portraiture, Miss Dorothy Barnes; diploma for landscape, Mr. J. MacAskill; seascape, Mr. P.H. Williams; architecture, Mr. C.M. Tomlinson and Mr. P.H. Williams; and miscellaneous, Mr. J. MacAskill.

Referring to the exhibition, Mr. Howie said it had given him great pleasure and afforded keen interest. It was notable for the inclusion of the splendid work of the Melbourne Camera Club on the south wall of the gallery. He stressed the affinity between the requirements of painting and those of photography and said the function of all arts was to please, so that, generally speaking, rules relative to one might be applied to all, in so far as it was possible at all to make rules for picture making, which were largely a matter of taste and feeling. Rules should not be regarded as fetters. They were only such to the weak worker. A knowledge of art was essential to the success of the photographer. In portraiture it was necessary, in addition to getting a likeness, to have artistic arrangement. Many great portraits lived as pictures as distinct from likenesses. He wished the Adelaide Camera Club every success in its exhibition and in its future activities. A notice of the works exhibited was published in The Register on Thursday.




Saturday 19th November 1927  Page 5 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PUBLIC LIBRARY BOARD
PICTURES FOR ART GALLERY

At the board meeting of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia on Friday those present were: The Vice President (Dr. R.S. Rogers), in the chair, Messrs. A.W. Brown, H.E. Fuller, W.J. Isbister, Professor T. Harvey Johnston, Messrs. W.H. Langham, H.P. Moore, C.M. Reid, B.S. Roach, L.H. Sholl and Professor Sir A.T. Strong.

Dr. Rogers reported that a message had been received saving that the Minister of Education regretted that finances would not permit of any action being taken at present to provide additional accommodation for the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery. The Minister asked if the three rooms on the northern portion of the upper floor of the library building could be used temporarily by the Education Department for the correspondence school. In lieu of these rooms, the Minister suggested that the board might use the rooms at present occupied by the correspondence school. The suggestion was approved.

The fine arts committee reported that members had inspected an exhibition of paintings by Miss Vida Lahey and resolved that the picture "By the Window" should be purchased. The committee had also inspected the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club and resolved that, subject to the conditions of purchase of photographs for the photographic section of the Art Gallery, the following should be purchased: "The Haycart", by Miss C.M. Browne; "Roses", by J. McAskill; "The Bridge at Dawn", by C.N. Tomlinson; "The University Entrance", by C.N. Tomlinson: "Look at Your Shadow, Mother", by P.H. Williams; and "Arkaba Creek", by A. Wilkinson. The committee had also decided to accept as a gift from Mr. W.H. Selway four paintings of South Australian orchids on porcelain panels. It had been decided to recommend that £100 should be made available to Messrs. Martin Hardie and Harold Wright for further purchase of prints (Murray bequest account), including an example by Anders Zorn. Mrs Coutts Michie's gift of a marble bust of the late George McCulloch by Italo Vagnetti had arrived from London and had been placed in the gallery. The committee had approved of the acceptance on loan, subject to certain conditions, of a portrait of Sir Langdon Bonython by W. Mclnnes, offered by the University of Adelaide.




Monday 21st November 1927  Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION 1927

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
Institute Building, North terrace.
from 17th to 23rd NOVEMBER
12pm to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9pm
ADMISSION FREE




Monday 21st November 1927  Page 11 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Owing to Public Library Staff Picnic
Exhibitions will be CLOSED on TUESDAY,
22nd November




Monday 21st November 1927  Page 83 - The Australasian Photo-Review

EXHIBITION OF THE
ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The following is culled from local newspaper reports, which while interesting to the general public, do not include the class of information most desired by our readers, who would have welcomed more information from the pictorial point of view.

The exhibition was held in the Society of Arts Gallery and some 130 pictures were hung. These were grouped in sections: portraiture, seascapes, landscapes, flowers and architecture. Three loan sections were included, from Mr. A. Wilkinson, Miss N.G. Bruce and the Melbourne Camera Club, the last-named being responsible for 23 exhibits. The awards were as follows:

PORTRAITURE
Gilbert Meller Trophy: “A Mediaeval Head-Dress” (Miss D. Barnes). Certificate of Merit: “Portrait” (K.P. Phillips). Hon. Mention: “The Paisley Shawl” (K.P. Phillips).

LANDSCAPE
Diploma: “Evening Quiet” (J. MacAskill). Certificate of Merit: “The Shadowed Roadway” (J. Mac-Askill). Hon. Mention: “Creeping Shadows” (W.S. Sherrah).

SEASCAPE
Diploma: “Through the White Foam Proudly Dashing” (P.H. Williams). Certificate of Merit: “The Silvered Sands” (C.P. Mountford). Hon. Mention: “Boats at Anchor” (J.C. Stone).

ARCHITECTURAL
Diplomas: “University Entrance” (C.N. Tomlinson); “Part of Uffize Gallery” (P.H. Williams).

NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY
Certificate of Merit: “Government House” (P.J. Williams).

MISCELLANEOUS
Diploma: “Roses” (J. MacAskill). Certificate of Merit: “Durham Cathedral” (P.H. Williams); “Through the Eiffel Tower” (P.H. Williams).




Friday 27th January 1928  Page 4 - The Mercury (Hobart, Tasmania)

The fortnightly meeting of the Southern Tasmanian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms on Wednesday evening. The president (Mr. F.G. Robinson) was in the chair. Mr. J.H. Harvey, of Melbourne and Mr. C.P. Mountford, of the Adelaide Camera Club, were present and were welcomed by the chairman. A demonstration of "Bromoil" was given by Mr. V. Oxenford, in the course of which two very good pictures were obtained. Mr. F.G. Robinson exhibited a collection of pictures photographed on a recent visit to South Australia. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. G. B. Davies) outlined the arrangements for the forthcoming exhibition. The meeting closed with a vote of thanks to the demonstrator.



Thursday 16th February 1928
Page 23 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


The regular monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held on Monday evening, in the rooms of the Royal Society of Arts, Institute Building, North terrace. The President (Mr. C.N. Tomlinson) expressed his gratification that the syllabus for the year had attracted several members of the public to join the club. The special subject for the evening was a demonstration of lantern slide production. Mr. H. Horswill (technical manager for Messrs. Harringtons Limited), having undertaken to unveil the mysteries of this fascinating work. Several slides were printed from various negatives. At the conclusion of the demonstration Mr. Horswill was warmly thanked for his trouble, the President remarking that the evening's proceedings had added considerably to the knowledge of those present. Comment was made by several members that the next outing of the club, which will be in the form of a visit to the Botanic Gardens next Saturday afternoon, should provide opportunities to prove whether Mr. Horswill is really the champion lantern slide maker of the State. It is not generally understood that the Camera Club is really open to anybody and is not hedged in by monastic exclusiveness. Many members possess no equipment more ambitious than a folding Kodak and even the actual possession of a camera is not strictly insisted upon.


Thursday 23rd February 1928
Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


An outing of the Adelaide Camera Club took place last Saturday, the Adelaide Botanic Garden being chosen as the scene of activities. The day was dull and gusty, offering conditions which discouraged the use of hand cameras with small lenses. Mr. J. Connelly acted as conductor and adviser. A beautiful color effect was found in the large pond, the Nymphaea lilies being at present in their glory. Most of the club members, decided that the lilies were worth an attempt to photograph, although the pink flowers and the glossy green leaves would almost certainly be lost on the ordinary films. After a little stroll, the ducks were discovered and the members, who had been quite satisfied that a stand camera was the proper thing for the garden were quite defeated by those with "reflexes". The large avenue of Moreton Bay fig trees was discussed, but it was generally agreed that the light was not exactly perfect for such a job. One or two other avenues were also visited, some of the members having an eye to chances for the annual exhibition next November. Near the kiosk is a small pond containing lotus lilies and goldfish. The large glasshouse was next visited and the rock gardens were admired. At this stage the stand cameras came to the front again, the panchromatic plates and color screens being the best medium for the colors of the phlox, petunias and various bright yellow plants. A photograph of a group of the members present was then taken. Mr. Connelly, invited the members to afternoon tea at the kiosk and the remainder of the time was occupied with discussions and criticisms. New members of the Camera Club will be welcomed.


Thursday 15th March 1928
Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 21 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


The regular monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club was held in the rooms of the Royal Society, North terrace, on Monday evening. The president (Mr. C.N. Tomlinson) occupied the chair and introduced Mr. Morris, the well-known optician of Adelaide, who had arranged to entertain the members of the club with a dissertation upon optics. A very interesting description was given of the processes involved in the manufacture of optical glass. During the latter half of the lecture a film was shown explaining the structure of the human eye. This film proved to be a masterpiece, both in photographic technique and in educational features. An interesting fact, explained Mr. Morris, was that the human eye is at its best at the age of 15 and at the age of 45 it usually requires assistance. At the close of the lecture a vote of thanks was extended to Mr. Morris, the president remarking that the evening had been one of the most interesting in the club's syllabus. The next outing of the Camera Club will be held on Saturday. A visit will be made to the river district near the Grange, for the purpose of securing photographs among the ti-tree. Club members will meet at the top of the ramp at the Railway Station at 2.15pm. Amateur photographers who are not yet members are invited to join this outing, the club members being willing to help all beginners.



15th March 1928  Page 136 - The Australasian Photo-Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
The meeting on the 13th February had as an attraction a demonstration by Mr. H. Horswill on lantern slide making. The lecturer made slides from various negatives and showed how defective slides were reduced or intensified and also how slides could be improved by toning and staining methods. Those present voted their appreciation of Mr. Horswill’s ideas, and it is hoped the demonstration will result in increased interest being taken in this very simple branch of photography.

It is desired to intimate that visitors are welcome at any of the Club’s meetings and membership is open to all who may be interested in camera work.




Thursday 22nd March 1928
Page 13 - News (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 13 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)


At an outing of the Adelaide Camera Club last Saturday, the majority of members carried light quarter-plate reflex cameras, several had small folding film cameras, a couple had light half plate stand cameras and the junior of the party placed her trust in a box Brownie. A couple of members carried vest-pocket cameras in addition, the pictures from them being intended for subsequent enlargement. The district visited was the ti-tree scrub near the Grange. The afternoon was fine, with no wind and a clear sky — conditions which do not offer much chances for pictorial work. A noticeable feature of the afternoon's proceedings was that there was as much difference in method as in equipment. A couple of members were determined to record the reflections of the trees in the water and risked the soft mud and crumbling bank. They will probably have something to show at the exhibition towards the end of the year. Late in the afternoon, the junior member took a photograph of a group of members, standing the 'Brownie' on a tripod. Another member took a more serious picture of the group, using a postcard roll film camera. General satisfaction was expressed at the increasing attendance at the meetings and outings. It is understood among the members of the club that there are a great many serious camera workers in Adelaide, who are still working alone and it is hoped that they may be persuaded to join the society. The meetings are held on the second Monday in each month and intending members are invited to be present, at the Royal Society Rooms, North terrace.



Wednesday 18th April 1928  Page 11 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

At a meeting of members of Adelaide Camera Club it was reported that fixtures in the near future included the annual club picnic, on Anzac Day, an outing to Blackwood on Saturday and visits to studios and lectures by experts on various subjects. An illustrated lecture on native art was given by Mr. C.P. Mountford, who is an authority on Aboriginal relics and art.



Thursday 19th April 1928  Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
A large number of members of the Adelaide Camera Club attended the monthly meeting on Monday evening at the rooms of the Royal Society, North terrace. The policy of activity undertaken by the new committee has had encouraging results, many new members having been enrolled. A very attractive syllabus has been drawn up. Fixtures for the near future include the annual picnic on Anzac Day, an outing to Blackwood next Saturday, visits to studios and lectures by experts on various subjects. Last Monday evening the chief feature of the proceedings was an illustrated lecture by Mr. C.P. Mountford (an ex-president of the club) on "Native Art in the Interior". He is an authority on Australian aboriginal relics and art and has, collected many records of native drawings and carvings. The lecture was highly interesting.



Thursday 19th April 1928  Page 16 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

A large attendance of members was recorded at the monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club on Monday. The policy of activity undertaken by the new committee has had encouraging results, many new members being enrolled and an attractive syllabus drawn up. Fixtures for dates in the near future include the annual club picnic, to be held on Anzac Day, an outing at Blackwood on Saturday next, visits to studios and lectures by experts on various subjects. On Monday evening the main feature of the proceedings was an illustrated lecture on native art in the interior, by Mr. C.P. Mountford, an ex-president of the club. Mr. Mountford, who is one of the leading authorities in Australia on aboriginal relics and art, has collected many records of native drawings and carvings. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides and many of the photographs possessed considerable pictorial merit. Resemblances were shown many pictures of Australian natives to those of India, America and Central Europe. The meanings of the native drawings are of course unknown, although many were related to tribal ceremonies. In replying to a vote of thanks, Mr. Mountford expressed his gratification at the interest taken in his photographic work by club members and also in the improved condition of club matters generally.



Thursday 17th May 1928  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

There was a large attendance of members at a meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club on Monday night. Arrangements for the monthly competitions were dealt with, the outings having proved popular enough to supply plenty of competition material. It was decided to make a display of members pictures in the city prior to the next exhibition, which will be held in September.

During the evening diplomas and certificates won at the last exhibition were presented, the president asking Mr. Mellor, of Moore's Studios to hand them to the winners. Mr. Mellor offered his compliments to the club on the quality of the work being done and expressed pleasure at the high grade of portrait work executed by several of the members.

For this branch of work he had offered an annual trophy, a silver cup, which on this occasion was won by Miss Dorothy Barnes. In asking Miss Barnes to accept the trophy Mr. Mellor stated that the winning example of portraiture was an exceptionally fine piece of work, which would have been a credit to any professional studio.

Diplomas were presented to Miss Barnes, Messrs. Tomlinson, Phillips, McAskill, Mountford and P.J. Williams. Certificates of merit, were presented to Messrs. P.H. Williams, P.J. Williams and McAskill. The remainder of the evening was occupied by a lecture by Mr. Mellor on the toning of prints. He had arranged for the club to visit his studios next Saturday afternoon.



Thursday 17th May 1928  Page 14 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

In spite of unpleasant weather, a large attendance was recorded at the monthly meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club on Monday evening. Arrangements for the monthly competitions were dealt with, the outings having supplied plenty of competition material. It was decided to make a display of members pictures in a suitable shop window in the city prior to the next exhibition in September to enable the public to see the class of work the club is doing. Diplomas and certificates won at the last exhibition were presented, the president asking Mr. Mellor, of Moore's Studios, to hand them to the winners. Mr. Mellor offered his compliments to the club regarding the quality of work being done and expressed pleasure at the high grade of portrait work executed by several members. For this branch of work he had offered on annual trophy, a silver cup, which on this occasion was won by Miss Dorothy Barnes. In asking Miss Barnes to accept the trophy, Mr. Mellor said that the winning example of portraiture was exceptionally fine work, which would have been a credit to any professional studio. Diplomas were presented to Miss Barnes, Messrs. Tomlinson, Phillips, McAskill, Mountford and P.J. Williams. Certificates of merit were presented to Messrs. P.H. Williams, P.J. Williams and McAskill.

Mr. Mellor delivered a lecture on the toning of prints. He said the securing of satisfactory tones depended chiefly upon correct development and fixing with thorough washing. Causes of failure could be traced to the employment of methods unsuitable for the paper in use. Another origin of trouble would be an excess of bromide in the developer. The lecturer explained the types of toning agents which he used and said the variety of papers in use demanded a variety of toning methods. The safest toning he found to be that using barium sulphide, which did not soften the surface nor deteriorate like sodium sulphide. Hypoalum required care, as many papers are quite unsuitable for it. The copper process was the most useful, as it gave a range of tones from pink to dark red and was easily prepared and controlled. In case of unsatisfactory results there was no need to waste the paper, as it could be rebleached and treated again. The print should be bleached in copper bromide and sodium bromide, working in a safe light, redeveloped (in very bright light), rebleached and then retoned. This method would help to save expensive paper. For many papers a finishing treatment of wax was necessary to enrich the dull surface. The lecturer remarked that in some cases he actually used brown boot polish, the mixture of wax and dye in that commodity seeming to suit some papers which had too weak a cream tone. Mr. Mellor reminded, those present that he had arranged for the club to visit his studios next Saturday afternoon. He would welcome all enquiries and hoped to receive a few hints himself.




15th June 1928  Page 290 - The Australasian Photo-Review

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB
At the May meeting diplomas and certificates won at the last Exhibition were presented to the winners by Mr. Mellor, who complimented the Club on the quality of work being done.

Diplomas were handed to Miss Barnes, Messrs. Tomlinson, Phillips, McAskill, Mountford and P.J. Williams; and Certificates of Merit to Messrs. P.H. Williams, P.J. Williams and McAskill.

Mr. Mellor then lectured on the toning of prints and explained that the securing of satisfactory tones depended chiefly upon correct development and fixing, with thorough washing. Causes of failure could be traced to the employment of methods unsuitable for the paper in use. Another origin of trouble would be an excess of bromide in the developer. The lecturer explained the various types of toning agents which he used and added that the variety of papers in use demanded a variety of toning methods, all papers not being suitable for the same treatment. The safest toning method he found to be that using barium sulphide, which does not soften the surface and does not deteriorate, like sodium sulphide. Hypo-alum requires care, as many papers are quite unsuitable for it. The copper process he found the most useful, as it gives a range of tones from pink to dark red, is easily prepared and easily controlled. Mr. Mellor explained, that in case of unsatisfactory results, there was no need to waste the paper, as it could be bleached and treated again. The print should be bleached in a bath of copper bromide and sodium bromide, working in a safe-light, redeveloped in bright light, re-bleached and then re-toned. This method would help to save what may be expensive paper. For many papers a finishing treatment with wax is necessary to enrich the dull surface. Mr. Mellor remarked that he actually used brown boot polish in some cases, the mixture of wax and dye in that commodity seeming to suit some papers which had too weak a cream tone.




Thursday 12th July 1928  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

That the Adelaide Camera Club is again flourishing is evident from the increased attendance at the monthly meetings. At the last meeting on Monday evening at the Institute Booms, North-terrace, the business included criticism of pictures taken at the last outing and a lantern lecture by Mr. P.H. Williams on the subject of his recent trip through Europe.

The newly arranged competition for pictures taken at the outings is popular and as the work is submitted to the judges anonymously many beginners are feeling less bashful. As usual, the equipment in use ranges from box cameras to large stand outfits and apparently the best pictures are within the reach of any member, regardless of the apparatus used.

The lantern lecture was enjoyable on account of the speaker's cheerful style and particularly good pictures. The subjects were selected from widely scattered places. The next outing will be held at Brown's Creek.



Thursday 12th July 1928  Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

The Adelaide Camera Club is again in a flourishing condition and the meeting held on Monday evening, at the institute rooms, North terrace, was well attended and several "old hands" were present. The business included criticism of pictures taken at the previous outing and a lantern lecture by Mr. P.H. Williams on his recent trip through Europe. The competition for pictures secured at the outings is popular with members and as the work is submitted anonymously, beginners are the less bashful and apparently the best results are within reach of any member, regardless of the apparatus used. The lantern lecture was very enjoyable and a single evening was all too short to exhibit most of Mr. Williams's large accumulation of pictorial records. All the slides shown were of high standard. The lecturer handled his subject in cheerful vein and showed many excellent views. He announced that he had reserved for his last slide a picture which had cost as much to get as the whole trip. The audience was then shown a view of a much-labeled portmanteau! The next outing is fixed for Brown's Creek, starting from the T. & G. Building, Grenfell street, at 2pm on Saturday and all photographic enthusiasts are invited.



Tuesday 4th September 1928  Page 16 - News (Adelaide, South Australia)
Wednesday 5th September 1928
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 16 - News (Adelaide, South Australia)

Thursday 6th September 1928
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 19 - News (Adelaide, South Australia)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide, South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Held in the
SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS,
Institute Buildings, North terrace,

From September 6th to 14th (inclusive)

To be opened by Sir William J. Sowden at 8pm

ADMISSION FREE




Thursday 6th September 1928  Page 16 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF PICTURES
Nearly 100 photographs by members of the Adelaide Camera Club have been hung on the walls of the Institute Building, in preparation for the annual exhibition, which will be opened at 8.30pm to-night by Sir William Sowden. The pictures will be on view for a week, and an inspection of them yesterday revealed that in most cases the high standard of the Adelaide Camera Club had been maintained. In addition to the exhibits by members, a number of pictures from Melbourne will be hung, but unfortunately they were received too late for inclusion in the catalog. They were consigned by members of the Melbourne Camera Club, and include some which were shown at the Oversea Amateur Exhibition. As the local entry for portraiture, one of the most interesting sections of the photographic art, is weak numerically, the presence of a number of fine portraits and child studies from Melbourne will be welcome. A comparison in the styles of craftsmanship will be interesting also. Examples of the work of several members new to exhibitions have been hung, as well as a strong entry from experienced exhibitors.

Awards in the several competitive sections have been made, and the exhibits of winners of diplomas and certificates have been placed together on the eastern wall. In the landscape section Mr. J. McAskill was awarded the diploma with "Of Life and Leaf Bereft," the subject being bare trees standing against a sky of billowy cloud, with a suggestion of wind in the spread of the unclothed branches. Certificates of Merit were awarded to Mr. G.L.C Page ("Morning Calm"), Mr. C.T. Andrews ("Nearing Home"), Miss E. McAskill ("Autumn Light and Shade"), Mr. C.N. Tomlinson ("Adelaide Railway Station") and Miss D. Barnes ("The Deserted Quarry"). The last is a well-balanced subject, attractively handled, and the station is viewed over a vista of water in the River Torrens, which adds to its architectural beauty. The other selected pictures are fine examples of art photography. "The Headland", exhibited by Mr. M.E. Sherrah, obtained the diploma in the seascape section, and is a worthy representative of the fairly numerous class of such pictures. It is well lighted and interesting in detail, as well as effective in ensemble. Mr. C.N. Tomlinson received a certificate of merit for "Evening". The stately and beautiful entrances to many of the city and suburban public and private buildings often escape the notice of passers-by and the "Portico, Clayton Church", provided an excellent subject for Mr. J. McAskill for which he was awarded the diploma in the architecture section. Mr. C.N. Tomlinson received certificates of merit for "Union Bank" and "Masonic Temple", another going to Mr. M.E. Sherrah for "Waiting hall Adelaide Railway-station". The portraiture diploma was won by Miss D. Barnes, with a dainty "Coquette" study, and for the second time she has won the Meller trophy. It has to be won three times to become the property of an exhibitor. Mr. K.P. Phillips has also won it twice. In the flower section, the almond blossom study, "Heralds of Spring", by Mr. J. McAskill, won the diploma, a distinction he also gained in the special section devoted to aspects of St. Peter's Cathedral. The winning exhibit was named "Morning's Glory", and the stately building has been caught in a diffused light from an attractive angle. Certificates of merit were won by Mr. G.L.C. Page ("Winter SunShine"), and Mr. C.P. Mountford ("The Sunlit Porch"), the subjects being side porches of the Cathedral. "Leo", the lion at the Zoological Gardens, a clever and unusual photograph, secured the diploma in the natural history section for Mr. M.E. Sherrah, and the head studies "The Wolf Dog"(Mr. C.P. Mountford) and "The Coquette" (Mr. G.L.C. Page) were awarded certificates of merit.

The pictures in the place of honor will not be the only ones to attract attention, however, for there are many beautiful photographs on the other walls. Typical Australian subjects are numerous; immense gum trees, farm scenes, and open-air studies being present in number and in quality. The exhibition is worth a visit to see these alone. Picturesque buildings and ruins add variety and attractiveness, and some of the sky effects caught are fine. The small portraiture section is so good as to create the desire for more such studies.




Thursday 6th September 1928  Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

Photographic enthusiasts and beauty lovers generally will find much of interest in the 1928 Exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club at the Society of Arts Gallery. The show will be declared open by Sir William Sowden this evening and the pictures will be on view for a week. As formerly the exhibition is competitive and the judges, Messrs. L. Howie and Gilbert Meller, have had a difficult task in awarding diplomas and certificates. The sections include landscape, seascape, architecture, portraiture, flowers, natural history and a special subject, "St. Peter's Cathedral". There is, too, the Meller Cup for portraiture which has to be won three times before being awarded. In the past it has been won twice by Mr. K.P. Phillips and once by Miss Dorothy Barnes. Now Miss Barnes has won it again with a delightful study of "A Coquette", a charming picture, carefully posed and beautifully expressive of title. The texture of the costume and the softness of the half-tones are commendable features. In addition to her prize picture Miss Barnes shows some cleverly arranged figure studies and an appealing study of a yacht race, in which the sails of the tiny craft are seen against strong sunlight which shimmers dazzlingly on the water.

The name of J. McAskill figures prominently in the prize list. His successes include a diploma for landscape, "Of Life and Leaf Bereft", in which three gaunt gums express the inexorably the salutary message "sic transit gloria mundi". Mr. McAskill won the diploma also in the architecture section with a magnificent rendering of the "Portico, Clayton Church". The choice of the composition reveals a keen artistic sense and the play of sunlight between the pillars is faithfully depicted. His win in the flower section is with a study of almond blossom, "Heralds of Springtime". In "Morning Glory", a picture of St. Peter's Cathedral, Mr. McAskill has achieved a delightful tone quality, the freshness of the atmosphere and the charm of the Elder Park foreground providing just the right setting for the majestic architectural mass which is the center of interest. C.P. Mountford's "Sunlit Porch" was awarded a certificate of merit in this section, as was also C.L.C. Page's "Winter Sunshine". The two last named were similarly placed in the natural history section. Mr. Mountford's choice was "The Wolf Dog" and Mr. Page's "The Coquette", a beautiful collie dog. The diploma picture in that section is entitled "Leo", a majestic lion, beautifully photographed by M.E. Sherrah. The same exhibitor was awarded a diploma for his architectural study of the "Waiting Hall of the Adelaide Railway Station". C.N. Tomlinson scored two certificates in this section, the subjects being "The Union Bank" and "The Masonic Temple".

The diploma for seascape was won by M.E. Sherrah with "The Headland", in which an impression is conveyed of a clean stretch of beach and sea, swept by a cold salt breeze as fresh as the down. "Evening", by C.N. Tomlinson, gained a certificate of merit. The landscape certificates were won by G.L.C. Page, with a lovely stretch of the River Murray, entitled "Morning Calm"; C.T. Andrews, "Nearing Home", showing the arrival of a cart and team at a tin shanty in the never never; Miss K. McAskill's "Autumn Light and Shade"; C.N. Tomlinson's "Adelaide Railway Station", seen from the River Torrens and Miss Dorothy Barnes's "The Deserted Quarry". The latter is a triumph of composition, in which a foreground of Scotch thistles and a winding path lead the eye to the center of interest, the jagged face of rock lit by the slanting rays of the morning sun. The sky space is nicely occupied by a lovely billowy cloud.

Non-competitive pictures included a beautiful collection of bromoils for which the artist, Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, has justly earned a big reputation. The method which admits of a fair freer choice in the matter of relative tonal values to the artist than the better known and more mechanical processes is to Mr. Wilkinson a medium of extraordinary sympathy judging by the pictorial effects achieved in the exhibited examples. The whole series portrays typical Australian country, with majestic gumtrees, in characteristic lighting and moods. The titles are wisely chosen. "Gnarled and Dignified, Old Age". "They Have Weathered Many Storms". "The Crag". The one with perhaps the strongest appeal is "The Boundary Rider", which expresses typical Australian life as well as scene. P.H. Williams, another familiar name in the camera world, shows several interesting and artistic records of a tour abroad, the best of which are "Harvesting Interlaken" and "The Pool of London". Another notable group is by C.N. Tomlinson, to whom the subject of shipping makes a strong appeal. "Storm Clouds" is redolent of the atmosphere indicated and has a small ketch rigged vessel sailing towards the center of the picture. "Commerce, Port Adelaide", is a confused mass of craft of all kinds and "Home Waters" shows a group of ketches in the same locality, the definition of the water is especially pleasing. Just near these hangs J. McAskill's "Coast and Cloud" the effect of the late afternoon sunlight on the rocky beach and low lying sand dunes is a triumph of artistic choice. Two architectural studies by Mr. Tomlinson command attention. They are "The A.M.P. Entrance" and "The Register Doorway". George Hutchinson's work arrests the attention by its high quality "Majesty" a good gumtree study, "Coromandel Valley Bridge", with strong contrasts of sunlight and shadow and "Titree, Glenelg" are notable examples. "Iceland Poppies" is a delicately conceived flower study by C.M. Browne and another picture from his camera is "Ploughing", in which the suggestion of action in the figures and the soft haze in the distant gumtrees are commendably emphasized. Many other gems, too numerous to particularize, help to make the show a place where an odd half hour may be spent with distinct aesthetic pleasure and profit.

A group of pictures from the Melbourne Camera Club arrived too late for cataloging. They include a selection of pictures with which this club won the Amateur Overseas Exhibition In London. Work of outstanding quality by L.A. Baillot, W. Wilson and Ruth Hollick are pleasing elements of group.




Friday 7th September 1928  Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

Congratulations were offered to the Adelaide Camera Club last night by Sir William Sowden, when he declared open the annual exhibition of art photography at the Institute Building. He said the membership of the club had been more than doubled and notable advances had been made by newer members. The exhibition was another evidence of the extensive use which was being made of the camera for pictorial representation and of the great advance which had been made in photography in Australia. When he was in London he attended one of the big photographic exhibitions and it had been admitted by critics that Australian exhibits were not second to any shown. He sketched briefly the advance of the photographic art from the 19th century and expressed the hope that there would be an abandonment of the "stand off" attitude often adopted by artists in oils and watercolors. No doubt they were sincere in their attitude, but probably it was more sincere than accurate. Art photography could no longer be regarded as a purely mechanical process, for it often required as much manipulation as brush work and the pictures produced showed that such criticism was not justified. He hoped the exhibition would be successful and that the club would have continued prosperity. The president of the Adelaide Camera Club (Mr. C.N. Tomlinson) referred to the great interest Sir William Sowden had taken in their work and in art generally.



Friday 7th September 1928  Page 18 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

On Thursday night Sir William Sowden formally opened the splendid exhibition of photographic work by the Adelaide Camera Club at the Institute, North terrace, in the presence of an excellent gathering. Sir William was introduced by the president of the Adelaide Camera Club (Mr. C.N. Tomlinson), who referred appreciatively to his kindly interest in art. Replying, Sir William congratulated the committee on the splendid exhibition they had gathered together and said the club had almost doubled its membership during the past two years. The exhibition by the Melbourne Camera Club was a splendid one and the display as a whole indicated that the camera was coming into its own in art circles. Recently he had the pleasure of attending an exhibition in London and certain work exhibited there from Australia by Australians was described as second to none in the exhibition, the wonderful light this country possessed being an object of comment. He instanced many aspects of photography to show how the art was advancing and said that water-color painters and others adopted a tolerant air towards the art of the photographer, which was, however, sincere from their point of view, but they did not realize that art photography involved almost as much manipulation as their own work. The Society of Arts in Adelaide had shown courage and wisdom by having affiliated with it the Adelaide Camera Club. He wished the club every success in its ventures. During the evening the exhibition was visited by many people, who expressed pleasure at the excellence of the display.



Saturday 15th September 1928  Page 1 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

Portico of Clayton Church, Norwood — Artistic photograph by Mr. J. McAskill,
of Torrensville, which was awarded the architectural diploma at the exhibition
in connection with the Adelaide Camera Club.





Saturday 22nd September 1928  Page 32 - The Mail (Adelaide South Australia)

OUTDOOR LIFE - Photographic study by Mr. G.L.C. Page, which was
admired at the display by members of the Adelaide Camera Club.





Saturday 22nd September 1928  Page 12 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)

PUBLIC LIBRARY BOARD, meeting on Friday 21st September.
The fine arts committee reported that it had inspected the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, at the South Australian Society of Arts Gallery, received a report from the curator thereon and resolved to purchase, subject to the conditions of purchase of photographs for the photographic section of the Art Gallery: "Register Doorway" (by C.S. Tomlinson); "Foggy Morning, St. Peter's Cathedral" (by G.L.F. Page); "The Sunlit Porch, St. Peters" (by C.P. Mountford); "Of Life and Leaf Bereft" (by J. McAskill); "Coquette" (by Miss Dorothy Barnes).




Wednesday 21st November 1928
Page 5 - The Register (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 22 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


At the November meeting of the Adelaide Camera Club in the club's room, Institute Building, North terrace, a lecture was given by Mr. J.J. Jones (of Kodak, Limited), on the coloring of prints by the oil process. The lecturer said the work was simple, requiring no knowledge of painting, but a sense of color values and tones was essential to success. The process was particularly suitable to portraiture and the easiest and most effective surface to work on was rough matt; but smooth matt papers could be used, although the finished print seemed to lack the lustre of the rougher grades. Sepia-toned prints on a cream base were better than black and white and yielded beautiful warm tones. Only four colors were used: Raw sienna, rose madda, colbalt blue and veridian green and with blending these and applying thinly, any shade could be obtained with ease. The surface of the print was first lightly rubbed over with medium linseed oil, or turpentine and the coloring was then commenced, using rag wrapped over the finger tip and for fine work cotton wool twisted around a pointed stick. A blending of raw sienna and rose madda gave flesh tint, more of the latter being added on the cheeks and lips. Blue was used sparingly in the shadows, its application greatly improving the modeling. The high lights were wiped clean with a rag. Hair and clothing were next treated, blending the colors until pleasing shades were obtained. If any application proved unsatisfactory a wipe with medium would tone it down or remove the color entirely if desired. Mr. Jones colored a portrait, which was greatly admired by his audience and then two members of the club under his guidance tried their hands and the result demonstrated that the process was easily learned. An outing to Morialta was held last Saturday and under the leadership of Mr. Alfred Wilkinson a good number of enthusiasts spent a profitable afternoon along the banks of the creek in the Gorge. The light was conducive to good work and from the number of exposures made the committee confidently looks for a good entry for the monthly outing competition. Several new members were included in the party.



Saturday 29th December 1928  Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Saturday 5th January 1929  Page 48 - Chronicle (Adelaide South Australia)

Mr. C.P. Mountford left by the Broken Hill express last night to investigate the aboriginal rock carvings adjacent to Panaramittee. He is accompanied by Mr. C. Andrews, Hon.Secretary of the Adelaide Camera Club. They intend to photograph as well as investigate the extensive areas carved by the natives in that district.




An Adelaide Camera Club exhibition entry entitled "THE BARN YARD"
showing farm buildings and haystacks taken in South Australia by
M.E. SHERRAH
1929
Image held by the State Library of South Australia




Saturday 20th April 1929  Page 45 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

Register News-Pictorial Sunshine Snapshots competition
TWO HOBBIES

The winner of the first prize, Mr. C.P. Mountford is past-president and a vice-president of the Adelaide Camera Club. Two of his works are in the photographic section of the Art Gallery. He has another hobby besides photography — searching for and studying aboriginal rock carvings. Of the 35 known groups of these carvings here, Mr. Moutford has found 15. He has published several accounts of his researches.

IN CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
In his journeys in the Northern Territory and Central Australia in search of primitive art, Mr. Mountford has had many chances to take good photographs. Many of his best studies in aboriginal and bush life were made while he was in the Post and Telegraph Department at Darwin six years ago. There he took the picture which won the prize in last week's contest. "To other competitors", said Mr. Mountford, "the only advice I can give is - express yourself, copy no one".




Wednesday 1st May 1929  Page 7 - The Register News-Pictorial (Adelaide South Australia)
Saturday 4th May 1929  Page 41 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHER AT 10 YEARS OLD
CAMERA CLUB MEN'S SUCCESS IN SNAPSHOTS CONTEST
ART IN PHOTOGRAPHY

Winner of last week's Sunshine Snapshots Competition, Mr. R.L. Packer, of Broadview, took up photography when he was 10 years old. Since then his enthusiasm for his hobby has never wavered. Mr. Packer is a motor engineer and after dealing with greasy engines all the week, finds his week-end pleasures in photography. "Since I first took up the art", he said yesterday, "I have always aimed at getting everything as nearly technically perfect as possible. A good subject, correct development and care through all the processes spell success in a picture". "Mother's Handy Man is the first snapshot I have entered for any competition", Mr. Packer said. "I was surprised at my success, in The Register News-Pictorial contest. "The winning photograph was taken 10 years ago at Crystal Brook. The little chap badly wanted to help his mother". Mr. Packer is a member of the Adelaide Camera Club.

CULTIVATES ARTISTIC SIDE
To foster the artistic side of photography has been for 25 years the aim of Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, winner of the second prize. Mr. Wilkinson, who is President of the Adelaide Camera Club, has perhaps done more than any other man locally for the development of artistic photography. For 14 years he has been represented on the walls of the London Salon and the Royal Salon; which is regarded as the supreme honor in the amateur photographic world.




Wednesday 28th August 1929  Page 10 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

Many excellent specimens of amateur photography have been entered for the annual exhibition of Adelaide Camera Club to be opened in the institute building, North terrace, Adelaide, tomorrow evening, by Mr. S. Talbot Smith (president of the Public Library Board). Awards have been already made by the judges.

For the special trophy presented by Sir William Sowden (patron) for the best print in the exhibition, two pictures tied. They are a charming child study entitled "Please" by Miss Dorothy Barnes and "Near the Tower Bridge", by Mr. P.H. Williams, which depicts the bridge in the background seen from under trees on the Thames embankment. "Please" was also awarded a diploma and the Mellor Cup for the best specimen of portraiture and "The Littlest One", by the same photographer, received a certificate of merit. Miss Barnes was also responsible for some other excellent portraits in classical and Georgian costumes.

STILL LIFE SECTION
In the still life section Mr. G.L.C. Page won the diploma with "Fruit and Flowers" a study in soft lighting, while "Spring Roses", by Mr. P.H. Williams, received a certificate of merit.

Other awards were: Landscape Section "Winter", diploma (Mr. G. Collins); "The Day is Done", diploma (Mr. G. Dick); "In the Grampians", certificate (Miss C. M. Brown); "Winter Sunshine", certificate (Mr. C.P. Mountford); "Evening on the Hillside", certificate (Mr. P.H. Williams). Miscellaneous - "Near the Tower of London", diploma (Mr. P.H. Williams), "The Wood Carters", certificate (Mr. C. Strattmann); "Corner in Florence", certificate (Mr. P.H. Williams). Seascape - "The Ferry Boat" certificate (Mr. G.L.C. Page). Architecture - "Dutch Porch, Cape Town", certificate (Mr. P.H. Williams).

STUDIES IN LIGHT AND SHADE
Some fine pictures which won awards at camera club exhibitions in Melbourne and Sydney are shown. They cover a varied range of subjects. Two of the Sydney Harbor Bridge are excellent studies in light and shade.

Not for competition are some highly artistic prints by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson (president of the club) in which rugged gum trees are depicted with vigor. Others shown an excellent portrait of Mr. Hans Heysen at work in his studio and breakers at Petrel Cove, near Victor Harbor.

The whole exhibition is creditable. Landscapes predominate. It is a pity that so few portraits were entered. Some of the seascapes showing vessels at rest and in motion are deserving of praise. Many attractive effects have been obtained by the use of papers toning to varied colors and some of the pictures have the appearance of etchings.




Thursday 29th August 1929
Page 31 - The Register News-Pictorial (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 22 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

Friday 30th August 1929
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 15 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

Saturday 31st August 1929  Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

held in the
S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS
Institute Building, North terrace.
From 30th August to 6th September (inclusive)
Open daily from 12 to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30 pm
Sunday 3pm to 5pm
ADMISSION FREE




Thursday 29th August 1929  Page 8 - News (Adelaide South Australia)



CHARMING CAMERA STUDY OF CHILD — Entitled "Please", this photograph by Miss Doris Barnes, tied for the championship award at the annual exhibition of Adelaide Camera Club. Exhibits will be on view in South Australian Society of Art rooms, Institute Building, North terrace, for a week from Friday.



Thursday 29th August 1929  Page 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

At the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North-terrace, to-night, the annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club will be opened by the president of the Public Library Board (Mr. S. Talbot Smith). The exhibition will be open daily, from 30th August until 6th September. Artistic camera pictures have a wide appeal and among those displayed on the walls of the gallery are many of striking beauty and fine workmanship. Landscapes are the most popular subjects and in the best of the pictures the quiet charm of countryside has been preserved. Gum trees seem to have a fascination for photographers, even as they do for Hans Heysen. A portrait of that well-known artist appears among the non-competing exhibit staged by the president (Mr. Alfred Wilkinson), a characteristic collection of fine bromoils. There is variety of subject, as well as of the treatment, in the section of scenes by wood and stream, the drowsy shades of evening being contrasted with the high light of full day. Most of the subjects are South Australian, but some have been gathered abroad, these lending pleasant variety to the exhibition. Among members exhibits there is an attractive portraiture section and several architectural studies and a few seascapes widen the selection of studies in which water appears, most of that class being glimpses of river and lake. Two snow scenes are hung on the eastern wall.

DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
The Gilbert Meller cup and the diploma in the portraiture section was won by "Please", a charming child study by Miss Dorothy Barnes. That exhibitor also received a certificate for "The Littlest One". Miss Barnes has won the Meller cup three times and it now becomes her property. The same exhibit shares with Mr. P.H. Williams's picture, "Near the Tower, London", the prize given by Sir William Sowden for the best picture in the exhibition. "Near the Tower, London", was also awarded the diploma in the miscellaneous section. The diploma in the landscape section was won by Mr. G. Collins, with "Winter", a beautiful snow scene. Certificates were awarded to Mr. C.P. Mountford, "Winter Sunshine"; Mr. G. Dick, "Day is Done"; Mr. P.H. Williams, "Evening on the Hillside"; and Miss C.M. Browne, "In the Grampians", one of the smallest prints in the exhibition. For still life, Mr. G.L.C. Page won the diploma with "Fruit and Flowers" and Mr. P.H. Williams, with "Spring Roses", the certificate. Mr. Page also won a certificate, the only award, with "Ferry Boat", a Sydney Harbor scene, in the seascape section. Other certificates awarded were: Miscellaneous: Mr. P.H. Williams, "Corner in Florence"; Mr. C. Strattmann, "Wood Carters"; Architecture: Mr. P.H. Williams, "Dutch Porch".

COLLECTION OF PRINTS
On the southern wall there is a fine collection of 23 prints sent over by the Melbourne Camera Club. The exhibit won an Empire competition arranged by the "Amateur Photographer" in England recently and it is an attractive and comprehensive addition to the exhibition. Another group from Melbourne consists of some excellent portraits by Miss Ruth Hollick, a successful exhibitor in many parts of the world. The Photographic Society of New South Wales has sent 12 pictures to assist the exhibition. Among them are three by Mr. Harold Cazneaux, one of the leading photographers in Australia. There is a striking portrait of him by Mr. Monte Luke, a fine picture which has been exhibited in London and San Francisco. Other pictures are by Messrs. H.N. Jones, Henri Mallard, J.H. Tindale, R.T. Vance and William White.



Friday 30th August 1929  Page 22 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was formally opened at the Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North-terrace, on Thursday evening by the president of the Public Library Board (Mr. S. Talbot Smith). The display, which will be open daily from noon to 5pm and from 7.30 to 9.30pm, is most interesting. It was admired by a large gathering last evening.

In declaring the exhibition open, Mr. Talbot Smith said photography had made wonderful progress in recent years. It was a means of education and it remained to be seen whether it would be for good or ill. Instantaneous and telescopic photography had been another advancement, while the increased use of pictures in the press was a popular advance in that direction. He did not approve of the photographer who tried to make his photograph look more like a picture than a real photograph and to induce people to do things were for the purpose of having their photographs taken was not natural. He regarded photography as being the cult of the beautiful and the good photographer could make the most casual thing one of beauty. The subject had now been recognized as one of the fine arts. He regarded the exhibition as an admirable one and had pleasure in declaring it open.

Awards: Trophy (presented by Sir William Sowden) for the best picture in the exhibition: "Please" (Miss Dorothy Barnes) and "Near Tower Bridge" (Mr. P.H. Williams) equal. Portraiture: "Please" diploma and Mellor Cup (Miss Dorothy Barnes); "The Littlest One" certificate of merit (Miss Dorothy Barnes). Still life: "Fruit and Flowers" diploma (Mr. G.L.C. Page); "Spring Roses" certificate of merit (Mr. P.H. Williams). Landscape: "Winter", diploma (Mr. G. Collins); "The Day is Done" diploma (Mr. G. Dick): "In the Grampians" certificate of merit (Miss C.M. Brown): "Winter Sunshine" certificate of merit (Mr. C.P. Mountford): "Evening on the Hillside" certificate of merit (Mr. P.H. Williams). Miscellaneous: "Near the Tower of London" diploma (Mr. P.H. Williams): "The Wood Carters" certificate of merit (Mr. C. Stratmann); "Corner in Florence" certificate of merit (Mr. P.H. Williams). Seascape: "The Ferry Boat" certificate of merit (Mr. G.L.C. Page). Architecture: "Dutch Porch, Cape Town" certificate of merit (Mr. P.H. Williams).



Thursday 24th October 1929  Page 22 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
CAMERA CLUB PRESIDENT

Knowledge of art in photographic and other circles should assist Mr. C.P. Mountford in his position as president of Adelaide Camera Club. It is the second time he has occupied the presidential chair. The club is one of the oldest established societies in Australia for the study of photographic art. Many of the leading pictorialists of Australia have been members.

Mr. Mountford has been successful in this form of art. Several of his photographic works are hanging in Adelaide Art Gallery. He is acknowledged as one of the leading authorities on aboriginal art in South Australia, having traveled extensively in the Northern Territory and in South Australia. Mr. Mountford discovered and recorded about half of the localities in this State where evidences of native art exist. He has written a number of monographs, especially on aboriginal art and customs. He is a Fellow of the Royal Society and a member of the Anthropological and Field Naturalists Society. He is attached to the technical staff of Adelaide Post Office.






An Adelaide Camera Club exhibition entry entitled "THE BARN YARD"
showing farm buildings and haystacks taken in South Australia by
M.E. SHERRAH
1929
Image held by the State Library of South Australia




Tuesday 8th April 1930  Page 9 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

ALL AUSTRALIAN EXHIBITION
Photographs Judged
LATEST AWARDS

Messrs. G.I. Meller, W.J. McNeill and A.H. Vaughan completed the judging of the photographic group of the All-Australian Exhibition entries yesterday. The list of awards was made available this morning.

Two entries were finished in oils and could not be judged with those tinted in watercolors. Owing to their exceptional merit the judges classified them separately and recommended awards as follows: Miss J.G. McLaughlin, gold medal; Mrs. N. Balk, silver medal.

Group prizes for the best exhibit in the group in each division were as follow: Division 1, Messrs. A.W.C. Ford (seascape) and Charles W. Tomlinson (exterior architecture), equal; division 2, Miss S. Berry (exterior architecture).




Tuesday 8th April 1930  Page 19 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

ALL AUSTRALIAN EXHIBITION
JUDGING THE EXHIBITS)

Judging is proceeding apace in a number of sections. Several, including a portion of fine arts and photography, have been completed and the results are now available. In the painting division Mr. T. Webber and Mrs F. Holmes both gained gold medals, the former for his work in oil landscapes and the latter for studies in watercolors. Referring to the photographic division, one of the judges, Mr. G.I. Meller, said that, speaking generally, a very high standard had been set, particularly in the seascapes and architectural studies. The landscapes were not quite up to the standard. The coloring work of Miss J.G. McLaughlin was exceptionally fine, the judges being unanimous in saying they had never seen anything better. The exhibits sent by Mr. A.W.C. Ford, of Sydney, also included some very fine work. With Mr. C.W. Tomlinson he divided the group prize for the first division. Miss S. Berry, with exterior architectural studies, won the group prize for the second division.

Class 618 — Landscape; Division 1; Miss K.M. MacAskill, silver medal and Kodak prize; J. MacAskill, T.H. Stoward. J. MacAskill and P.H. Williams, bronze medals; G.S. Dick, A.W.C. Ford, K.P. Phillips, W. Robson, M.E. Sherrah (2), T.H. Stoward, P.H. Williams, C.A. Tomlinson, J. MacAskill, Miss I. Cox and A. Wilkinson, certificates of merit. Division 2; Miss S. Berry, certificate of merit.

Class 619 — Portraits or figure studies; Division 1; T.H. Stoward, bronze medal and Kodak first prize: K.P. Phillips (2), bronze medal and Kodak second price; A.W.C. Ford and J. Eccles, certificates of merit; R.S. Sladdin, certificate of merit and Kodak third prize.

Class 620 — General; Division 1; A. Wilkinson, M.E. Sherrah, G.L.C. Page, bronze medals; C.N. Tomlinson, T.H. Stoward and A.W.C. Ford, certificates of merit.

Class 621 — Six enlargements from film negatives; Division 1; A.W.C. Ford, silver medal and Kodak special prize; W. Robson, bronze medals and Kodak special second prize; C.N. Tomlinson, bronze medals and Kodak special third prize: M.E. Sherrah, Miss A.M.L. Soar and T.H. Stoward, certificates of merit.

Class 622 — Enlargements with contact prints; Division 1; A. Wilkinson, silver medal and Kodak prize; A.W.C. Ford, bronze medal; M.E. Sherrah, C. Elsegood, C.N. Tomlinson, J. MacAskill, A. Wilkinson, certificates or merit. Division 2; F.D. Hayes, certificate of merit.

Class 623 — Enlargements, finished or worked up by crayon, oil, or watercolors. Division 1; Mrs N. Balk and Miss A.M.L. Soar, silver medals; Miss F. Kentish, certificate of merit.

Class 624 — Lantern slides (three); Division 1; Radcliffe and M.E. Sherrah, bronze medals; M.E. Sherrah, A.W.C. Ford. P.H. Williams, Miss A.M.L. Soar, Miss B. Neats and C.N. Tomlinson, certificates of merit.

Class 625 — Hand camera work (three); Division 1; A.W.C. Ford, silver medal; F.H. Stoward and C.N. Tomlinson, certificates of merit.

Class 626 — Seascapes; A.W.C. Ford, gold medal and group prize; M.E. Sherrah, silver medal; R.C. Edwards, bronze medal; A.E. Bainbridge, M.E. Sherrah, R.C. Edwards, C.P. Mountford and C.N. Tomlinson, certificates of merit.

Class 627 - Clouds; Division 1; A.W.C. Ford, C.N. Tomlinson and H.K. Williams, certificates of merit.

Class 628 — Flower, fruit and still-life studies; Division 1; C.P. Mountford, silver medal: M.E. Sherrah and J. MacAskill, bronze medals; A.E. Bainbridge, W. Robson, P.H. Williams and C.N. Tomlinson. and Miss L. Cox, certificates of merit.

Class 629 — Architecture (interior); Division 1; M.E. Sherrah, bronze medal; P.J. Williams, certificate of merit.

Class 630 — Architecture (exterior); C.N. Tomlinson, gold medal and Kodak special prize: M.E. Sherrah and J. MacAskill, bronze medals; G.S. Dick, A.W.C. Ford, G.L.C. Page, K.P. Phillips, M.E. Sherrah, P.E. Williams and T.H. Stoward, certificates of merit. Division 2; Miss S. Berry, certificate of merit.

Class 637 — Stereoscopic paper prints; Division 1, B.J. Boardman, certificate of merit.

Class 638 — Retouching (head of elderly man or woman); Division 1; M. Oliver, silver medal; Mrs N. Balk, bronze medal; Miss E.F. Dobson, certificate of merit. Division 3; Miss G.H. Giles, certificate of merit.

Class 639 — Tinted photos (six); Division 1; Miss A.M.L Soar, bronze medal and Kodak's special prize; Miss L.C.M. Secombe, R.S. Sladdin and Miss M. Oldfield, certificate of merit.

Class 640 — Inter-club competition (set of six pictures); Division 1; Adelaide photographic scenery, Adelaide Camera Club, bronze medals.

Class 641 (not elsewhere included); Division 1; L.G. Chandler, silver medal; A.S. Golding and S.F. Tee, bronze medal; J. MacAskill, H.K. Williams, K.P. Phillips, M.E. Sherrah, T.H. Howard, certificate of merit.

Group 3 — Photography; Two entries in this class were finished in oils and could not be indeed with those tinted in water colors, but owing to their exceptional merit the judges classified them separately and recommended awards as follows; Miss J.G. McLaughlin, gold medal; and Mrs N. Balk, silver medal.




Thursday 28th August 1930  Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

HIGH-CLASS PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
A decided advance in the quality and nature of the exhibits is the outstanding feature of this year's exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club, which will be opened this evening in the Society of Arts gallery, Institute Building, North-terrace, by Lady Sowden. It will remain open until September 4.

The general standard of the exhibits is high and they compare very favorably with the picked studies loaned by the Sydney and Melbourne Camera Clubs. Of the Melbourne exhibits, the portraits by Ruth Hollick stands out. Arthur Smith's "Mountain Solitude", Max S. Dupain's "The Wings of Wind", "A Patch of Sunlight" by W. Howells and "A Sunlit Path" by H.W. Jones, are among the best of the Sydney collection.

Local exhibits of merit include those of G. Strattman, J. MacAskill, C.P. Mountford, Katharine MacAskill, Charles N. Tomlinson, G.L.C. Page, P.J. Williams, A. Edmund Stevens, A. Wilkinson, C.M. Browne, P.J. Williams, C. Cheel and Doris C. Barnes. The two-tone prints of roses by Charles N. Tomlinson catch the eye, as does also the landscape work of G. Strattman, G.L.C. Page and J. and Katherine MacAskill. C.P. Mountford is responsible for some good work in "The Student", "Charity's Open Door" and "The Breadline" and P.H. Williams has achieved excellent results in "On the River Arno" and "On the Ponte Vecchio, Florence." The softness of the atmosphere in the landscapes of G.L.C. Page is remarkable. This is well shown in "Early Morning in the Park" and a number of his other exhibits. "In Remembrance" and "Solitude", by A. Edmund Stevens are both excellent works of art, the latter being one of the most striking pieces of composition in the exhibition. Another excellent composition is "The Lead Smelter", by A. Wilkinson, who is also responsible for many other meritorious exhibits.




Friday 29th August 1930
Page 27 - The Register News-Pictorial (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

held in

SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute Building, North terrace.
Open DAILY, 29th August to 4th September

NOON to 5pm and 7.30pm to 9.30pm
Admission Free



Friday 29th August 1930  Page 14 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)

CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
Opened by LADY SOWDEN

The annual exhibition of the Adelaide Camera Club was opened by Lady Sowden yesterday evening at the Society of Arts Gallery, North-terrace. It will remain open each afternoon and evening until 4th September.

Lady Sowden, who was introduced by the president of the club (Mr. C.P. Mountford), said the time had long since passed when artists who wielded the brush looked askance at those who worked with the camera. In spite of the technical advances that had been made in photography, the secret of success was still the innate artistry of the operator. As an historic medium of recording events, photography had no graphic rival. A photograph of the ceremony of proclaiming South Australia a province would have settled for all time whether it took place under the Old Gum Tree or not.




Saturday 30th August 1930
Page 3 - News (Adelaide South Australia)
Page 17 - The Advertiser (Adelaide South Australia)


CAMERA STUDIES
PURCHASE BY ART GALLERY

The fine arts committee of the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery, inspected the exhibition of Adelaide Camera Club and selected the following for the photographic section of the Art Gallery: "Still Waters" by M.E. Sherrah: "Arts Building, Melbourne University" by A. Edmond Stevens; "Gums, Mylor" by A. Wilkinson.



Saturday 30th August 1930  Page 3 - News (Adelaide South Australia)

WORK OF CAMERA CLUB
FINE STUDIES AT EXHIBITION

Although there are a few fine pictures of foreign subjects, local and interstate scenes are the mainstay of the annual exhibition of Adelaide Camera Club, which is being held in the South Australian Society of Arts Gallery, Institute Building, North terrace. Including 24 pictures lent by the Melbourne Camera Club and the Photographic Society of New South Wales (12 each) there are 138 studies arranged round the walls.

"Tranquillity" a scene depicting idle rowing boats mirrored in still water near Robe, the work of Miss Dorothy Barnes is one of the outstanding pictures of the exhibition. "Solitude" by Mr. A. Edmond Stevens, a newly enrolled member, is also a fine example of photography. Unusual effects of sunlight and shadow on worn rock are obtained by Mr. Alfred Wilkinson, who has taken "Sunlight Fading in an Old Quarry" as the title for his picture. The portico of Stow Memorial Church, Adelaide, has been shown by Mr. C.N. Tomlinson. It is one of the best pieces of architectural work on view. Fine effects have been obtained with light and shade among the columns of the portico.

Mr. P.H. Williams exhibits a number of beautiful overseas studies, the most delightful being a scene on the River Arno (Italy). There are numerous other beautiful pictures of local and interstate subjects.




Saturday 30th August 1930  Page 5 - The Register News-Pictorial (Adelaide South Australia)
Thursday 4th September 1930  Page 40 - Observer (Adelaide South Australia)

PUBLIC LIBRARY SELECTS PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIES FOR COLLECTION
The Fine Arts Committee of the Public Library Board inspected the Adelaide Camera Club's exhibition on Friday afternoon and selected the following for the photographic section of the Art Gallery. Still Waters, by M.E. Shirrah; Arts Building, Melbourne University, by A. Edmond Stevens; Gums, Mylor, by A. Wilkinson.



Monday 1st September 1930  Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, South Australia)

ADELAIDE CAMERA CLUB

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Held in
SOCIETY OF ARTS GALLERY
Institute buildings, North-terrace,
Open daily, 29th August to 4th September
Noon to 5 and 7.30 to 9.30pm
ADMISSION FREE